CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES INC
S-1/A, 1998-11-18
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: UBID INC, S-1/A, 1998-11-18
Next: ECB BANCORP INC, 424B1, 1998-11-18



<PAGE>   1
 
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 18, 1998
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-62299
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                              <C>
            DELAWARE                           7372                          91-1608052
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF    (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)    CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)          IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                              6222 185TH AVENUE NE
                           REDMOND, WASHINGTON 98052
                                 (425) 702-8808
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                S. STEVEN SINGH
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              6222 185TH AVENUE NE
                           REDMOND, WASHINGTON 98052
                                 (425) 702-8808
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
            MATTHEW P. QUILTER, ESQ.                        THOMAS A. BEVILACQUA, ESQ.
              HORACE L. NASH, ESQ.                              CURTIS L. MO, ESQ.
            KRISTINA R. WILKEN, ESQ.                       PATRICIA MONTALVO TIMM, ESQ.
              KEVIN S. CHOU, ESQ.                        BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
               FENWICK & WEST LLP                             TWO EMBARCADERO PLACE
              TWO PALO ALTO SQUARE                                2200 GENG ROAD
          PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94306                      PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94303
                 (650) 494-0600                                   (650) 424-0160
</TABLE>
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
 
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  [ ]
 
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]
- ------------
 
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
- ------------
 
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
- ------------
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]
 
   
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF SECURITIES               AMOUNT TO         OFFERING PRICE            AGGREGATE              AMOUNT OF
TO BE REGISTERED              BE REGISTERED(1)       PER SHARE(2)          OFFERING PRICE       REGISTRATION FEE(3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Common Stock, $0.001 par
  value                           3,565,000             $11.50               $40,997,500              $12,027
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Includes 465,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option.
    
   
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.
    
   
(3) $10,915 of the Registration Fee was previously paid.
    
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 18, 1998
    
 
                                      LOGO
 
   
                                3,100,000 SHARES
    
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
   
     Of the 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 2,900,000 shares
are being sold by Concur Technologies, Inc. ("Concur" or the "Company") and
200,000 shares are being sold by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and
Selling Stockholders." The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the
sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders. Prior to the Offering, there has
been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently
estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $9.50 and
$11.50 per share. See "Underwriting" for information relating to the method of
determining the initial public offering price. The Company has applied for
quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"CNQR."
    
                            ------------------------
 
        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
   
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.
    
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION   TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       UNDERWRITING
                                                       DISCOUNTS AND         PROCEEDS TO          PROCEEDS TO
                                 PRICE TO PUBLIC        COMMISSIONS          COMPANY(1)       SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Per Share....................           $                    $                    $                    $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(2).....................           $                    $                    $                    $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
   
(1) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $900,000.
    
 
   
(2) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to an additional 465,000 shares of Common Stock solely to cover
    over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." If such option is exercised in
    full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and
    Proceeds to Company will be $          , $          and $          ,
    respectively.
    
                            ------------------------
 
     The Common Stock is offered by the Underwriters as stated herein, subject
to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order
in whole or in part. It is expected that the delivery of such shares will be
made through the offices of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., San Francisco,
California, on or about             , 1998.
 
BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                                HAMBRECHT & QUIST
 
                                                              PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1998
<PAGE>   3
 
   
Concur, Concur Technologies, Xpense Management Solution, XMS, CompanyStore,
Employee Desktop, and the Company's logo are trademarks of the Company.
QuickXpense(R) is a registered trademark of the Company. Trade names, service
marks or trademarks of other companies appearing in this Prospectus are the
property of their respective holders.
    
 
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING
STABILIZING BIDS, SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY
BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
     No dealer, sales representative or other person has been authorized to give
any information or to make any representations in connection with the Offering
other than those contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company, by any Selling Stockholder or by any Underwriter. This
Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer
to buy, any securities other than the registered securities to which it relates,
or an offer to, or the solicitation of, any person in any jurisdiction where
such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create an
implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since
the date hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any
time subsequent to the date hereof.
 
     UNTIL                     , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE SECURITIES, WHETHER
OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Summary.....................................................    4
Risk Factors................................................    7
Use of Proceeds.............................................   21
Dividend Policy.............................................   21
Capitalization..............................................   22
Dilution....................................................   23
Selected Consolidated Financial Data........................   24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.................................   25
Business....................................................   38
Management..................................................   54
Certain Transactions........................................   65
Principal and Selling Stockholders..........................   68
Description of Capital Stock................................   71
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.............................   74
Underwriting................................................   76
Legal Matters...............................................   77
Experts.....................................................   77
Additional Information......................................   78
Index to Financial Statements...............................  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
     The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports
containing audited consolidated financial statements examined by its independent
auditors. Quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial
statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal year will be available
upon request.
 
   
     The Company was incorporated in Washington in August 1993 under the name
Moorea Software Corporation and commenced operations in 1994. The Company
changed its name to Portable Software Corporation in 1994 and to Concur
Technologies, Inc. in 1998, and is expected to be reincorporated in Delaware in
November 1998. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this
Prospectus to "Concur," "Concur Technologies" and the "Company" refer to Concur
Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its predecessors, 7Software, Inc.,
its wholly-owned California subsidiary, Concur Technologies (UK) Ltd., its
wholly-owned subsidiary located in the United Kingdom, and Concur Technologies
Pty. Limited, its wholly-owned subsidiary located in Australia, collectively.
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 6222 185th Avenue NE,
Redmond, Washington 98052 and its telephone number is (425) 702-8808.
Information contained on the Company's Web site does not constitute a prospectus
or part of this Prospectus.
    
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information, including "Risk Factors" and the Consolidated Financial Statements
and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus
contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The
Company's actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the
forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause a difference include, but
are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     Concur is a leading provider of Intranet-based employee-facing applications
that extend automation to employees throughout the enterprise and to partners,
vendors and service providers in the extended enterprise. The Company's Xpense
Management Solution ("XMS") and CompanyStore products automate the preparation,
approval, processing and data analysis of travel and entertainment ("T&E")
expense reports and front-office procurement requisitions. Concur believes it is
the leading provider of T&E expense management solutions, based on a combination
of the number of customers it serves and the features its solutions provide.
Since the introduction of XMS in 1996, the Company has licensed its products to
over 150 enterprise customers for use by over 800,000 end users. Through its
June 1998 acquisition of 7Software, Inc., the Company added the CompanyStore
front-office procurement application to its product suite. By automating manual,
paper-based processes, the Company's products reduce processing costs and enable
customers to consolidate purchases with preferred vendors and negotiate vendor
discounts.
    
 
     In response to increasingly competitive conditions worldwide, businesses
are seeking cost savings and productivity gains by using enterprise applications
to automate business processes. While these applications have traditionally
targeted discrete functional or department level business processes involving
relatively few employees, businesses are now seeking similar applications for
"employee-facing" business processes including T&E expense management,
front-office procurement, human resources self-service, time and billing, and
facilities management. The emergence of the Internet and corporate Intranets has
made it possible to deploy applications that reach all employees in the
enterprise and connect the enterprise to corporate partners, vendors and service
providers. In addition, in contrast to traditional client-server applications,
Intranet-based applications can be deployed rapidly throughout the enterprise
and on a cost-effective basis.
 
   
     Customers employing the Company's products can realize significant
operating cost savings through reduced processing costs, consolidated purchases
with preferred vendors and negotiated vendor discounts. Based on the results of
the 1997 American Express T&E Management Process Study, businesses using best-
in-class automation that process 1,000 to 5,000 T&E expense reports per month
can achieve savings from $300,000 to $1.5 million per year in processing costs
alone. After conducting case studies and surveys of its customers, American
Express Company ("American Express") concluded that, factoring in costs such as
employee time required to complete expense reports, management approvals and
administrative processing of expense reports, corporations on average spend $36
per T&E expense report processed, but can reduce such costs to as little as $8
through best-in-class automation. The Company believes its customers can achieve
these cost savings rapidly because the products are designed to minimize burdens
on IT professionals and to maximize employees' ease of use. Because the
Company's Intranet-based products are designed to deploy rapidly, scale
enterprise-wide and integrate easily with an organization's existing IT
infrastructure, a customer's IT personnel can deliver and support solutions
quickly and cost-effectively. For example, one Concur customer deployed XMS to
over 25,000 employees within 90 days after the customer began its rollout, and
has since deployed XMS to a total of over 50,000 employees. Employees readily
adopt the Company's solutions because they are easy to use, reduce time spent
preparing expense reports and supply requisitions, and accelerate reimbursement
and fulfillment process cycles. The Company believes that as a result of the
substantial potential savings from processing cost reductions and vendor
management, and the emergence of Intranet technologies, strong demand exists for
employee-facing applications.
    
 
     Concur's objective is to be the leading provider of Intranet-based
employee-facing applications. In order to meet this goal, the Company's strategy
is to extend and leverage its leadership in T&E expense management and
front-office procurement applications, expand and integrate its product suite,
enhance the
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
functionality of its products, increase its international presence, develop new
relationships with strategic third-parties, and offer its solutions as an
outsourced enterprise service provider.
 
   
     The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales
organization and has developed a number of strategic referral relationships such
as its relationship with American Express. Under this relationship, American
Express can refer corporate charge card customers that seek a T&E expense
management solution to Concur. In August 1998, a subsidiary of American Express
completed a minority equity investment in the Company, as a result of which
American Express became an affiliate of the Company.
    
 
   
     In addition to its Intranet-based product lines in T&E expense management
and front-office procurement, the Company offers a client-server based T&E
expense management solution for those clients who lack an Intranet
infrastructure. Given the broad applicability of its products, Concur has
licensed its applications to numerous customers in a wide range of industries.
The Company's customers include AT&T, American Airlines, Anheuser-Busch, Case
Corporation, Computer Sciences Corporation, DuPont, Eastman Kodak, Exxon,
Gillette, Guardian Industries, Hewlett-Packard, J.C. Penney, Lehman Brothers,
Levi Strauss, Lucent Technologies, Monsanto, The New York Times, Northrop
Grumman, Pfizer, Pharmacia & Upjohn, Seagate Technology, Solutia, Sprint,
Texaco, Texas Instruments and Visio.
    
 
   
RECENT DEVELOPMENT
    
 
   
     The Company recently entered into a non-binding letter of intent, and is
presently negotiating a definitive agreement, regarding a strategic marketing
and referral arrangement with ADP, Inc., a subsidiary of Automatic Data
Processing, Inc. ("ADP"). Under the proposed arrangement, ADP and the Company
plan to jointly market Concur's products to ADP customers and ADP will refer
potential customers for T&E expense reporting products and services exclusively
to Concur. The Company has agreed to pay ADP a referral fee for ADP customers
and leads who become the Company's customers. In addition, the Company intends
to acquire the rights to certain ADP technology. Russell P. Fradin, ADP's Group
President, Employer Services, has agreed to serve as a member of the Company's
Board of Directors.
    
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
                                  THE OFFERING
   
Common Stock offered by the Company.........    2,900,000 shares
    
   
Common Stock offered by the Selling
Stockholders................................    200,000 shares
    
   
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
Offering(1).................................    16,245,412 shares
    
   
Use of Proceeds.............................    For working capital and general
                                                corporate purposes. The Company
                                                intends to use approximately
                                                $11.0 million for increased
                                                sales and marketing expenditures
                                                and $5.0 million each for
                                                increased research and
                                                development and for professional
                                                services expenditures. See "Use
                                                of Proceeds."
    
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol......    CNQR
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1994     1995      1996      1997       1998
                                                              ------   -------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues, net.............................................  $   --   $ 2,128   $ 1,959   $ 8,270   $ 17,159
  Loss from operations(2)...................................    (602)   (2,895)   (4,958)   (5,505)   (17,760)
  Net loss..................................................    (602)   (2,890)   (4,953)   (5,524)   (18,074)
  Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(3).........                                         $  (1.58)
  Shares used in calculation of pro forma basic and diluted
    net loss per share(3)...................................                                           11,419
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                               ACTUAL     PRO FORMA(4)    AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                              --------    ------------    --------------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>             <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital...........................................  $  8,474      $ 8,474          $35,892
  Total assets..............................................    25,031       25,031           52,449
  Long-term obligations, net of current portion.............     8,092        8,092            8,092
  Redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants.......    30,129           --               --
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......................   (26,219)       3,910           31,328
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Based on shares outstanding as of October 31, 1998. Does not include: (i)
    1,432,715 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
    options granted under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan with a weighted
    average per share exercise price of $1.10; (ii) 349,851 shares of Common
    Stock available for future grant as of October 31, 1998 under the 1994 Stock
    Option Plan; (iii) 110,306 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    outstanding options granted under the 1997 Stock Option Plan of 7Software,
    Inc. ("7Software") assumed by the Company in connection with the Company's
    June 1998 acquisition of 7Software, with a weighted average per share
    exercise price of $0.025; (iv) 2,287,453 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of preferred
    stock; and (v) 3,800,000 shares of Common Stock reserved immediately after
    the Offering for future grant or issuance under the Company's 1998 Equity
    Incentive Plan, 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan and 1998 Employee Stock
    Purchase Plan. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and Notes 3, 9, 11
    and 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
(2) In June 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, resulting in a charge for
    acquired in-process technology. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements. The Financial Statements of 7Software are included
    elsewhere herein.
 
(3) See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the determination of the number of shares used in computing pro forma net
    loss per share.
 
   
(4) Pro forma to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of
    preferred stock into 10,213,553 shares of Common Stock and (ii) the
    conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock into
    warrants to purchase 2,329,578 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
   
(5) Pro forma amounts as adjusted to reflect: (i) the sale of the 2,900,000
    shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial
    public offering price per share of $10.50 and the receipt of the net
    proceeds therefrom, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
    commissions and offering expenses; and (ii) the net exercise of warrants to
    purchase 31,900 shares of Common Stock with an average exercise price of
    $2.55 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price per share
    of $10.50. See "Capitalization," "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain
    Transactions."
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
     Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all
information in this Prospectus (i) reflects the conversion of all outstanding
shares of preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock upon the
consummation of the Offering, (ii) assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment
option will not be exercised, and (iii) gives effect to the Company's
reincorporation in Delaware and a 1-for-2.5 reverse split of its Common Stock,
which will occur prior to the completion of the Offering.
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors,
including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this
Prospectus. In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the
following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company
and its business before purchasing the Common Stock offered by this Prospectus.
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS UNCERTAIN; HISTORY OF LOSSES
 
   
     An investment in the Company should be viewed in light of the risks and
uncertainties inherent in a software company in the early stages of development,
particularly in light of the evolving and highly competitive market in which the
Company operates. Concur was incorporated in 1993 and has incurred net losses in
each quarter since its incorporation. The Company shipped its first product in
fiscal 1995, and since fiscal 1997 has derived substantially all of its revenues
from licenses of XMS -- the Company's T&E expense management product -- and
related services. To compete effectively, the Company believes that it will be
necessary to devote substantial resources to expanding its sales and marketing,
professional services and research and development organizations and that it
will make significant investments in these areas without assurance of any
related income. For example, the Company's professional services organization is
newly established, and has been unprofitable since it was organized, and there
can be no assurance that it will ever become profitable. Further, there can be
no assurance that any of the Company's business strategies will be successful or
that the Company's revenues will increase in future periods, or that the Company
will become or remain profitable on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.
The Company incurred net losses of $5.0 million, $5.5 million and $18.1 million
for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. As of September 30, 1998, the
Company had an accumulated deficit of $32.0 million. The Company anticipates
that it will incur net losses for the foreseeable future. Although the Company
had substantial net operating loss carryforwards as of September 30, 1998, the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), contains provisions that may limit the use
in any future period of net operating loss carryforwards upon the occurrence of
certain events, including a significant change in ownership interests. See
"--Unpredictable Fluctuations and Seasonal Patterns in Quarterly Results,"
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business--Competition."
    
 
UNPREDICTABLE FLUCTUATIONS AND SEASONAL PATTERNS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
   
     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in
the past, and will continue to fluctuate in the future, as a result of a number
of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control. Many of these
factors are listed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Quarterly Results of Operations." In
addition, the Company's software products are typically shipped when orders are
received, and consequently, license backlog at the beginning of any quarter has
in the past represented only a small portion of that quarter's expected license
revenues. As a result, license revenues in any quarter are difficult to forecast
because they are substantially dependent on orders booked and shipped in that
quarter. Moreover, the Company typically recognizes a substantial amount of its
revenues in the last month of the quarter, frequently in the last week or even
days of the quarter. Since the Company's expenses are generally relatively fixed
in the near term, any shortfall from anticipated revenues or any delay in the
recognition of revenues could result in significant variations in operating
results from quarter to quarter. Quarterly license revenues are also difficult
to forecast because the Company's sales cycle, from initial evaluation to
delivery of software, is generally lengthy and varies substantially from
customer to customer. If revenues fall below the Company's expectations in a
particular quarter, the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition would be materially adversely affected. See "--Lengthy Sales Cycle."
    
 
     The Company has experienced, and expects to continue to experience, a high
degree of seasonality, as discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Quarterly Results of Operations."
Concur's products involve relatively large expenditures by enterprise customers,
and XMS tends to be more expensive than competing applications. In addition, the
purchase of the Company's products is typically a discretionary matter for such
customers and from time to time customers'
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
   
priorities may shift. For example, the Company may experience reduced sales of
its products as potential customers put a priority on correcting Year 2000
problems associated with their other systems, or defer purchases of software
products until after 2000. Accordingly, demand for the Company's products may be
particularly volatile and unpredictable.
    
 
   
     Based on the foregoing and the risks identified herein, the Company
believes that its future revenues, expenses and operating results are likely to
vary significantly from quarter to quarter. In particular, as the Company
expands its sales force, professional services personnel and research and
development staff, operating expenses will continue to rise. As a result,
quarter-to-quarter comparisons of operating results are not necessarily
meaningful or indicative of future performance. Further, the Company believes it
is likely that in some future quarter or quarters the Company's operating
results will not meet or exceed the expectations of public market analysts or
investors. In such event, or in the event that adverse conditions prevail, or
are perceived to prevail, with respect to the Company's business or generally,
the market price of the Company's Common Stock would be materially adversely
affected. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business--Competition."
    
 
EMERGING MARKET FOR EMPLOYEE-FACING APPLICATIONS; MARKET ACCEPTANCE
 
   
     The market for employee-facing applications is newly emerging. Enterprises
have historically performed the processes addressed by employee-facing
applications themselves, whether through manual processes or
internally-developed development applications. Accordingly, the Company's future
success will depend upon, among other factors, the extent to which companies
adopt third-party employee-facing applications, particularly T&E expense
management and front-office procurement solutions, and the extent to which
companies purchase products or utilize the services of third-party providers,
such as the Company, for such solutions. In addition, companies that have
already invested substantial resources in other methods of automating enterprise
processes may be reluctant to adopt a new strategy that may limit or compete
with their existing investments. Even if companies implement employee-facing
applications, they may still choose to design, develop or manage all or part of
their process automation internally. There can be no assurance that the use of
employee-facing applications will increase significantly in the future or that
the Company's products or services will achieve commercial success. Any failure
of employee-facing applications, and in particular T&E expense management and
front-office procurement applications, to gain market acceptance would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "Business--Industry Background."
    
 
PRODUCT CONCENTRATION
 
     Since 1997, the Company has generated substantially all of its revenues
from licenses and services related to XMS, and the Company believes that such
revenues will continue to account for a substantial majority of its revenues for
the foreseeable future. The Company's future financial performance will depend,
in significant part, upon the successful development, introduction and customer
acceptance of new and enhanced versions of XMS, and of CompanyStore and any new
products or services that the Company may develop or acquire. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in upgrading and continuing to
market XMS or CompanyStore, or that any new products or services the Company may
develop or acquire will achieve market acceptance. Any such lack of success or
failure to achieve market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPANSION INTO NEW MARKET
 
     The Company recently added the CompanyStore front-office procurement
application to its product line. This initial version of CompanyStore has been
licensed to only two customers. The Company's future revenue growth is
substantially dependent upon current development efforts to integrate this
recently acquired technology with the Company's current technology platform,
market acceptance of CompanyStore, and the Company's ability to license
CompanyStore to new customers and its existing base of XMS customers.
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
   
Potential and existing customers may not purchase CompanyStore for a number of
reasons, including: an absence of required or desired functionality; the costs
of and time required for implementation; the failure of CompanyStore to be
competitive with other front-office procurement applications; possible software
defects; a customer's lack of the necessary hardware, software or Intranet
infrastructure; and any failure by the Company or its products to meet customer
expectations for other reasons. In addition, the Company plans to target its
existing and potential XMS customers as potential customers for the enhanced
version of CompanyStore that is currently under development, but there can be no
assurance that such customers will purchase CompanyStore. Further, the Company
must overcome certain significant obstacles in its expansion into the
front-office procurement automation market, including: competitors that have
more experience and better name recognition than the Company; the limited
experience of the Company's sales and consulting personnel in the front-office
procurement automation market; and the Company's limited existing reference
accounts in the front-office procurement automation market. If, for any reason,
the Company is unable to complete the development efforts necessary to integrate
the recently acquired CompanyStore technology with its technology platform and
to market CompanyStore successfully, such failure would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover, if the Company fails to meet the expectations of market analysts or
investors with regard to sales of CompanyStore, the market price of its Common
Stock would be materially adversely affected. See "--Risks Associated with
Unproven Enterprise Service Provider Model," "--Risks Associated with the
Internet," "--No Prior Public Market for Common Stock; Possible Volatility of
Stock Price" and "Business--Competition."
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW PRODUCTS AND NEW VERSIONS OF EXISTING PRODUCTS
 
     The Company expects to add new employee-facing applications to its product
suite by acquisition or internal development. The Company has in the past
experienced delays in the planned release dates of new software products and
upgrades, and has discovered software defects in new products after their
introduction. There can be no assurance that new products or upgrades will be
released according to schedule, or that when released they will not contain
defects. Either of these situations could result in adverse publicity, loss of
revenues, delay in market acceptance or claims by customers brought against the
Company, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. If the Company is
unable to develop, license or acquire new software products or enhancements to
existing products on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such new products
or enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely
affected.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
     The market for the Company's products is characterized by rapid
technological change, evolving industry standards in computer hardware and
software technology, changes in customer requirements and frequent new product
introductions and enhancements. The introduction of products embodying new
technologies and the emergence of new industry standards can render existing
products obsolete and unmarketable. As a result, the Company's future success
will depend, in significant part, upon its ability to develop and introduce new
products and to enhance existing products to keep pace with technological
developments, satisfy customer requirements and achieve market acceptance. There
can be no assurance that the Company will successfully identify new product
opportunities, develop or bring to market new products, or adopt or incorporate
new technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. Nor can there be any
assurance that products, capabilities or technologies developed by others will
not render the Company's products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive or
shorten the life cycles of the Company's products. See "Business--Competition"
and "--Product Development."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH UNPROVEN ENTERPRISE SERVICE PROVIDER MODEL
 
     In addition to licensing its software, the Company plans to offer its
solutions as an Internet-based enterprise service provider ("ESP"), pricing its
solutions on a per-transaction basis, to companies seeking to outsource their
employee-facing business applications. This business model is unproven and
represents a
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
   
significant departure from the strategies traditionally employed by enterprise
software vendors and the Company. The Company has no experience selling products
or services as an ESP, and any such ESP business may significantly divert
Company revenues and management time and attention from its existing business.
The Company may at any time discontinue its plans to provide products or
services as an ESP. In connection with its planned ESP business model, the
Company will engage, for an indeterminate period, third-party service providers
to perform many of the services related to such business as independent
contractors, and will be responsible for monitoring their performance. The
Company has not outsourced any of its services or other important business
functions in the past, and there can be no assurance that independent
contractors will perform those services adequately. In the event that any
service provider provides inadequate support or service to the Company's
customers, the Company's reputation could be seriously damaged. In addition, the
Company plans to use resellers to market its ESP products; the Company has no
experience utilizing resellers and there can be no assurance it will be
successful doing so in connection with its ESP products. There can be no
assurance that the Company's ESP strategy will be implemented effectively, or,
even if it is implemented effectively, that it will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
If customers determine that the Company's products are not scalable, do not
provide adequate security for the dissemination of information over the
Internet, or are otherwise inadequate for Internet-based use, or if for any
other reason customers fail to accept the Company's products for use on the
Internet or on a per-transaction basis, the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected. In
particular, as an outsourced ESP provider, the Company will regularly receive
large amounts of confidential information (including credit card, travel booking
and other financial and accounting data) and, particularly in light of the
Company's lack of experience administering this information as an ESP, there can
be no assurance that this information will not be subject to computer break-ins
and other disruptions that jeopardize the security of information for which the
Company is responsible. Even if the Company's strategy of offering its products
to customers over the Internet is successful, certain customers or potential
customers that would otherwise acquire software and services through the
Company's licensing arrangements may elect to utilize the Company's applications
through the Internet-based ESP. Any such shift in potential license revenues to
the ESP model, which is an unproven and potentially less profitable or
unprofitable business model, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "--Risks
of Software Defects or Security Breaches," "--Product Liability Risks" and
"Business--Products and Technology."
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INTERNET
 
     The success of the Company's products will depend, in large part, on the
continued broad acceptance of the Internet itself as a viable commercial
marketplace. It is difficult to predict with any assurance whether the Internet
will continue to be considered a viable commercial marketplace or whether the
demand for Internet-related products and services will increase or decrease in
the future. The Internet may cease to be considered a viable commercial
marketplace for several reasons, including potentially inadequate development of
necessary infrastructure as use of the Internet grows, such as a reliable
network backbone with the necessary speed, data capability and security, or
failure of enabling technologies to be developed in a timely manner. There can
be no assurance that the Internet infrastructure will be able to support the
demands placed on it by growth in use and bandwidth requirements of users. In
addition, the Internet could lose its viability due to delays in the development
or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased levels of
Internet activity or due to increased governmental regulation. Moreover,
critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet (including
security, reliability, data corruption, cost, ease of use, accessibility and
quality of service) remain unresolved and may negatively affect commerce and
communication on the Internet. Changes in, or insufficient availability of,
telecommunications services to support the Internet could also result in slower
response times and could adversely affect the use of the Internet generally. If
critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet are not favorably
resolved, if the necessary infrastructure and complementary products are not
developed on a timely basis, or if use of the Internet experiences a significant
decline, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition
will be materially and adversely affected.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
LIMITED EXPERIENCE WITH LARGE-SCALE DEPLOYMENT
 
   
     Although the Company believes that XMS and CompanyStore can accommodate
thousands of users, to date a limited number of customers have deployed XMS, and
no customer has deployed CompanyStore, on such a large scale. If the Company's
customers cannot successfully implement large-scale deployments, or they
determine for any other reason that the Company's products cannot accommodate
large-scale deployments or that such products are not appropriate for such
widespread use, the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition would be materially adversely affected.
    
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
   
     The Company's historical growth has placed, and any further growth is
likely to continue to place, a significant strain on the Company's managerial,
operational, financial and other resources. The Company has grown from 65
full-time employees as of September 30, 1996 to 231 full-time employees as of
October 31, 1998. The Company's future success will depend, in part, upon the
ability of its senior management to manage growth effectively. This will require
the Company to implement additional management information systems, to develop
further its operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and
controls, to hire additional personnel, to develop additional levels of
management within the Company, to locate additional office space in the United
States and internationally, and to maintain close coordination among its
development, accounting, finance, marketing, sales, customer support and
professional services organizations. In particular, the Company expects to need
additional office space as soon as the second half of calendar 1999. The real
estate market in the Seattle area, where the Company's headquarters is located,
is extremely competitive, and the Company may find it difficult to locate
suitable space on terms acceptable to the Company. In addition, each customer
for the Company's products generally purchases consulting and implementation
services in connection with licenses of those products. The Company believes
that it is currently the only provider of such services for its products. It is
difficult and expensive to recruit, train and retain qualified personnel to
perform such services, and the Company may from time to time have inadequate
levels of staffing to perform required services. As a result, the Company's
growth could be limited due to its lack of capacity to provide such services, or
the Company could experience deterioration in service levels or decreased
customer satisfaction, any of which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. The failure
of the Company to manage its historic and future growth successfully would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "--Risks Associated with Acquisitions Generally,"
"--Need to Attract and Retain Qualified Personnel," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     The market for the Company's products is intensely competitive and rapidly
changing. The Company's primary sources of direct competition come from
independent software vendors of T&E expense management and front-office
procurement applications, and enterprise resource planning ("ERP") providers
that have or may be developing T&E expense management and front-office
procurement products. The Company also faces indirect competition from potential
customers' internal development efforts and from potential customers' reluctance
to move away from existing paper-based systems. See "Business--Competition."
 
NEED TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS
 
   
     An important business strategy of the Company is to enter into strategic
relationships to offer products and services to a larger customer base than can
be reached through direct sales, telesales and internal marketing efforts. The
Company has established a significant strategic marketing relationship with
American Express and its subsidiary, American Express Travel Related Services
Company, Inc. ("TRS"), under which American Express can refer to the Company (on
a non-exclusive basis) their corporate charge card customers that seek a T&E
expense management solution, and TRS will market a co-branded ESP version of XMS
containing special features. Since entering into this relationship, a
significant number of the Company's new sales have come through referrals from
American Express. In August 1998, TRS purchased 645,161 shares of the Company's
    
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
   
Series E Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase additional shares of Series E
Preferred Stock. The Company also has established other strategic referral
relationships. The Company recently entered into a non-binding letter of intent,
and is presently negotiating a definitive agreement, regarding a strategic
marketing and referral agreement with ADP, Inc., a subsidiary of ADP. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able finalize its arrangements with
ADP, to enter into additional strategic relationships or to maintain its
strategic relationships on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If the
Company were unable to maintain its existing strategic relationships or enter
into additional strategic relationships, it would be required to devote
substantially more resources to the distribution, sale and marketing of its
products and services than it plans to do and would not receive the customer
introductions and co-marketing benefits that it anticipates receiving from such
strategic relationships. As a result of the Company's emphasis on strategic
relationships, the Company's success will depend both on the ultimate success of
the other parties to such relationships and on the ability of these parties to
market the Company's products and services successfully. Failure of one or more
of the entities with which the Company has a strategic relationship to promote
the Company's products or services could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Summary--Recent Development" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
   
     The Company's existing strategic relationships generally do not, and any
future strategic relationships may not, afford the Company any exclusive
marketing or distribution rights. Many of the Company's strategic partners have
multiple strategic relationships, and there can be no assurance that the
Company's strategic partners regard their relationships with the Company as
significant for their own businesses or that they will regard it as significant
in the future. In addition, there can be no assurance that such parties will not
pursue other partnerships or relationships, or attempt to develop or acquire
products or services that compete with the Company's products or services either
on their own or in collaboration with others, including the Company's
competitors. Further, the Company's existing strategic relationships may
interfere with its ability to enter into other desirable strategic
relationships. Any future inability of the Company to maintain its strategic
relationships or to enter into additional strategic relationships will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "--Competition," "Business--Strategy," "--Sales" and
"--Marketing."
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH 7SOFTWARE ACQUISITION
 
   
     In June 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, a privately-held front-office
procurement software development company and the developer of CompanyStore. The
Company is currently in the process of integrating the 7Software business with
the Company's business, including product development efforts focused on
integrating CompanyStore with XMS in a suite of employee-facing applications.
Such integration is subject to risk of loss of key personnel of the acquired
company, difficulties associated with assimilating the personnel and operations
of the acquired company, potential disruption of the Company's ongoing business,
and the ability of the Company's sales force, consultants and development staff
to adapt to the new product line. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered
in connection with its acquisition of 7Software.
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS GENERALLY
 
   
     In order to remain competitive, the Company may find it necessary to
acquire additional businesses, products or technologies that could complement or
expand the Company's business. In the event that the Company identifies an
appropriate acquisition candidate, there can be no assurance that the Company
would be able to negotiate the terms of any such acquisition successfully,
finance such acquisition, or integrate such acquired business, products or
technologies into the Company's existing business and operations. The Company
has completed only one acquisition to date, the acquisition of 7Software. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to manage or absorb any future
acquisitions successfully, particularly acquisitions of companies larger than
7Software or publicly held companies. Further, the negotiation of potential
acquisitions, as well as the integration of an acquired business, would cause
significant diversions of management time and resources. There can be no
assurance that a given acquisition, whether or not consummated, will not
materially adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and
financial
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
condition. If the Company were to proceed with one or more significant
acquisitions in which the consideration included cash, the Company could be
required to use a substantial portion of the Company's available cash (including
proceeds of the Offering) to consummate any such acquisition. If the Company
consummates one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration
consists of stock or other securities, stockholders of the Company could suffer
significant dilution of their interests in the Company. See "--Management of
Growth," "-- Broad Discretion Over Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
LENGTHY SALES CYCLE
 
     Sales of the Company's software products generally require the Company to
engage in a lengthy sales effort. Because of the costs involved, customers for
enterprise products such as the Company's typically commit significant resources
to an evaluation of available software applications and require the Company to
expend substantial time, effort and money educating them about the value of the
Company's products and services. The Company's sales cycle typically ranges
between six and nine months. Sales of the Company's products require an
extensive sales effort throughout a customer's organization because decisions to
license and deploy such software generally involve the evaluation of the
software by a significant number of employees in various functional areas, each
often having specific and conflicting requirements. A variety of factors,
including many over which the Company has little or no control, such as
customers' investments in Year 2000 systems compliance, may cause potential
customers to favor competing products or to delay or forego a purchase. As a
result of the length of its sales cycle, the Company has a limited ability to
forecast the timing and amount of specific sales. The delay or failure to
complete one or more sales in a particular quarter or fiscal year could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition and could cause the Company's operating results to vary
significantly from quarter to quarter. See "--Unpredictable Fluctuations and
Seasonal Patterns in Quarterly Results" and "--Year 2000 Compliance."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The Company's success depends on the performance of the Company's senior
management, particularly S. Steven Singh, who is not bound by an employment
agreement. Although the Company maintains key person life insurance on Mr. Singh
in the amount of $1 million, the loss of the services of Mr. Singh would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. If one or more members of the Company's senior management
or any of the Company's key employees were to resign from the Company,
particularly to join a competitor or to form a competitor of the Company, the
loss of such personnel and any resulting loss of existing or potential customers
to any such competitor would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, there can
be no assurance that, in such an event, the Company would be able to recruit
personnel to replace such senior management on terms that are acceptable to the
Company. In the event of the loss of any key personnel, there can be no
assurance that the Company would be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure
or use of its technical knowledge, practices, procedures or customer lists by a
former employee or that such disclosure or use would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
See "Business--Competition," "--Employees" and "Management."
 
NEED TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
 
     The Company's success depends to a significant degree on its ability to
attract and retain qualified, experienced employees. There is currently, and the
Company expects there will continue to be, substantial competition for
experienced engineering, sales and consulting personnel, particularly in the
market segments in which the Company competes. Many of the companies with which
the Company competes for experienced personnel have greater financial and other
resources than the Company. In particular, the Company competes for product
development personnel with Microsoft Corporation, which is located in the same
geographic area as the Company's headquarters and which hires significant
numbers of software engineers each year. The Company also competes for personnel
with major ERP and other independent software vendors that hire substantial
numbers of sales and consulting personnel, and with consulting and professional
services
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
   
companies (such as Andersen Consulting and other systems integration and
consulting divisions of major accounting firms), which recruit a significant
portion of the pool of available and qualified consulting personnel. In
addition, customers for the Company's products generally purchase consulting and
implementation services in connection with licenses of those products. While the
Company has recently established relationships with certain third-party
providers of these consulting and implementation services, Concur continues to
be the primary provider of such services for its products. It is difficult and
expensive to recruit, train and retain qualified personnel to perform such
services, and the Company may from time to time have inadequate levels of
staffing to perform such services. As a result, the Company's growth could be
limited due to its lack of capacity to provide such services, or the Company
could experience deterioration in service levels or decreased customer
satisfaction, any of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company may in the
future experience difficulty in recruiting and retaining sufficient numbers of
qualified individuals to meet its needs, and the costs associated with such
hirings, such as bonuses and recruiting expenses, may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
See "Business--Employees."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON DIRECT SALES MODEL
 
   
     The Company has sold, and intends to continue to sell, its products
primarily through its direct sales force. The Company's financial success will
depend in large part on the ability of the Company's direct sales force to
increase sales to levels necessary to attain and sustain profitability. As a
consequence of this strategy, the Company's ability to achieve significant
revenue growth in the future will depend in large part on its success in
recruiting, training and retaining additional direct sales personnel and on the
continued success of the direct sales force. The Company believes that there is
a shortage of, and significant competition for, direct sales personnel with the
advanced sales skills and technical knowledge necessary to sell the Company's
products. The Company's inability to hire competent sales personnel, or its
failure to retain them, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "--Dependence on
Key Employees" and "--Need to Attract and Retain Qualified Personnel."
    
 
     In addition, by relying primarily on a direct sales model, the Company may
miss sales opportunities that might be available through other sales
distribution channels, such as domestic and international resellers and
value-added resellers. In the future, the Company intends to develop indirect
distribution channels through third-party distribution arrangements, but there
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in establishing such
arrangements, or that any such expansion of the Company's indirect distribution
channels will result in increased revenues. The failure to develop such indirect
channels may place the Company at a significant competitive disadvantage. See
"Business--Competition" and "--Sales."
 
   
     The Company plans to use resellers to market its ESP products; the Company
has no experience utilizing resellers and there can be no assurance it will be
successful doing so in connection with its ESP products.
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON SERVICE REVENUES
 
   
     The Company licenses software and provides related consulting, customer
support and training services. The Company's total revenues have increased from
year to year, and service revenues have increased each year as a percentage of
total revenues. Service revenues represented 12.4%, 23.3% and 31.8% of total
revenues for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Maintenance constitutes a
significant proportion of service revenues. The Company anticipates that service
revenues will continue to represent a significant percentage of total revenues.
To a large extent, the level of service revenues is dependent upon the ongoing
renewals of customer support contracts by the Company's growing installed
customer base, and there can be no assurance that such customer support
contracts will be renewed. In addition, if third-party organizations such as
systems integrators become proficient in installing or servicing the Company's
products, consulting revenues as a percentage of total revenues could decline.
If service revenues are lower than anticipated, the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
The Company's ability to increase its service revenues will depend in large part
on its ability to increase the scale of its services organization, including its
ability to successfully recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified
services personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully expand its professional
    
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
services organization in this way. See "--Management of Growth," "--Dependence
on Key Employees," "--Need to Attract and Retain Qualified Personnel" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
     The Company's international operations are generally subject to a number of
risks, including costs of customizing products for foreign countries, laws and
business practices favoring local competition, dependence on local vendors,
compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and
regulations, longer sales cycles, greater difficulty or delay in accounts
receivable collection, import and export restrictions and tariffs, difficulties
in staffing and managing foreign operations, multiple and conflicting tax laws
and regulations, and political and economic instability. In recent months the
level of worldwide economic instability has increased significantly. The Company
is unable to predict what effect this instability will have on its efforts to
expand internationally or sell domestically. It is possible that the spreading
economic uncertainty in the world will have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
   
     The Company's international operations also face foreign currency-related
risks. To date, a significant majority of the Company's revenues have been
denominated in U.S. Dollars, but the Company believes that in the future, an
increasing portion of the Company's revenues will be denominated in foreign
currencies. In particular, the Company expects that following the introduction
of the Euro in January 1999, an increasing portion of the Company's
international sales may be Euro-denominated. The Euro is an untested currency
and may be subject to economic risks that are not currently contemplated. There
can be no assurance that fluctuations in the value of the Euro or other foreign
currencies will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. The Company currently does not
engage in foreign exchange hedging activities, and therefore its international
revenues are currently subject to the risks of foreign currency fluctuations. In
addition, the Company expects that its products will not support Euro-
denominated transactions until at least the second half of 1999, which could
materially adversely affect demand for such products and, as a result, the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"--Unpredictable Fluctuations and Seasonal Patterns in Quarterly Results" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
    
 
   
     Revenues from licenses and services to customers outside the United States,
primarily in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, were insignificant prior
to fiscal 1997, and represented approximately $1.3 million and $810,000 in
fiscal 1997 and 1998, respectively. As a key component of its business strategy,
the Company intends to expand its sales and support operations internationally.
The Company employs sales professionals in London, Toronto and Sydney and
intends to establish additional international sales offices, expand its
international management, sales and support organizations, and enter into
relationships with additional international remarketers where appropriate. The
Company is in the early stages of developing its indirect distribution channels
in certain markets outside the United States. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to attract remarketers that will be able to market the
Company's products effectively or will be qualified to provide timely and
cost-effective customer support and service.
    
 
   
     The Company must also customize its products for local markets. For
example, the Company's ability to expand into the European market will depend on
the Company's ability to develop a T&E expense management solution that
incorporates the tax laws and accounting practices followed in Germany and other
European countries, and to develop employee-facing applications that support the
Euro. Further, the differing employment policies of countries outside the United
States potentially reduce the Company's flexibility in managing staffing levels
and, in turn, managing personnel-related expenses. To the extent that the
Company is unable to address the risks associated with these international sales
in a timely and cost-effective manner, the Company's sales growth
internationally, if any, will be limited, operating margins could be reduced by
increases in personnel-related expenses without corresponding increases in
revenues, and the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. Even if the Company is able to
expand its international operations successfully, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to maintain or increase international market demand for
its products. See "Business--Sales."
    
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
LIMITED INTEROPERABILITY
 
     The Company's products are designed to operate on a variety of hardware and
software platforms employed by its customers. The Company must continually
modify and enhance its products to keep pace with changes in hardware and
software platforms and database technology. As a result, uncertainties related
to the timing and nature of new product announcements, introductions or
modifications by vendors of operating systems (particularly Microsoft), by
vendors of back-office applications (particularly SAP, Oracle and PeopleSoft)
and by vendors of browsers and other Internet-related applications (particularly
Netscape and Microsoft) could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the
Company's products are not currently based upon the Java programming language
("Java"), an increasingly widely-used language for developing Internet
applications. The Company has made a strategic decision not to develop a fully
Java-based product at this time. There can be no assurance that future versions
of the Company's products will be developed in Java. Accordingly, certain
features available to products written in Java may not be available in the
Company's products. The failure of the Company's products to operate effectively
across the various existing and evolving versions of hardware and software
platforms, programming languages, database environments, and ERP and accounting
systems employed by customers would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Business--Products and Technology."
 
RELIANCE ON THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE
 
   
     The Company relies upon the licensing of certain software from third
parties, including security technologies from online analytical processing
business intelligence tools from Cognos Incorporated, ODBC drivers from
Intersolv, Inc., and Internet translation applications from Chili!Soft, Inc.
There can be no assurance that the Company's third-party technology licenses
will continue to be available to the Company on commercially reasonable terms,
if at all. The loss or inability to maintain any of these technology licenses
could result in delays in the sale of the Company's products and services until
equivalent technology, if available, is identified, licensed and integrated,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
    
 
   
RISKS OF SOFTWARE DEFECTS OR SECURITY BREACHES
    
 
   
     Products as complex as those offered by the Company frequently contain
defects or errors that may be detected at any point in the product's life. There
can be no assurance that defects or errors will not occur in existing or new
products. Further, the Company often renders implementation, consulting and
other technical services in connection with licensing of the Company's products.
The performance of these services typically involves working with sophisticated
software, computing and networking systems, and the Company could fail to meet
project milestones in a timely manner or to meet customer expectations for
services as a result of any such defects. Although the Company's products
contain security features, the Company's software products may be vulnerable to
break-ins and similar disruptive problems. Such computer break-ins and other
disruptions may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted
through the computer systems of the Company's customers. Break-ins often involve
hackers bypassing fire walls and misappropriating confidential information.
Problems caused by product defects, security breaches or failure to meet project
milestones for services could result in loss of or delay in revenues, loss of
market share, failure to achieve market acceptance, diversion of development
resources, harm to the Company's reputation, increased insurance costs or
increased service and warranty costs. Addressing these problems may require
significant expenditures of capital and resources by the Company, which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition.
    
 
   
PRODUCT LIABILITY RISKS
    
 
     Because customers rely on the Company's products for certain
business-critical processes, any significant defects or errors in the Company's
products or services, or in the products of third parties that are embedded in
or bundled with the Company's products, might discourage utilization of the
Company's products and services or result in tort or warranty claims against the
Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. Although the Company's license
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
   
agreements with its customers typically contain provisions designed to limit the
Company's exposure to potential liability for damages arising out of use of or
defects in the Company's products, it is possible that such limitation of
liability provisions may not be effective as a result of existing or future
federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions.
Although the Company has not experienced any such product liability claims to
date, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to such
claims in the future. Further, although the Company maintains errors and
omissions insurance, there can be no assurance that such insurance coverage will
adequately cover the Company for such claims. A successful product liability
claim brought against the Company could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover,
defending such a suit, regardless of its merits, could entail substantial
expense and require the time and attention of key management personnel, either
of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition.
    
 
LIMITED PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT
 
   
     The Company is dependent upon its proprietary technology. The Company
relies primarily on a combination of copyright and trademark laws, trade
secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its
proprietary information. The Company has also taken steps to avoid disclosure of
its proprietary technology, including contractually restricting customer access
to the Company's source code and requiring all employees to enter into
confidentiality and invention assignment agreements. However, certain of the
Company's former technical personnel did not execute such agreements. Further,
the Company only recently began requiring contractors and temporary employees to
execute the Company's confidentiality agreement rather than executing the
confidentiality agreements maintained by temporary agencies or not executing any
such agreements. The Company presently has no patents or patent applications
pending. Despite the Company's efforts to protect its proprietary rights,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of the Company's products or to
obtain and use information that the Company regards as proprietary. In addition,
the laws of some foreign countries do not protect the Company's proprietary
rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States, and the
Company expects that it will become more difficult to monitor use of the
Company's products as the Company increases its international presence. There
can be no assurance that the Company's means of protecting its proprietary
rights will be adequate, nor that the Company's competitors will not
independently develop similar technology. In addition, there can be no assurance
that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company with respect to
current or future products. Any such claims could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Business--Intellectual Property Rights."
    
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO REVENUE RECOGNITION POLICY
    
 
   
     The Company recognizes software license revenues when a non-cancelable
license agreement has been signed with a customer, the software is shipped, no
significant post-delivery vendor obligations remain and collection is deemed
probable. The Company recognizes customer support revenues ratably over the
contract term--typically one year--and recognizes revenues for consulting
services as such services are performed. The Company believes its current
revenue recognition policies and practices are consistent with applicable
accounting standards in all material respects. It is not anticipated that there
will be a material change to the Company's accounting for revenues as a result
of the adoption of SOP 97-2 and related amendments and interpretations. However,
full guidelines for this standard have not yet been issued. Once available, such
guidance could lead to unanticipated changes in the Company's current revenue
accounting practices, and such changes could materially adversely affect the
Company's future revenues and earnings. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation--Overview."
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
   
     Many currently installed computer systems are not capable of distinguishing
21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, in little more than one
year, computer systems and software used by many companies and organizations in
a wide variety of industries will experience operating difficulties unless they
are modified or upgraded to process information related to the century change.
Significant uncertainty exists in the software and other industries concerning
the scope and magnitude of problems associated with the century change. Based on
the Company's assessment to date, the Company believes the current versions of
its software products are "Year 2000 compliant"-- that is, they are capable of
adequately distinguishing 21st century dates from 20th century dates. However,
the Company's products are generally integrated into enterprise systems
involving sophisticated hardware and complex software products, which may not be
Year 2000 compliant. The Company may in the future be subject to claims based on
Year 2000 problems in others' products, or issues arising from the integration
of multiple products within an overall system. In addition, earlier versions of
the Company's current products were not Year 2000 compliant, and the Company
does not intend to render them Year 2000 compliant. Other Year 2000 compliance
issues facing the Company include the need to ensure Year 2000 compliance of its
own internal computer and other systems, to continue testing its software
products, to audit the Year 2000 compliance status of its suppliers and business
partners, and to conduct a legal audit. The Company has not completed its Year
2000 investigation, and there can be no assurance that the total cost of Year
2000 compliance will not be material to the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. There can also be no assurance that the
Company and its customers and suppliers will identify and remediate all
significant Year 2000 problems on a timely basis, that remediation efforts will
not involve significant time and expense, or that unremediated problems will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."
    
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NAME CHANGE
 
     In August 1998, the Company changed its name from Portable Software
Corporation to Concur Technologies, Inc. The Company believes that developing
and strengthening the Concur brand is important to its marketing efforts,
particularly to convey the fact that the Company's business strategy involves
products beyond its original T&E expense management applications. Concur
believes that it had developed significant market identification between its T&E
expense management applications and its former name. There can be no assurance
that the change of name will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
name recognition within its existing target market. Moreover, while the Company
has expended substantial resources in establishing brand recognition of its new
name, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful or that the
Company will be able to enforce rights related to the Concur name, that it will
be free to use that name in all jurisdictions, or that it will not be required
to expend significant resources in defending the use of that name.
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior to the Offering there has been no public market for the Common Stock,
and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock
will develop or be sustained after the Offering. The initial public offering
price will be determined by negotiation among the Company and the
representatives of the underwriters based upon a number of factors and may not
be indicative of the market price of the Common Stock following the Offering.
The market price of the Company's Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile
and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in
operating results, announcements of technological innovations or new products by
the Company or its competitors, market conditions in the enterprise software
industry, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, failure of the
Company to meet or exceed analyst estimates, and other events or factors, many
of which are beyond the Company's control. In addition, the stock market has
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly
affected the market prices of equity securities of many software companies and
that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance
of such companies, and a number of publicly-traded software companies have
current market prices below their initial public offering price.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the
Company's Common Stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the
marketplace for a company's securities, securities class action litigation often
has been instituted. Any such litigation against the Company could result in
substantial costs and a diversion of management attention and resources, which
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
     Immediately after the closing of the Offering (based on shares outstanding
as of October 31, 1998 and assuming the net exercise of warrants to purchase
31,900 shares of Common Stock), 74.3% of the outstanding Common Stock (72.2% if
the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be
beneficially owned by the directors, director nominees and executive officers of
the Company, together with the entities affiliated with them, assuming no
exercise of outstanding stock options. If all options owned by the directors and
executive officers of the Company as of October 31, 1998 were to be exercised,
the directors and executive officers of the Company, together with the entities
affiliated with them, would own 13,044,604 shares of Common Stock, or 75.8% of
the outstanding Common Stock of the Company following the Offering. As a result,
these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to control substantially
all matters requiring approval by the stockholders of the Company, including the
election of all directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. In
addition, upon completion of the Offering, TRS will hold a warrant to purchase
up to 1,925,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at prices ranging from
$33.75 to $85.00, and expiring in three tranches through January 2002. TRS also
holds a warrant to purchase 225,000 shares of Common Stock, at an exercise price
per share equal to the per share price to the public in the Offering less 7%,
that expires upon effectiveness of the Offering ("TRS Warrant Initial Tranche").
See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
   
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS, DELAWARE LAW AND
CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
    
 
   
     Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
and certain provisions of Delaware law could delay or make difficult a merger,
tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company. The authorized but unissued
capital stock of the Company immediately following the Offering will include
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board of Directors is authorized,
subject to any limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue the preferred
stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares
to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and
privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and to designate any
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to decrease the number
of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares of such series
then outstanding), without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
Accordingly, the Company may in the future issue a series of preferred stock,
without further stockholder approval, that will have preference over the Common
Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution
or winding-up of the Company. Certain other provisions of the Company's
Certification of Incorporation and Bylaws, including provisions that divide the
Board of Directors into three classes to serve staggered three-year terms,
prohibit the stockholders from taking action by written consent and restrict the
ability of stockholders to call special meetings, may also make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the Company's voting stock
or effect a change in control of the Company. In addition, Section 203 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which is applicable to the
Company, prohibits certain business combinations with certain stockholders for a
period of three years after they acquire 15% or more of the outstanding voting
stock of a corporation. Certain agreements with American Express also contain
provisions making it more difficult for certain third parties to acquire a
substantial amount of the Company's voting stock or effect a change in control
of the Company. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect holders of the
Common Stock or discourage or make difficult any attempt to obtain control of
the Company. See "Management--Executive Officers and Directors," "Description of
Capital Stock" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
 
   
     Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock after the Offering
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the
Company's ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities. Upon
completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 16,245,412 shares
of Common Stock (16,710,412 shares if the underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full), assuming no exercise of options after October 31, 1998 and
no exercise of the TRS Warrant Initial Tranche. Of these shares, the 3,100,000
shares offered hereby (3,565,000 shares if the underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term
is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144"). The remaining
13,145,412 shares of Common Stock outstanding upon completion of the Offering
are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144.
    
 
   
     Upon the expiration of lock-up agreements between certain of the Company's
stockholders and the underwriters (the "Lock-Up Agreements") beginning 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus, 199,013 shares will become eligible for sale
pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act ("Rule 701") and 10,588,821 shares
held by certain affiliates of the Company will become eligible for sale pursuant
to the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. The remaining
2,357,578 shares outstanding will become eligible for sale from time to time
more than 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. In addition to the
foregoing, as of October 31, 1998, there were outstanding options to purchase an
aggregate of 1,543,021 shares of Common Stock which will be eligible for sale in
the public market from time to time, subject to vesting and the expiration of
Lock-Up Agreements. The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form
S-8 under the Securities Act within 180 days after the completion of the
Offering to register 5,692,874 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding
stock options or reserved for issuance under the Company's stock and stock
option plans upon effectiveness of the Offering, thus permitting the resale of
such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the
Securities Act. The representatives of the underwriters have informed the
Company that the underwriters reserve the right without announcement to release
shares from the Lock-Up Agreements prior to expiration of the 180-day term of
such agreements. Any request for release would be evaluated by the
representatives of the underwriters, and the decision whether or not to permit
early release of shares would be made dependent upon the facts and circumstances
existing at the time of the request. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
   
     Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will experience an immediate
dilution of $8.63 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value of their
Common Stock from the assumed initial public offering price of $10.50 per share.
To the extent outstanding warrants or options are exercised, there may be
further dilution. See "Dilution."
    
 
BROAD DISCRETION OVER USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering for working
capital and general corporate purposes. These will include increased sales and
marketing expenditures, increased expenditures for professional services
capabilities, increased research and development expenditures, and capital
expenditures made in the ordinary course of business. The Company may also use a
portion of the net proceeds for possible acquisitions of additional businesses,
products and technologies or the establishment of joint ventures that are
complementary to the current or future business of the Company, as determined by
management in its sole discretion. The Company may change the allocation of net
proceeds among the various uses described above. Accordingly, investors in the
Offering will rely upon the judgment of the Company's management with respect to
the use of proceeds, with only limited information concerning management's
specific intentions. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,900,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be approximately
$27.4 million ($32.0 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full), at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.50 and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by the Company. The Company will not receive any proceeds from
the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. The primary purposes of
the Offering are to increase the Company's equity capital, to create a public
market for the Company's Common Stock and to facilitate future access by the
Company to public equity markets.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering for working
capital and general corporate purposes. These will include increased domestic
and international sales and marketing expenditures, increased research and
development expenditures and capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of
business. The Company intends during fiscal 1999 to use approximately $11.0
million from the net proceeds of the Offering to increase its domestic and
international sales and marketing capabilities, approximately $5.0 million for
increased research and development, and approximately $5.0 million for expanded
professional services capabilities. The Company has no other specific plans as
to the use of the net proceeds from the Offering. The Company may also use a
portion of the net proceeds for possible acquisitions of businesses, products
and technologies or the establishment of joint ventures that are complementary
to the current and future business of the Company. Although the Company has not
identified any specific businesses, products or technologies that it may
acquire, and there are no current agreements or understandings with respect to
any such transactions, the Company does from time to time evaluate such
opportunities. Pending such uses, the net proceeds of the Offering will be
invested in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments. None of
the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid to NASD members, affiliates, or
associated or related persons thereof.
    
 
   
     The foregoing represents the Company's best estimate of its allocation of
the net proceeds of the Offering. Future events, as well as changes in economic,
regulatory or competitive conditions or in the Company's business and the
results of its activities, may make changes in the allocation of funds within
the described categories or to other purposes necessary or desirable. Management
has broad discretion as to the allocation of the net proceeds of the Offering.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital
stock and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The Company
anticipates that any future earnings will be retained by the Company to develop
and expand its business. Any future determination with respect to the payment of
dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend
upon, among other things, the Company's operating results, financial condition
and capital requirements, the terms of then-existing indebtedness, general
business conditions and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems
relevant. In addition, the terms of certain of the Company's credit facilities
prohibit the payment of cash dividends without the lender's consent. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 1998, (i) the actual
capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company
after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable
convertible preferred stock into Common Stock and the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase Common Stock, and
(iii) the pro forma capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the
2,900,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed
initial public offering price of $10.50 per share (after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) and the receipt of
the estimated net proceeds therefrom and the net exercise of warrants to
purchase 31,900 shares of Common Stock at an assumed initial public offering
price of $10.50 per share.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           PRO         AS
                                                               ACTUAL     FORMA     ADJUSTED
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Long-term obligations, net of current portion...............  $  8,092   $  8,092   $  8,092
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value,
  10,457,716 shares authorized, 10,213,553 shares issued and
  outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or
  outstanding, pro forma or as adjusted.....................    29,685         --         --
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.............       444         --         --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value, no shares authorized,
     issued and outstanding, actual or pro forma; 5,000,000
     shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, as
     adjusted...............................................        --         --         --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value; 60,000,000 shares
     authorized; 3,098,543 shares issued and outstanding,
     actual; 13,312,096 shares issued and outstanding, pro
     forma; and 16,243,996 shares issued and outstanding, as
     adjusted(1)............................................     6,276     36,405     63,823
  Deferred stock compensation...............................      (452)      (452)      (452)
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (32,043)   (32,043)   (32,043)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
     Total stockholders' equity (deficit)...................   (26,219)     3,910     31,328
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Total capitalization..............................  $ 12,002   $ 12,002   $ 39,420
                                                              ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Excludes: (i) 1,539,521 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options
    outstanding (of which options to purchase 498,378 shares were exercisable)
    under the Company's stock option plans, at a weighted average exercise price
    of $0.95 per share; (ii) 3,800,000 shares reserved for issuance under the
    Company's stock and stock option plans upon consummation of the Offering;
    (iii) 354,768 shares of Common Stock available for future grant under the
    1994 Plan; (iv) 110,306 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options
    (74,202 of which are subject to vesting) assumed by the Company in
    connection with the acquisition of 7Software, at a weighted average exercise
    price of $0.025 per share; (v) 137,453 shares issuable upon exercise of
    outstanding warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $5.73 per
    share; and (vi) 1,925,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant
    issued to TRS at prices ranging from $33.75 to $85.00, expiring in three
    tranches through January 2002. Also excludes the 225,000 shares issuable
    upon exercise of the TRS Warrant Initial Tranche at a price of $9.765 per
    share. Upon effectiveness of the Offering, no further options will be
    granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan. See "Management--Director
    Compensation," "--Employee Benefit Plans," "Certain Transactions" and Notes
    3, 9, 11 and 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of September 30,
1998, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred
stock into Common Stock, the conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase
preferred stock into warrants to purchase Common Stock and the net exercise of
warrants to purchase 31,900 shares of Common Stock upon or prior to the
completion of the Offering was $3,030,000, or approximately $0.23 per share. Pro
forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible
assets of the Company less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding on an as-if-converted basis as adjusted for the
incremental shares from the net exercise of warrants referred to above. Dilution
per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offering made hereby and the pro
forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after the
Offering.
    
 
   
     After giving effect to the sale of 2,900,000 shares of Common Stock offered
by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.50 per
share (after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses payable by the Company) and the receipt of the estimated net
proceeds therefrom, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of
September 30, 1998 would have been $30,448,000, or $1.87 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.64
per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $8.63 per share
to purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering. The following table illustrates
the per share dilution.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............           $10.50
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
     September 30, 1998.....................................  $ 0.23
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........    1.64
                                                              ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
  Offering..................................................             1.87
                                                                       ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................           $ 8.63
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 1998 on the pro forma
basis described above, the differences between the number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average
price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors pursuant
to the Offering, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company at an assumed initial
public offering price of $10.50 per share.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES PURCHASED      TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                  --------------------   ---------------------   AVERAGE PRICE
                                                    NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                                  ----------   -------   -----------   -------   -------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
Existing stockholders(1)........................  13,343,996     82.1%   $36,478,000     54.5%       $2.73
New investors(1)(2).............................   2,900,000     17.9     30,450,000     45.5        10.50
                                                  ----------    -----    -----------   ------
          Total.................................  16,243,996    100.0%   $66,928,000    100.0%
                                                  ==========    =====    ===========   ======
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) Sales by the Selling Stockholders in the Offering will reduce the number of
    shares held by existing stockholders to 13,143,996, or 80.9% (78.7% if the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), and will increase
    the number of shares held by new investors to 3,100,000, or 19.1% (18.5% if
    the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), of the total
    number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. See
    "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
    
 
   
(2) Excludes (i) 1,539,521 shares subject to outstanding options as of September
    30, 1998 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.95 per share, (ii)
    354,768 shares reserved for issuance under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, (iii)
    3,800,000 shares reserved for issuance under the Company's stock and stock
    option plans upon consummation of the Offering, and (iv) 1,925,000 shares
    issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by American Express, at prices
    ranging from $33.75 to $85.00 expiring in three tranches through January
    2002. Also excludes the shares issuable upon exercise of the TRS Warrant
    Initial Tranche. To the extent outstanding options or warrants are
    exercised, there may be further dilution to new investors. See
    "Management--Director Compensation," "--Employee Benefit Plans," "Certain
    Transactions" and Notes 3, 9, 11 and 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following selected consolidated financial data are qualified by
reference to and should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and related Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years
ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and the consolidated balance sheet data
as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, are derived from consolidated financial
statements of the Company that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended September 30, 1995
and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 1995 and 1996 are
derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in
this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year
ended September 30, 1994, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
September 30, 1994, are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements
not included in this Prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily
indicative of future results. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Quarterly Results of Operations."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              -------------------------------------------------
                                                               1994      1995      1996       1997       1998
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues, net:
  Licenses..................................................  $    --   $ 2,104   $ 1,717   $  6,347   $ 11,696
  Services..................................................       --        24       242      1,923      5,463
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
        Total revenues......................................       --     2,128     1,959      8,270     17,159
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses..................................................       --       728       386        394        558
  Services..................................................       --       673       839      2,269      5,684
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
        Total cost of revenues..............................       --     1,401     1,225      2,663      6,242
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Gross profit................................................       --       727       734      5,607     10,917
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.......................................      111     2,363     2,936      5,896     12,353
  Research and development..................................      425       744     1,793      3,401      6,434
  General and administrative................................       66       515       963      1,815      4,687
  Acquired in-process technology(1).........................       --        --        --         --      5,203
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
        Total operating expenses............................      602     3,622     5,692     11,112     28,677
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Loss from operations........................................     (602)   (2,895)   (4,958)    (5,505)   (17,760)
Other income (expense), net.................................       --         5         5        (19)      (314)
                                                              -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Net loss....................................................  $  (602)  $(2,890)  $(4,953)  $ (5,524)  $(18,074)
                                                              =======   =======   =======   ========   ========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(2)...........                                           $  (1.58)
                                                                                                       ========
Shares used in calculation of pro forma basic and diluted
  net loss per share(2).....................................                                             11,419
                                                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                PRO FORMA(3)
                                                              1994     1995      1996       1997       1998         1998
                                                              -----   -------   -------   --------   --------   ------------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $ 277   $ 2,541   $ 5,685   $  6,695   $ 15,629     $15,629
Working capital (deficit)...................................   (175)    1,839     4,073      6,183      8,474       8,474
Total assets................................................    345     3,058     6,759     12,364     25,031      25,031
Long-term obligations, net of current portion...............    233       125       215      3,687      8,092       8,092
Redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants.........     --     4,903    12,386     17,345     30,129          --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........................   (353)   (3,234)   (8,186)   (13,710)   (26,219)      3,910
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) In June 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, resulting in a charge for
    acquired in-process technology. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements. The Financial Statements of 7Software are included
    elsewhere herein.
(2) See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information
    concerning the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
    share.
   
(3) Pro forma to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of
    preferred stock into 10,213,553 shares of Common Stock and (ii) the
    conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock into
    warrants to purchase 2,329,578 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     Concur is a leading provider of Intranet-based employee-facing applications
that extend automation to employees throughout the enterprise and to partners,
vendors and service providers in the extended enterprise. The Company's Xpense
Management Solution ("XMS") and CompanyStore products automate the preparation,
approval, processing and data analysis of travel and entertainment ("T&E")
expense reports and front-office procurement requisitions. Concur believes it is
the leading provider of T&E expense management solutions, based on a combination
of the number of customers it serves and the features its solutions provide.
Since the introduction of XMS in 1996, the Company has licensed its products to
over 150 enterprise customers for use by over 800,000 end users. Through its
June 1998 acquisition of 7Software, Inc., the Company added the CompanyStore
front-office procurement application to its product suite. By automating manual,
paper-based processes, the Company's products reduce processing costs and enable
customers to consolidate purchases with preferred vendors and negotiate vendor
discounts.
    
 
     Concur was incorporated in 1993 and commenced operations in fiscal 1994,
initially developing QuickXpense, a retail, shrink-wrapped application that
automated T&E expense reporting for individuals. Concur first shipped
QuickXpense in fiscal 1995 and sold QuickXpense through a combination of retail
channels and direct marketing, utilizing a small sales force and no consulting
or implementation staff. In response to inquiries from businesses seeking to
automate the entire T&E expense reporting process, including back-office
processing and integration to financial systems, the Company significantly
expanded its product development efforts and released XMS, a client-server based
enterprise T&E expense management solution in July 1996. In connection with that
transition, the Company also replaced its retail and direct marketing programs
with a direct sales force including sales representatives and sales engineers,
built consulting services and customer training staffs, and redirected its
marketing efforts to focus on enterprise sales. In March 1998, the Company
shipped an Intranet-based version of XMS. While the Company continues to sell
the client-server version of XMS, since its release the Intranet-based version
has accounted for a majority of XMS license revenues and the Company expects to
continue to focus its product development efforts on the Intranet-based versions
of its products.
 
   
     On June 30, 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, a privately-held software
company and the developer of CompanyStore. 7Software was incorporated in May
1997. 7Software was selling the initial version of its product through a single
sales representative at the time Concur acquired it. Concur's existing sales
force and consulting services group sells and services both XMS and
CompanyStore, and the Company's research and development activities will be
expanded to develop a common technology platform, the Concur Common Platform,
for both XMS and CompanyStore. In connection with the acquisition, the Company
issued 708,918 shares of its Common Stock in exchange for all the outstanding
shares of 7Software, converted all of 7Software's outstanding options into
options to purchase up to 123,921 shares of the Company's Common Stock, paid
$130,000 to 7Software, and agreed to pay $500,000 to certain shareholders of
7Software, resulting in a total purchase price valued at $6.2 million, including
direct costs of the acquisition. The total purchase price was determined by the
Company's management and Board of Directors based on an assessment of the value
of 7Software and as a result of negotiations with 7Software. In determining the
purchase price, the Company estimated the fair value of the Company's Common
Stock and the Company's stock options issued in the transaction. The Company
also entered into employment and bonus agreements with certain officers of
7Software. The acquisition was recorded under the purchase method of accounting
and the results of operations of 7Software and the fair value of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed were included in Concur's consolidated
financial statements beginning on the acquisition date. In connection with
    
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
   
this acquisition, the Company recorded $5.2 million for in-process technology as
an expense in the quarter ended June 30, 1998. In addition, the Company recorded
capitalized technology and other intangible assets of $960,000 that will be
amortized on a straight-line basis over the three years following the
acquisition. See "--Acquisition of 7Software" and Note 3 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
     The Company expects that for the foreseeable future the significant
majority of its revenues will continue to be derived from its XMS product line
and related services. See "Risk Factors--Product Concentration," "--Risks
Associated with Expansion into New Market" and "--Risks Associated with
Acquisitions Generally."
 
   
     The Company's revenues, which consist of software license revenues and
service revenues, totaled $2.0 million, $8.3 million and $17.2 million in fiscal
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Through June 1996, the Company's revenues
were derived from licenses of QuickXpense and related services. In July 1996,
the Company released XMS. Substantially all of the Company's revenues since the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 have been derived from licenses of XMS and related
services. The Company's product pricing is based on the number of users or
employees of the purchasing enterprise. Service revenues consist of consulting,
customer support and training. See "Risk Factors--Limited Operating History;
Future Operating Results Uncertain; History of Losses" and "--Unpredictable
Fluctuations and Seasonal Patterns in Quarterly Results."
    
 
   
     Concur markets its software and services primarily through its direct sales
organization in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia.
Revenues from XMS licenses and services to customers outside the United States
were insignificant prior to fiscal 1997, and represented approximately $1.3
million and $810,000 in fiscal 1997 and 1998, respectively. Historically, as a
result of the relatively small amount of international sales, fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates have not had a material effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk
Factors--International Operations" and Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
    
 
   
     For fiscal 1998 and prior years the Company recognized revenues in
accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA")
Statement of Position 91-1 ("SOP 91-1"). Software license revenues are
recognized when a non-cancelable license agreement has been signed with a
customer, the software is shipped, no significant post delivery vendor
obligations remain and collection is deemed probable. Maintenance revenues are
recognized ratably over the contract term, typically one year. Revenues for
consulting services are recognized as such services are performed. Commencing
with fiscal 1999, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with AICPA
Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" and related
amendments and interpretations ("SOP 97-2"). Based upon its interpretation of
SOP 97-2 and its current business policies and practices, the Company believes
there will be no significant impact on revenue recognition as a result of the
adoption of SOP 97-2. However, full guidelines for this standard have not yet
been issued. Once available, such guidelines could lead to unanticipated changes
in the Company's current revenue accounting practices, and such changes could
materially adversely affect the Company's future revenues and earnings.
    
 
   
     Since its inception, the Company has incurred substantial research and
development costs and has invested heavily in the expansion of its sales,
marketing and professional services organizations to build an infrastructure to
support its long-term growth strategy. The number of the Company's full-time
employees increased from 65 as of September 30, 1996, to 133 as of September 30,
1997 and to 222 as of September 30, 1998, representing increases of 105% and
67%, respectively. As a result of investments in the Company's infrastructure,
the Company has incurred net losses in each fiscal quarter since inception and,
as of September 30, 1998, had an accumulated deficit of $32.0 million. The
Company anticipates that its operating expenses will increase substantially for
the foreseeable future as it expands its product development, sales and
marketing, and professional services staff. Accordingly, the Company expects to
incur net losses for the foreseeable future.
    
 
   
     The Company has recorded aggregate deferred stock compensation of $861,000.
Deferred stock compensation is amortized over the life of the options, generally
four years. During fiscal 1998, the Company recorded amortization of deferred
stock compensation of $409,000.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
   
     The Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its operating
results are not meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicative of future
performance. The Company's prospects must be considered in light of the risks,
expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in early stages of
development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets. There
can be no assurance the Company will be successful in addressing such risks and
difficulties. In addition, although Concur has experienced significant revenue
growth recently, there can be no assurance that such revenue growth will
continue or that the Company will achieve or maintain profitability in the
future. See "Risk Factors--Limited Operating History; Future Operating Results
Uncertain; History of Losses" and "--Unpredictable Fluctuations and Seasonal
Patterns in Quarterly Results."
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a
percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                               1996      1997      1998
                                                              ------    ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues, net:
  Licenses..................................................    87.6%     76.7%     68.2%
  Services..................................................    12.4      23.3      31.8
                                                              ------    ------    ------
          Total revenues....................................   100.0     100.0     100.0
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses..................................................    19.7       4.8       3.3
  Services..................................................    42.8      27.4      33.1
                                                              ------    ------    ------
          Total cost of revenues............................    62.5      32.2      36.4
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Gross margin................................................    37.5      67.8      63.6
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.......................................   149.9      71.3      72.0
  Research and development..................................    91.5      41.1      37.5
  General and administrative................................    49.2      21.9      27.3
  Acquired in-process technology............................      --        --      30.3
                                                              ------    ------    ------
          Total operating expenses..........................   290.6     134.3     167.1
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Loss from operations........................................  (253.1)    (66.5)   (103.5)
Other income (expense), net.................................     0.3      (0.2)     (1.9)
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Net loss....................................................  (252.8)%   (66.7)%  (105.4)%
                                                              ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>
    
 
  Revenues
 
   
     The Company's revenues are derived from software licenses and related
services. The Company's revenues were $2.0 million, $8.3 million and $17.2
million in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, representing increases of
$6.3 million, or 322%, from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and $8.9 million, or
107%, from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. The Company had no customer that
accounted for more than 10% of its revenues in fiscal 1996, 1997 or 1998.
    
 
   
     The Company's license revenues were $1.7 million, $6.3 million and $11.7
million in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, representing increases of
$4.6 million, or 271%, from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and $5.4 million, or 84%,
from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. The increase in the Company's license revenues
from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 was due to increased market acceptance of the
client-server version of XMS and increases in both the size and productivity of
the sales force. The increase in license revenues from fiscal 1997 to fiscal
1998 was a result of the continued impact of those same factors, as well as the
release of the Intranet version of XMS, and the strategic marketing alliance
agreement signed with American Express in December 1997. Virtually none of the
increase in revenues was attributable to increased prices. The Company has never
changed the list price of XMS.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
   
     The Company's service revenues were $242,000, $1.9 million and $5.5 million
in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, representing increases of $1.7
million from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and $3.5 million, or 184%, from fiscal
1997 to fiscal 1998. Prior to fiscal 1997, service revenues consisted primarily
of customizing electronic versions of expense report forms in connection with
sales of QuickXpense. In fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998, service revenues consisted
primarily of consulting service fees, customer support and, to a lesser extent,
training services, associated with the increasing license revenues during these
periods. Service revenues represented 12.4%, 23.3% and 31.8% of the Company's
total revenues in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The increase in
absolute service revenues from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998 reflects increasing
licenses of XMS as well as service revenues recognized with respect to licenses
entered into in prior periods. The Company believes that the percentage of total
revenues represented by service revenues in prior fiscal years is not indicative
of levels to be expected in future periods. Due to its limited experience
selling CompanyStore, the Company is uncertain how recognition of service
revenues associated with such sales will affect its results of operations in the
future. In addition, the Company expects that its proportion of service revenues
to total revenues will fluctuate in the future, depending in part on the
Company's use of third-party consulting and implementation service providers as
well as on the market's acceptance of the Company's outsourced ESP solution.
    
 
  Cost of Revenues
 
   
     Cost of License Revenues. Cost of license revenues includes license fees
for third-party software, product media, product duplication and manuals. Cost
of license revenues was $386,000, $394,000 and $558,000 in fiscal 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively, representing increases of $8,000, or 2%, from fiscal 1996 to
fiscal 1997 and $164,000, or 42%, from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. Cost of
license revenues remained relatively constant from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 as
a result of a shift in the mix of revenues from QuickXpense and XMS. The
increase from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998 was a result of increased expenses
associated with sub-licensing of third party software due to increased sales of
XMS and the costs of production, manuals and other media associated with the
release of the Intranet version of XMS in March 1998. Cost of license revenues
as a percentage of license revenues was 22.5%, 6.2% and 4.8% for fiscal 1996,
1997 and 1998, respectively. A portion of the capitalized technology and other
intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of 7Software will
be amortized on a straight-line basis over three years as cost of license
revenues. The Company expects that the cost of license revenues as a percentage
of total revenues and license revenues may increase significantly upon the
introduction of the Company's outsourced enterprise service provider ("ESP")
solution and will fluctuate in the future depending in part on the demand for
the Company's current products and its outsourced ESP solution.
    
 
   
     Cost of Service Revenues. Cost of service revenues includes personnel and
other costs related to consulting services, technical support, expense report
forms development and training. Cost of service revenues was $839,000, $2.3
million and $5.7 million, in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively,
representing increases of $1.4 million, or 170%, from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997
and $3.4 million, or 151%, from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. The increase from
fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 was a result of hiring and training a consulting
organization to implement XMS and retraining existing personnel, in connection
with the shift in the Company's product line from QuickXpense to XMS. The
increase from 1997 to 1998 was primarily due to an increase in professional
services personnel to support the Company's growing XMS customer base. Cost of
service revenues as a percentage of service revenues was 346.7%, 118.0% and
104.1% for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The decrease in cost of
service revenues as a percentage of service revenues from fiscal 1996 through
fiscal 1998 was primarily due to economies of scale realized as a result of
higher levels of consulting services activity and increased experience of the
professional services personnel. Cost of service revenues as a percentage of
service revenues may vary between periods due to the mix of services provided by
the Company and the resources used to provide such services.
    
 
  Costs and Expenses
 
     Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries, commissions and bonuses earned by sales and marketing personnel, lead
referral fees, and travel, entertainment and promotional
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
   
expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $2.9 million, $5.9 million and $12.4
million in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, representing increases of
$3.0 million, or 101%, from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and $6.5 million, or
110%, from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. The increases from fiscal 1996 through
1998 primarily reflect the Company's investment in its sales and marketing
infrastructure, which included significant personnel-related expenses such as
salaries, benefits and commissions, recruiting fees, travel and entertainment
expenses, and related costs of hiring sales management, sales representatives,
sales engineers and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing employees totaled
21, 42 and 66 as of September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively,
representing increases of 100% and 57%, respectively. The increase in sales and
marketing expenses from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998 also reflected increased
hiring rates to replace and support promoted regional sales managers, public
relations and trade show expenses, and sales referral fees made under the
Company's agreement with its referral partners, principally American Express.
Sales and marketing expenses represented 149.9%, 71.3% and 72.0% of the
Company's total revenues for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The
decreases in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues from
fiscal 1996 through 1998 primarily reflects the more rapid growth of revenues
compared to the growth of sales and marketing expenses in this period due to the
increase in service revenues as a percentage of total revenues and a maturing
sales force. The Company believes that a significant increase in its sales and
marketing efforts is essential for it to maintain its market position and
further increase acceptance of its products. Accordingly, the Company
anticipates it will continue to invest significantly in sales and marketing for
the foreseeable future, and sales and marketing expenses will increase in future
periods.
    
 
   
     Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist
primarily of salaries and benefits for software developers, product managers and
quality assurance personnel and payments to outside contractors. Research and
development expenses were $1.8 million, $3.4 million and $6.4 million in fiscal
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, representing increases of $1.6 million, or
90%, from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and $3.0 million, or 89% from fiscal 1997
to fiscal 1998. The increases from fiscal 1996 through 1998 were primarily
related to the increase in the number of software developers and quality
assurance personnel and outside contractors to support the Company's product
development and testing activities related to the development and release of
both the client-server and Intranet versions of XMS. The Company's research and
development employees totaled 22, 38 and 64 as of September 30, 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively, representing increases of 73% and 68%, respectively.
Research and development costs represented 91.5%, 41.1% and 37.5% of the
Company's total revenues in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The
Company believes that a significant increase in its research and development
investment is essential for it to maintain its market position, to continue to
expand its product line and to develop a common technology platform for its
suite of products. Accordingly, the Company anticipates that it will continue to
invest significantly in product research and development for the foreseeable
future, and research and development expenses are likely to increase in future
periods. In the development of the Company's new products and enhancements of
existing products, the technological feasibility of the software is not
established until substantially all product development is complete.
Accordingly, software development costs eligible for capitalization were
insignificant, and all costs related to internal research and development have
been expensed as incurred.
    
 
   
     General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of salaries, benefits and related costs for the Company's executive,
finance, administrative and information services personnel. General and
administrative expenses were $963,000, $1.8 million and $4.7 million in fiscal
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, representing increases of $852,000, or 88%,
from fiscal 1996 to 1997 and $2.9 million, or 158%, from fiscal 1997 to 1998.
The increases from fiscal 1996 through 1998 were primarily the result of
additional finance, executive and administrative personnel to support the growth
of the Company's business during these periods. In addition to increased
compensation and related expenses, the increase in general and administrative
expenses from 1997 to 1998 reflects an increase in the allowance for doubtful
accounts related to the Company's increase in revenues, and stock compensation
expense, during the period. During 1998, the Company recorded deferred stock
compensation for the differences between the exercise prices and the deemed fair
values of the Company's Common Stock with respect to certain options, and
recorded amortization of deferred stock compensation of $409,000. General and
administrative costs represented 49.2%, 21.9% and 27.3% of the Company's total
revenues in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The Company believes that
its general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as a result of
the continued
    
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
expansion of the Company's administrative staff and the expenses associated with
becoming a public company, including but not limited to annual and other public
reporting costs, directors' and officers' liability insurance, investor
relations programs and professional services fees.
 
   
     Income Taxes. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had net operating loss
carryforwards for federal and state income tax reporting purposes of
approximately $19.1 million and tax credit carryforwards of $262,000, which
expire at various dates from 2009 to 2013. The Code contains provisions that
limit the use in any future period of net operating loss and credit
carryforwards upon the occurrence of certain events, including a significant
change in ownership interests. The Company had deferred tax assets, including
its net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits, totaling approximately
$8.8 million as of September 30, 1998. A valuation allowance has been recorded
for the entire deferred tax asset as a result of uncertainties regarding the
realization of the asset balance. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain unaudited consolidated statement of
operations data for the eight quarters in the 24-month period ended September
30, 1998, as well as such data expressed as a percentage of the Company's total
revenues for the respective periods indicated. This data has been derived from
unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements that have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and, in the opinion of
management, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of the information when read in conjunction
with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. The Company's
quarterly results have been in the past and may in the future be subject to
significant fluctuations. As a result, the Company believes that results of
operations for interim periods should not be relied upon as any indication of
the results to be expected in any future period. See "Risk
Factors--Unpredictable Fluctuations and Seasonal Patterns in Quarterly Results."
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  QUARTER ENDED
                               ----------------------------------------------------
                               DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   1996         1997         1997         1997
                               ------------   ---------    --------   -------------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
<S>                            <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Revenues, net:
  Licenses...................    $   923       $ 1,335     $ 1,829       $ 2,260
  Services...................        218           336         564           805
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total revenues...........      1,141         1,671       2,393         3,065
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses...................         40            80          99           175
  Services...................        317           468         585           899
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total cost of revenues...        357           548         684         1,074
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Gross profit.................        784         1,123       1,709         1,991
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing........      1,061         1,378       1,434         2,023
  Research and development...        603           787         836         1,175
  General and
    administrative...........        322           450         440           603
  Acquired in-process
    technology...............         --            --          --            --
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total operating
      expenses...............      1,986         2,615       2,710         3,801
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Loss from operations.........     (1,202)       (1,492)     (1,001)       (1,810)
Other income (expense),
  net........................         17            11         (14)          (33)
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Net loss.....................    $(1,185)      $(1,481)    $(1,015)      $(1,843)
                                 =======       =======     =======       =======
AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
  REVENUES
Revenues, net:
  Licenses...................       80.9%         79.9%       76.4%         73.7%
  Services...................       19.1          20.1        23.6          26.3
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total revenues...........      100.0         100.0       100.0         100.0
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses...................        3.5           4.8         4.1           5.7
  Services...................       27.8          28.0        24.4          29.3
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total cost of revenues...       31.3          32.8        28.5          35.0
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Gross margin.................       68.7          67.2        71.5          65.0
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing........       93.0          82.4        59.9          66.0
  Research and development...       52.8          47.1        34.9          38.3
  General and
    administrative...........       28.2          26.9        18.4          19.7
  Acquired in-process
    technology...............         --            --          --            --
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total operating
      expenses...............      174.0         156.4       113.2         124.0
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Loss from operations.........     (105.3)        (89.2)      (41.7)        (59.0)
Other income (expense),
  net........................        1.4           0.7        (0.6)         (1.1)
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Net loss.....................     (103.9)%       (88.5)%     (42.3)%       (60.1)%
                                 =======       =======     =======       =======
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  QUARTER ENDED
                               ----------------------------------------------------
                               DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   1997         1998         1998         1998
                               ------------   ---------    --------   -------------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
<S>                            <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Revenues, net:
  Licenses...................    $ 2,036       $ 2,818     $ 3,185       $ 3,657
  Services...................      1,079         1,141       1,456         1,787
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total revenues...........      3,115         3,959       4,641         5,444
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses...................         82            90         146           240
  Services...................      1,097         1,115       1,490         1,982
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total cost of revenues...      1,179         1,205       1,636         2,222
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Gross profit.................      1,936         2,754       3,005         3,222
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing........      2,206         2,400       3,280         4,467
  Research and development...      1,083         1,195       1,884         2,272
  General and
    administrative...........        837           836       1,552         1,462
  Acquired in-process
    technology...............         --            --       5,203            --
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total operating
      expenses...............      4,126         4,431      11,919         8,201
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Loss from operations.........     (2,190)       (1,677)     (8,914)       (4,979)
Other income (expense),
  net........................        (93)         (103)       (118)           --
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Net loss.....................    $(2,283)      $(1,780)    $(9,032)      $(4,979)
                                 =======       =======     =======       =======
AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
  REVENUES
Revenues, net:
  Licenses...................       65.4%         71.2%       68.6%         67.2%
  Services...................       34.6          28.8        31.4          32.8
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total revenues...........      100.0         100.0       100.0         100.0
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses...................        2.6           2.3         3.1           4.4
  Services...................       35.3          28.2        32.1          36.4
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total cost of revenues...       37.9          30.5        35.2          40.8
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Gross margin.................       62.1          69.5        64.8          59.2
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing........       70.8          60.6        70.6          82.0
  Research and development...       34.8          30.2        40.6          41.7
  General and
    administrative...........       26.9          21.1        33.4          26.9
  Acquired in-process
    technology...............         --            --       112.1            --
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
    Total operating
      expenses...............      132.5         111.9       256.7         150.6
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Loss from operations.........      (70.4)        (42.4)     (191.9)        (91.4)
Other income (expense),
  net........................       (2.9)         (2.6)       (2.5)           --
                                 -------       -------     -------       -------
Net loss.....................      (73.3)%       (45.0)%    (194.4)%       (91.4)%
                                 =======       =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
   
     The trends discussed in the annual comparisons of operating results from
fiscal 1996 through 1998 apply generally to the comparison of results of
operations for the eight quarters in the 24-month period ended September 30,
1998, adjusted for the seasonality the Company has experienced as referred to
below. The Company's operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 1998
exceeded levels that the Company has historically experienced due in part to
acquired in-process technology expense recorded in connection with the
acquisition of 7Software. In addition, operating expenses for the three month
periods ended June 30, and September 30, 1998 increased significantly as a
result of increased (i) T&E expenses associated with higher personnel levels,
(ii) use of independent contractors and other outside services for continued
development and localization of XMS, (iii) recruiting and related hiring
expenses for additional senior management in the professional services, research
and development, administrative, marketing and sales organizations, (iv)
allowances for doubtful accounts due to the Company's revenue growth in fiscal
1998, and (v) amortization of deferred stock compensation.
    
 
     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in
the past, and will continue to fluctuate in the future, as a result of a number
of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control. These factors
include: demand for the Company's products and services; size and timing of
specific sales; level of product and price competition; timing and market
acceptance of new product introductions and product enhancements by Concur and
its competitors; changes in pricing policies by Concur or its competitors;
Concur's ability to hire, train and retain sales and consulting personnel to
meet the demand, if any, for XMS and CompanyStore; the length of sales cycles;
Concur's ability to establish and maintain relationships with third-party
implementation services providers and strategic partners; delay of customer
purchases caused by announcement of new hardware or enterprise resource planning
("ERP") platforms or otherwise; the mix of products and services sold, including
an anticipated shift to providing its solutions as an ESP; mix of distribution
channels through which products are sold; mix of international and domestic
revenues; changes in the Company's sales force incentives; software defects and
other product quality problems; personnel changes; changes in the Company's
strategy, including the anticipated development of an ESP strategy; general
domestic and international economic and political conditions; and budgeting
cycles of the Company's customers. The Company has in the past experienced
delays in the planned release dates of new software products or upgrades, and
has discovered software defects in new products after their introduction. There
can be no assurance that new products or upgrades will be released according to
schedule, or that when released they will not contain defects. Either of these
situations could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenues, delay in market
acceptance or claims by customers brought against the Company, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. In addition, the timing of individual sales
has been difficult for the Company to predict, and large individual sales have,
in some cases, occurred in quarters subsequent to those anticipated by the
Company. There can be no assurance that the loss or deferral of one or more
significant sales will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
quarterly operating results.
 
   
     The Company has experienced, and expects to continue to experience, a high
degree of seasonality, with a disproportionately greater amount of the Company's
license revenues for any fiscal year being recognized in its fourth fiscal
quarter. For example, in fiscal 1998, 32% of total revenues, 31% of license
revenues and 33% of service revenues were recognized in the fourth fiscal
quarter. The Company believes that such seasonality is primarily the result of
the efforts of the Company's direct sales force to meet or exceed fiscal year
end sales quotas. In addition, the Company's license revenues in its first
fiscal quarter have historically been lower than those of the immediately
preceding fourth quarter. For example, license revenues in the first quarter of
fiscal 1998 decreased 10% from the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. In future
periods, the Company expects these seasonal trends may cause first quarter
revenues to be lower than the level achieved in the preceding fourth quarter.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     Since inception, the Company has funded its operations primarily through
private sales of equity securities and the use of long-term debt and equipment
leases. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
   
raised approximately $29.7 million, net of offering costs from the issuance of
preferred stock, and approximately $8.0 million from the issuance of long-term
debt, and had financed equipment purchases totaling approximately $3.6 million.
The Company's sources of liquidity as of September 30, 1998 consisted
principally of cash and cash equivalents of $15.6 million, and approximately
$1.5 million of available borrowings under a line of credit.
    
 
   
     Net cash used in operating activities was $4.1 million, $6.6 million and
$8.5 million in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. For such periods, net
cash used by operating activities was primarily a result of funding ongoing
operations.
    
 
   
     Since 1995, the Company's investing activities have consisted of purchases
of property and equipment. Capital expenditures, including those under capital
leases, totaled $420,000, $1.0 million and $1.6 million in fiscal 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively. Capital leases are used to finance the acquisition of
property and equipment, primarily computer hardware and software, for the
Company's increasing employee base, as well as for the Company's management
information systems. The Company anticipates that it will experience an increase
in its capital expenditures and lease commitments consistent with its
anticipated growth in operations, infrastructure and personnel. The Company does
not expect to incur significant costs to make its products or internal
information systems Year 2000 compliant because it believes such products and
information systems are designed to function properly through and beyond the
year 2000. See "Risk Factors--Year 2000 Compliance."
    
 
   
     The Company's financing activities provided $7.7 million, $8.6 million and
$17.6 million in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. In fiscal 1996, cash
provided by financing activities was comprised primarily of $7.5 million
received in connection with the sale of Series C Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock and $563,000 in proceeds from long-term debt borrowings,
partially offset by principal payments on long-term debt totaling $380,000. In
fiscal 1997, cash provided by financing activities was comprised primarily of
$4.6 million received in connection with the sale of Series D Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock, $3.1 million in proceeds from long-term debt, and
$1.9 million in proceeds from sales leaseback transactions and capital lease
financing offset by principal payments on long-term debt of $925,000. In fiscal
1998, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $12.7 million
received in connection with the sale of Series E Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock and $5.5 million in proceeds from long-term borrowings, offset
by $335,000 in principal payments on long-term debt and $500,000 in payments on
capital lease obligations.
    
 
   
     The Company has a line of credit with a bank for $2.0 million, which bears
interest at the lending bank's prime rate plus 1.5%. Borrowings are limited to
the lesser of 80% of eligible accounts receivable or $2.0 million and are
secured by substantially all of the Company's non-leased assets. As of September
30, 1998, the Company had not borrowed under the line of credit, however, there
were $465,000 in standby letters of credit outstanding. Total borrowings
available under this line were approximately $1.5 million as of September 30,
1998. This credit facility expires in December 1998, and the Company expects to
extend or replace such credit facility under substantially similar terms. This
credit facility contains the same restrictions and covenants as the Security and
Loan Agreement described below.
    
 
   
     In September 1997, the Company entered into a $1.0 million senior term loan
facility with the same bank with which the Company has the line of credit,
pursuant to the terms of a Security and Loan Agreement (the "Loan Agreement").
In April 1998, the Loan Agreement was amended to allow for additional borrowings
up to a total of $3.0 million. The facility, which bears interest at the lending
bank's prime rate less 1.0%, matures on February 15, 2001. Payments are interest
only through February 1999, at which time the facility will be repaid in 24
equal monthly principal payments plus interest. The Company's Loan Agreement
contains certain financial restrictions and covenants that include a minimum
liquidity ratio of 1.5 to 1, minimum quarterly net sales covenants that have
increased each quarter from $3.0 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1998 to
$5.0 million in the quarter ended September 30, 1998, and restrictions on
dividend payments. The Company is currently in compliance with such covenants
and restrictions. The Company has granted a perfected senior security interest
in all non-leased assets of the Company as security for its obligations under
the Loan Agreement. As of September 30, 1998, the outstanding indebtedness under
the Loan Agreement was $3.0 million.
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
   
     In July 1997, the Company entered into a Subordinated Loan and Security
Agreement with an equipment lessor in the principal amount of $1.5 million which
bears interest at an annual rate of 8.5% (the "Subordinated Loan Agreement"). In
May 1998, the Subordinated Loan Agreement was amended to allow for additional
borrowings of $5.0 million bearing interest at an annual rate of 11% on the
first $3.5 million and 12.5% on the remaining $1.5 million. Availability of such
additional borrowings expires on December 31, 1998. The notes are due in varying
monthly installments through April 2002. The Subordinated Loan Agreement
contains certain restrictions and covenants, including restrictions on dividend
payments, restrictions on extending or settling receivables and on relocating
collateral. As of September 30, 1998, the outstanding indebtedness under the
Subordinated Loan Agreement was $4.7 million.
    
 
   
     On August 11, 1998, the Company issued a warrant to purchase an additional
2,400,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to TRS, (the "TRS Warrant"). Upon
the conversion of all of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock into shares of
Common Stock in connection with a registration of the Company's Common Stock
under the Securities Act, this warrant will automatically become exercisable for
2,400,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The warrant is exercisable in
four tranches as follows: 300,000 shares may be acquired at the time of the
Offering at a cash purchase price equal to the price to the public in the
Offering less 7%; 700,000 shares may be acquired at any time on or before
October 15, 1999 at a cash purchase price of $33.75 per share; 700,000 shares
may be acquired at any time on or before January 15, 2001 at a cash purchase
price of $50.625 per share; and the remaining 700,000 shares may be acquired at
any time on or before January 15, 2002 at a cash purchase price of $85.00 per
share. As was permitted by the warrant, the Board of Directors determined to
cancel 25% of the shares that could have been acquired under the warrant at the
time of the Offering or on or before October 15, 1999. Thus, 225,000 shares may
be acquired at the time of the Offering and an additional 525,000 shares may be
acquired on or before October 15, 1999, at the prices stated above.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering for working
capital and general corporate purposes, including increased domestic and
international sales and marketing expenditures, increased research and
development expenditures and capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of
business, as well as possible acquisitions of businesses, products and
technologies that are complementary to those of the Company. The Company intends
to use a minimum of $5.0 million from the net proceeds of the Offering to fund
increases in its research and development activities and $10.0 million to
increase its domestic and international sales and marketing capabilities. The
Company has no other specific plan as to the use of the net proceeds of the
Offering. Although the Company has not identified any specific businesses,
products or technologies that it may acquire, and there are no current
agreements or understandings with respect to any such transactions, the Company
does from time to time evaluate such opportunities. Pending such uses, the net
proceeds of the Offering will be invested in short-term, investment-grade,
interest-bearing instruments. See "Risk Factors--Broad Discretion Over Use of
Proceeds."
    
 
   
     The Company currently anticipates that for the foreseeable future it will
continue to experience significant growth in its operating expenses related to
augmenting its sales and marketing operations, increasing research and
development and extending its professional service capabilities, as well as
developing new distribution channels, improving its operational and financial
systems and entering new markets for the Company's products and services. Such
operating expenses will be a material use of the Company's cash resources,
including a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Company believes
that the net proceeds of the Offering, together with its existing cash and cash
equivalents and available bank borrowings, will be sufficient to meet its
anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least
the next 12 months. Thereafter, the Company may require additional funds to
support its working capital requirements or for other purposes and may seek to
raise such additional funds through public or private equity financing or from
other sources. There can be no assurance that such sources will be adequate,
will be obtainable on terms favorable to the Company or will not be dilutive.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
   
  Background of Year 2000 Issues
    
 
   
     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are unable
to distinguish between twentieth century dates and twenty-first century dates
because such systems were developed using two digits rather than four to
determine the applicable year. For example, computer programs that have
date-sensitive software may recognize a date using '00' as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000. This error could result in system failures or
miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or engage
in similar normal business activities. As a result, many companies' software and
computer systems may need to be upgraded or replaced to comply with such 'Year
2000' requirements.
    
 
   
  State of Readiness
    
 
   
     The Company's business is dependent on the operation of numerous systems
that could potentially be affected by Year 2000-related problems. Those systems
include, among others: hardware and software systems used by the Company to
deliver products and services to its customers (including the Company's
proprietary software systems as well as software supplied by third parties);
communications networks such as the Internet and private Intranets; the internal
systems of the Company's customers and suppliers; software products sold to
customers; the hardware and software systems used internally by the Company in
the management of its business; and non-information technology systems and
services used by the Company in the management of its business, such as power,
telephone systems and building systems.
    
 
   
     The Company has established a Year 2000 Compliance Task Force (the "Task
Force"), composed of high-level representatives of the product, management and
information systems and legal departments. The Task Force has been charged with
the responsibility of formulating and implementing the Company's Year 2000
readiness and is applying a phased approach to analyzing of the Company's
operations and relationships as they relate to the Year 2000 problem. The phases
of the Company's Year 2000 program are as follows: (1) establishment of a Year
2000 Task Force; (2) assignment of responsibility for external issues (products
licensed by Concur), internal issues (systems, facilities, equipment, software)
and legal audit; (3) inventory of all aspects of the Company's operations and
relationships subject to the Year 2000 problem; (4) comprehensive analysis
(including impact analysis and cost analysis) of the Company's Year 2000
readiness; and (5) remediation and testing.
    
 
   
     The Company has tested its software products and has determined that the
current versions of all of its software products to be Year 2000 compliant,
consistent with the Year 2000 compliance specifications established by the
British Standards Institute's DISC PD-2001. Concur plans to continue to test its
current and future products, applying its Year 2000 compliance criteria and to
include any modifications that are incorporated into the compliance process
during its implementation. The Company has completed Phases 1 and 2 of its
program and is currently actively engaged in Phase 3 and anticipates completing
Phase 3 and beginning Phase 4 by the end of November 1998. The Company currently
expects to complete Phases 4 and 5 by December 1998 and February 1999,
respectively.
    
 
   
  Risks Related to Year 2000 Issues
    
 
   
     Based on the Company's assessment to date, the Company believes the current
versions of its software products are "Year 2000 compliant." However, the
Company's products are generally integrated into enterprise systems involving
sophisticated hardware and complex software products which may not be Year 2000
compliant. In addition, in some cases even certain earlier Year 2000 compliant
versions of the Company's software, while compatible with earlier, non-Year 2000
compliant versions of other software products with which Concur's software is
integrated, are not compatible with certain more recent Year 2000 compliant
versions of such other software providers. While the Company does not believe it
has any obligation under this circumstance given that these customers using the
Company's older versions of its software products would in any case be required
to upgrade in order to be compatible with newer versions of other companies
products, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to
claims or complaints
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
   
by its customers. Success of the Company's Year 2000 compliance efforts may
depend on the success of its customers in dealing with their Year 2000 issues.
The Company sells its products to companies in a variety of industries, each of
which is experiencing different Year 2000 compliance issues. Customer
difficulties with Year 2000 issues might require the Company to devote
additional resources to resolve underlying problems.Although the Company has not
been a party to any litigation or arbitration proceeding to date involving its
products or services and related to Year 2000 compliance issues, there can be no
assurance that the Company will not in the future be required to defend its
products or services in such proceedings, or to negotiate resolutions of claims
based on Year 2000 issues. The costs of defending and resolving Year 2000-
related disputes, regardless of the merits of such disputes, and any liability
of the Company for Year 2000-related damages, including consequential damages,
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. In addition, the Company believes that
purchasing patterns of customers and potential customers may be affected by Year
2000 issues as companies expend significant resources to correct or upgrade
their current software systems for Year 2000 compliance or defer additional
software purchases until after 2000. As a result, some customers and potential
customers may have more limited budgets available to purchase software products
such as those offered by the Company, and others may choose to refrain from
changes in their information technology environment until after 2000. To the
extent Year 2000 issues cause significant delay in, or cancellation of,
decisions to purchase the Company's products or services, the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially
adversely affected.
    
 
   
     The Company and the Task Force are also reviewing the Company's internal
management information and other systems in order to identify any products,
services or systems that are not Year 2000 compliant, in order to take
corrective action. To date, the Company has not encountered any material Year
2000 problems with its computer systems or any other equipment that might be
subject to such problems. The Company's plan for the Year 2000 calls for
compliance verification of external vendors supplying software and information
systems to the Company and communication with significant suppliers to determine
the readiness of third parties' remediation of their own Year 2000 issues. As
part of its assessment, the Company is evaluating the level of validation it
will require of third parties to ensure their Year 2000 Compliance and expects
to circulate letters to its suppliers and other business partners requesting
their Year 2000 Compliance status. The Company is taking steps with respect to
new supplier agreements to ensure that the suppliers' products and internal
systems are Year 2000 compliant. In the event that any such third parties'
products, services or systems do not meet the Year 2000 requirements on a timely
basis, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition
could be materially adversely affected. The Company could also experience
material adverse effects on its business, results of operations and financial
condition if it fails to identify all Year 2000 dependencies in its systems and
in the systems of its suppliers, customers and financial institutions.
Therefore, the Company plans to develop contingency plans for continuing
operations in the event such problems arise, but does not presently have a
contingency plan for handling Year 2000 problems that are not detected and
corrected prior to their occurrence. The Company has not completed its Year 2000
investigation, and there can be no assurance that the total cost of Year 2000
compliance will not be material to the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the Company will
identify and remediate all significant Year 2000 problems on a timely basis,
that remediation efforts will not involve significant time and expense, or that
unremediated problems will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.
    
 
ACQUISITION OF 7SOFTWARE
 
   
     On June 30, 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, a privately-held software
company and the developer of CompanyStore. As of the date of acquisition, the
CompanyStore developmental project consisted of ongoing research and development
efforts in the following areas: compatibility with additional databases;
compatibility with additional enterprise resource planning platforms; multiple
catalog support; fundamental redesign of the user interface; and redesign and
rewriting of the administrative functionality.
    
 
   
     Based on the Company's estimates, the remaining research and development
efforts relating to the completion of the CompanyStore technology were expected
to continue into the first quarter of fiscal 1999, the anticipated
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
   
product release date. Accordingly, the cost to complete the in-process
technology was estimated based on the number of man-months required to reach
technological feasibility for the CompanyStore technology, the type of
professional and engineering staff involved in the completion process and their
fully burdened monthly salaries. The Company estimated the direct costs to
achieve technological feasibility to be approximately $307,000. Beyond this
period, the Company estimated significantly less expense to support and maintain
active products identified at the acquisition date to be in-process technology.
If the in-process projects contemplated in the Company's forecast are not
successfully developed, future revenue and profitability might be adversely
affected. Additionally, the value of other intangible assets acquired may become
impaired.
    
 
   
     In connection with the acquisition, the Company determined the fair value
of all identifiable assets, including technology assets, for purposes of
allocating the purchase price. To determine the value of the acquired in-process
research and development, the expected future cash flows of the in-process
technology were based on forecasts of future results that the Company believes
are likely to occur. The future cash flows were discounted taking into account
the state of development of the in-process project, the cost to complete that
project, the expected income stream, the life cycle of the product ultimately
developed, and the associated risks. Such risks include, but are not limited to,
the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in completing the project and
thereby achieving technological feasibility, and the risks related to the
viability of and potential changes to future markets. This analysis resulted in
amounts assigned to the acquired in-process research and development projects
that have not yet reached technological feasibility (as defined and utilized by
the Company in assessing software capitalization) and do not have alternative
future uses.
    
 
   
     Revenues and related expenses for the in-process technology were estimated
from the acquisition date through the end of Concur's fiscal 2002. The Company's
analysis considered the anticipated product release date for the acquired
CompanyStore developmental project. The overall life of the in-process
technology was estimated to be approximately four years for the CompanyStore
technology. The Company's aggregate projections reflect revenue growth in
earlier periods resulting from an expanding market for procurement software
products. Operating expenses, including general and administrative, marketing
and sales, were based on anticipated costs after the 7Software operations were
merged into Concur's operating structure.
    
 
   
     The Company discounted the net cash flows of the in-process technology to
their present value using a discount rate of 35%. This was determined to be
higher than Concur's weighted average cost of capital ("WACC") due to the fact
that the technology had not yet reached technological feasibility as of the date
of valuation. In utilizing a discount rate greater than WACC, the Company has
reflected the risk premium associated with achieving the forecasted cash flows
associated with these projects.
    
 
   
     The CompanyStore developmental project, as of the acquisition date, was
estimated to be developed during the fourth quarter of 7Software's fiscal 1998
and fiscal 1999 and released during Concur's fiscal 1999. The Company continues
to expect to achieve the forecasted revenue attributable to the in-process
project, as set forth in the valuation, when it is released. Because the Company
believes that it will achieve revenue levels and incur product development costs
similar to those originally estimated, it expects only slight variations between
assumptions and actual results. Therefore, the Company does not anticipate any
material impact on operations or financial position unless the in-process
project is not completed.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
   
     The following description contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ significantly
from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that may
cause such results to differ include but are not limited to those discussed in
"Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
    
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     Concur is a leading provider of Intranet-based employee-facing applications
that extend automation to employees throughout the enterprise and to partners,
vendors and service providers in the extended enterprise. The Company's Xpense
Management Solution ("XMS") and CompanyStore products automate the preparation,
approval, processing and data analysis of travel and entertainment ("T&E")
expense reports and front-office procurement requisitions. Concur believes it is
the leading provider of T&E expense management solutions, based on a combination
of the number of customers it serves and the features its solutions provide.
Since the introduction of XMS in 1996, the Company has licensed its products to
over 150 enterprise customers for use by over 800,000 end users. Through its
June 1998 acquisition of 7Software, Inc., the Company added the CompanyStore
front-office procurement application to its product suite. By automating manual,
paper-based processes, the Company's products reduce processing costs and enable
customers to consolidate purchases with preferred vendors and negotiate vendor
discounts.
    
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     In response to increasingly competitive conditions worldwide, businesses
are seeking cost savings and productivity gains through business process
automation. Rather than internally developing applications to automate business
processes, companies are increasingly turning to independent software vendors
for solutions in areas such as finance and accounting, manufacturing, human
resources, supply chain management, customer support and sales force automation.
These solutions have traditionally targeted discrete functional or department
level business processes involving relatively few employees.
 
     Businesses are now seeking similar applications to replace manual,
paper-based processes involving the vast majority of employees throughout the
enterprise. Such "employee-facing" business processes include T&E expense
management, front-office procurement, human resources self-service, time and
billing, and facilities management. Typically, these processes are characterized
by extensive corporate policies, detailed forms, manual data entry, multiple
approvals, manual review and audit, manual financial system posting and
cumbersome interactions with third-party suppliers and service providers.
 
     The emergence of the Internet and corporate Intranets has made it possible
to deploy applications that reach all employees in the enterprise and to connect
the enterprise to corporate partners, vendors and service providers. In
addition, in contrast to traditional client-server applications, Intranet-based
applications can be deployed rapidly and cost-effectively throughout the
enterprise. The Internet also allows a software vendor to act as an outsourced
enterprise service provider ("ESP"), delivering employee-facing applications
through the Internet to reduce customers' up-front costs and IT infrastructure
commitments.
 
   
     Companies automating employee-facing business processes can realize
significant operating cost savings through reduced processing costs,
consolidated purchases with preferred vendors and negotiated vendor discounts.
For example, according to the 1997 American Express T&E Management Process Study
(the "American Express Study") published in 1997 by American Express, a
subsidiary of which became a stockholder of the Company in August 1998,
corporations on average spend $36 per T&E expense report processed, factoring in
costs such as employee time required to complete expense reports, management
approvals and administrative processing of expense reports, but can reduce such
costs to as little as $8 through best-in-class automation. Savings of this
magnitude on a per transaction basis are significant for enterprises with large
numbers of similar transactions. Based on the savings suggested by the American
Express Study, businesses that process from 1,000 to 5,000 T&E expense reports
per month might achieve savings ranging from $300,000 to $1.5 million per year.
Similar savings can be achieved by automating front-office procurement. The
Company believes that companies typically spend in excess of $75 to process each
requisition, which can be reduced to approximately $25 using best-in-class
automation. Automation not only
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
can lower the cost of processing expense reports and procurement requisitions,
but also can provide information that can be used to negotiate discounts from
vendors and service providers. Based on the amounts spent on T&E and
front-office procurement, even a small percentage reduction in vendor charges
can result in significant savings. For example, the American Express Study
reported that U.S. businesses spent $156 billion in 1996 on direct T&E expenses
such as airfare, hotel stays and car rentals.
 
   
     The Company believes that the substantial potential savings from processing
cost reductions and vendor discounts, coupled with the emergence of Intranet
technologies, has created a significant demand for employee-facing applications.
The Company further believes that the most successful employee-facing
applications will improve the efficiency of T&E expense management, front-office
procurement and other similar business processes and will be (i) based on
Internet technologies, (ii) rapidly deployable and highly scalable, (iii)
offered as part of an integrated suite of related applications, (iv) integrated
with enterprises' existing IT infrastructures and (v) capable of linking
businesses with their corporate partners, vendors and service providers through
the Internet. Successful providers of such employee-facing applications will be
able to deliver cost savings and other tangible benefits to corporate
management, meet the needs of enterprise IT professionals and reduce burdens on
employees.
    
 
THE CONCUR SOLUTION
 
   
     Concur is a leading provider of Intranet-based employee-facing applications
that extend automation to employees throughout an enterprise and to partners,
vendors and service providers in the extended enterprise. The Company's XMS and
CompanyStore products automate the preparation, approval, processing and data
analysis of T&E expense reports and front-office procurement requisitions.
Concur believes that it is the leading provider of T&E expense management
solutions based on a combination of the number of customers it serves and the
features its solutions provide. Since the introduction of XMS in 1996, the
Company has licensed its products to over 150 enterprise customers for use by
over 800,000 end users. By acquiring 7Software in June 1998, the Company added
the CompanyStore front-office procurement application to its product suite. The
Company's products benefit a number of constituencies within the enterprise,
including corporate management, IT professionals and employees, in the following
ways.
    
 
  Benefits for Corporate Management
 
   
     Reduced Processing Costs. XMS and CompanyStore can significantly reduce the
amount of labor associated with manual, paper-based T&E expense management and
front-office procurement systems, by automating the process of preparation,
approval, processing and data analysis. Concur believes that companies using its
solutions as part of best-in-class processes can achieve significant cost
savings. According to the American Express Study, corporations on average spend
$36 per T&E expense report processed, but can reduce such costs to as little as
$8 through best-in-class automation. Similarly, industry estimates indicate that
companies typically spend in excess of $75 to process each requisition for
front-office goods and services. The Company believes that this estimate is
typical and that enterprises using best-in-class automation for such processes
can reduce that cost to approximately $25.
    
 
     Improved Supplier Management. Concur's products enable customers to collect
and analyze data on T&E expenses and front-office procurement. Customers can use
this data to help consolidate purchases with preferred vendors, negotiate vendor
discounts and monitor compliance with pre-negotiated rates. The Company believes
that the savings from improved supplier management can be substantial. For
example, one XMS customer informed the Company that, after implementing XMS, it
was able to reduce its annual spending on air travel by 5% to 10%.
 
     Improved Cash Management. Concur's products enable customers to improve
their cash management positions and cash forecasting abilities by controlling
the timing of payments to T&E and front-office suppliers and vendors.
 
     Improved Policy-Making and Monitoring. Concur's products facilitate
budgeting, policy-making and trend analysis, and monitoring of compliance with
corporate policy.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
  Benefits for IT Professionals
 
     Rapid Deployment. Concur's Intranet-based products are designed to be
deployed rapidly within today's existing corporate IT infrastructures without
requiring modifications to customer systems. Concur offers applications
configured to customer requirements rather than solutions customized on a
customer-by-customer basis. Once installed on a customer's Intranet servers,
Concur's products can reach employees enterprise-wide. For example, one Concur
customer recently deployed XMS to over 25,000 employees within 90 days after the
customer began its rollout, and another customer deployed CompanyStore within
five weeks.
 
     Enterprise-Wide Scalability. Concur's Intranet-based products are designed
to reach employees throughout the enterprise, regardless of the organization's
size. The Company has licensed its products to customers seeking to deploy to as
few as 100 employees and as many as 80,000 employees, with the largest
installation to date being a site with over 50,000 employees.
 
     Leverage of Existing IT Infrastructure. Because most businesses operate in
a heterogeneous computing environment, XMS is designed to interact and
interoperate with a broad range of software platforms and products, including
multiple operating systems, browsers, databases, accounting packages and major
ERP programs such as SAP, PeopleSoft and Oracle. CompanyStore currently supports
SAP R/3 and Microsoft SQL server, and the Company intends to enhance
CompanyStore to support other major platforms.
 
   
     Connectivity to Third Parties. The Company's Intranet-based products are
designed to enable enterprises to link their systems with those of their
corporate partners, vendors and service providers, including corporate charge
card providers such as American Express, travel booking applications and
suppliers such as BT Office Products International, Inc.
    
 
  Benefits for Employees
 
     Faster Reimbursement and Order Fulfillment. Concur's solutions enable
businesses to reduce the time required to reimburse employees for their T&E
expenses and to fulfill front-office requisitions. Features that expedite the
process include automated electronic approval routing, links to automatic
deposit systems, links with approved vendors, on-line status updates and
automatic posting to ERP and financial programs. The American Express Study
reported that the time from submission of an expense report to reimbursement
could be reduced from an average of 22 days to as few as three days using
best-in-class automation processes.
 
   
     Ease of Use. Concur's products contain easy-to-use features and functions
that reduce the time users spend preparing T&E expense reports and front-office
requisitions. XMS uses corporate credit card information to "prepopulate" a
user's expense report automatically. Both XMS and CompanyStore also prepopulate
expense reports and requisition forms based on past experience and preferences.
In addition, corporate policies and preferred vendors can be integrated into the
applications, and detailed explanations of corporate policies are available
on-line. These features reduce errors, save user time and effort, and improve
expense reconciliation.
    
 
STRATEGY
 
     Concur's objective is to be the leading provider of Intranet-based
employee-facing applications that extend automation to employees throughout the
enterprise and to partners, vendors and service providers in the extended
enterprise. Key elements of the Company's strategy include:
 
     Extend Leadership Position. Concur intends to extend its leadership
position in T&E expense management solutions and to leverage that position to
sell CompanyStore, its recently acquired front-office procurement product. In
order to accommodate anticipated future demand for its products, the Company
intends to increase the size of its direct sales and telesales organizations
significantly. Concur believes that expanding its sales and marketing
organization will enhance its ability to sell its products to new customers
globally. The Company also believes that an expanded sales force will allow it
to sell CompanyStore and future applications to its current customers.
 
     Expand Product Functionality. Concur plans to continue its innovation and
development of advanced features and functionality for its T&E expense
management and front-office procurement solutions. The Company plans to add
functionality to XMS, including features such as localized versions for
additional
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
foreign countries and enhanced integration with on-line travel booking
applications such as American Express Interactive. Concur also plans to enhance
CompanyStore by expanding its features and functionality, adding support for
additional databases and ERP platforms, enhancing catalog support and
integrating CompanyStore into its product suite through the Concur Common
Platform, the common technology platform being built by the Company to
standardize all of the software architecture in its application suite.
 
     Extend and Integrate Product Suite. The Company plans to extend its
employee-facing application suite by acquisition and internal development.
Concur expects to target additional employee-facing applications that can offer
compelling benefits to the enterprise such as human resources self-service, time
and billing, and facilities management applications. To create an integrated
suite of applications, the Company is pursuing development of a common user
interface and a common technology platform. The common user interface, known as
Employee Desktop, is a personalized Web page on the corporate Intranet that
provides a centralized location for all employee-facing applications. The
technology platform, known as the Concur Common Platform, will standardize the
software architecture underlying all applications in the suite. The Company
believes that the benefits of an integrated suite include ease of use and
reduced IT burden as a result of common technology.
 
   
     Expand International Presence. Concur believes that considerable untapped
demand exists for its products outside of the United States. For fiscal 1998 the
Company's international revenues accounted for less than five percent of its
total revenues. The Company intends to accelerate its investment in
international sales and marketing in an effort to increase sales of its
employee-facing applications worldwide. It also plans to add new features and
functionality to XMS and CompanyStore to accommodate accounting, customs,
currency and tax requirements of foreign jurisdictions.
    
 
     Extend Relationships With Strategic Third Parties. Concur intends to expand
its relationships with existing strategic referral partners and to develop
additional relationships with providers of complementary third-party
applications and products. The Company has developed strong lead generation
relationships with leading corporate charge card providers such as American
Express, Diners Club and Citibank, N.A., and intends to establish similar
relationships with purchasing card providers and systems integration and
consulting firms. The Company intends to integrate XMS with automated travel
booking applications to provide its customers with an end-to-end travel booking
solution that encompasses booking, reporting and analysis, and to integrate
CompanyStore with leading front-office supply vendors to provide its customers
with greater access to those vendors.
 
   
     Offer Enterprise Service Provider Solutions. In addition to licensing its
software, Concur plans to offer its solutions as an Internet-based ESP on a
per-transaction pricing basis to companies seeking to outsource their
employee-facing business applications. The Company expects that this opportunity
will be particularly attractive to middle-market customers (100-750 licensed end
users), which typically have limited IT staffing and budget. The Company plans
to offer its outsourced ESP products starting with XMS in the middle of calendar
1999 and continuing with CompanyStore in fiscal 2000.
    
 
     The Company's strategy involves substantial risk. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be successful in implementing its strategy or that it will
lead to achievement of the Company's objectives. If the Company is unable to
implement its strategy effectively, the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.
 
PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
   
     The Company's current product line consists of XMS, its market-leading T&E
expense management application, and CompanyStore, its newly-acquired
front-office procurement application. Substantially all revenues to date have
been derived from XMS and related services. The Company shipped an
enterprise-wide, client-server based version of XMS in July 1996, and shipped
the Intranet-based version of XMS in March 1998. For customers without corporate
Intranets or for users not connected to the Internet, the Company provides a
disconnected Windows-based version of XMS, which is interoperable with the
Intranet version of XMS. Concur has licensed XMS to over 150 companies for use
by over 800,000 end users. By acquiring 7Software in June 1998, the Company
added CompanyStore to its product suite. The Company generally offers licenses
for its software based on the number of users or employees at a given
enterprise. The typical
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
order size for the Company's products and services ranges from $50,000 to
$500,000, with certain transactions that have been greater than $1 million.
 
  Xpense Management Solution
 
     XMS automates the T&E expense management process, including report
preparation, approval, processing and data analysis.
 
     Report Preparation. XMS includes a number of features that facilitate
report preparation for the end-user. The application uses corporate credit card
information to prepopulate a user's expense report with transaction data
covering a variety of the information required for the expense report, including
transaction date, type of expense, vendor, location, method of payment, currency
amount and foreign currency conversion. Using a graphical user interface, the
employee supplies additional expense-related information by using pull-down
menus. To eliminate the task of sorting receipts, XMS allows the user to enter
data in any order. The HotelXpert feature of the program automates the
complicated process of itemizing hotel receipts. With each use of XMS, the
application retains commonly incurred expense information and uses this
information to help complete the next expense report. Other ease-of-use features
include simple "checkbook" style input screens, the ability to create
"attendees" lists, mileage reimbursement tracking and automatic flagging of non-
compliant and incomplete entries.
 
     Report Approval. XMS allows each enterprise to determine how expense
reports should be processed, whether by submission to a manager for approval
before processing or by submission to the accounting department for immediate
review and payment. Once the report is submitted, the approver receives an
e-mail message containing an Intranet link to XMS, where all reports awaiting
approval are listed. XMS can be configured to route the report for approval
based on cost center, dollar limit or other criteria. Items that do not comply
with corporate policy can be automatically flagged for review, allowing
approvers to focus on problematic items. Approvers can reject individual line
items, while allowing the rest of the report to continue in the approval
process. Once approved, the report is automatically forwarded to the next phase
in the process or to the enterprise's accounting department, and the user is
notified of the action.
 
     Report Processing. XMS streamlines back-office processing of expense
reports in a number of ways. Because all expense reports are prepared
electronically, the processing department no longer needs to check the
arithmetic of each report manually. Moreover, businesses can greatly reduce the
time spent auditing reports by choosing to audit only those reports flagged by
XMS as not compliant with corporate T&E expense policies. In addition, XMS
reduces the number of status inquiries between employees and processing
departments by automatically updating the status of reports in the database, and
alerting employees via e-mail to the status of their reports. XMS allows
significant time savings by automatically posting expense report information to
the enterprise's ERP or accounting package, eliminating the manual re-entry of
these data. XMS further simplifies processing by producing bar-coded receipt
submission cover pages to validate delivery of receipts associated with expense
reports. XMS also helps companies claim reimbursement of tax credits by tracking
VAT, GST and other international taxes.
 
     Data Analysis. XMS utilizes business intelligence software to analyze
expense data. This information can be presented graphically in various display
formats and allows travel managers to determine total spending according to
vendor, location or other user-defined criteria. Informed by this data, managers
can analyze trends and determine methods for controlling costs or negotiating
more favorable terms with vendors. Managers can also analyze the data to monitor
compliance with corporate travel policies and determine if policy modifications
are appropriate.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
     The following table describes significant features and potential benefits
of XMS:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     REPORT PREPARATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  FEATURES                                     BENEFITS
 
  Prepopulates report with corporate credit    Speeds report preparation time
  card transactions
                                               Reduces input mistakes
  Retains commonly incurred expense
  information                                  Reduces queries and dependence on accounting
                                               department
  Simplifies receipt entry
                                               Ensures submission of all applicable expenses
  Itemizes hotel receipts automatically
                                               Increases employee use of corporate credit
  Prevents submission of incomplete reports    card
  Built-in attendee lists, mileage
  reimbursement tracking, foreign currency
  translation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      REPORT APPROVAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEATURES                                       BENEFITS
 
  Automatic routing of reports                 Speeds approval time
  Flags non-compliant expenses                 Increases compliance with corporate policies
  Line-item approval of reimbursement data     Facilitates more efficient use of management
                                               resources
  Approver notification
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     REPORT PROCESSING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEATURES                                       BENEFITS
 
  Integrates travel expense data with          Facilitates more efficient use of processing
  back-office systems                          resources
  Flags non-compliant expenses                 Speeds report processing and employee
                                               reimbursement
  Provides automatic status updates
                                               Reduces human error
  Bar-codes receipt submissions
                                               Reduces queries and dependence on accounting
  Tracks VAT, GST and other foreign taxes      department
  Verifies arithmetic                          Identifies tax credits
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       DATA ANALYSIS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEATURES                                       BENEFITS
 
  Presents travel expense data graphically     Supplies data needed for vendor rate
                                               negotiation
  Allows customer to sort data by employee,
  vendor and type of expense                   Facilitates vendor consolidation
  Drill-down capability                        Identifies trends and problem areas
                                               Allows monitoring of compliance with vendor
                                               commitments and corporate travel policies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
  CompanyStore
 
     CompanyStore automates the front-office procurement process, including
order preparation, approval, processing and data analysis. CompanyStore, which
was acquired by the Company in its June 1998 acquisition of 7Software, has been
licensed to two customers. The Company is currently developing version 2.0 of
CompanyStore. See "Risk Factors--Risk Associated with Acquisitions Generally"
and "--Risks Associated with Expansion into New Market."
 
     Order Preparation. CompanyStore utilizes a customer-specific electronic
catalog of preferred vendors and commonly requested goods and services such as
office supplies, computers and other equipment. Using a graphical user
interface, requisitioners browse the catalog to select and order items and place
them in an electronic "shopping basket." Catalog materials can be updated by
either the enterprise or the vendor. CompanyStore contains links to vendor Web
sites, allowing the requisitioner to obtain detailed product information. To
make the ordering process easier, CompanyStore retains information about the
user, including name, employee identification, shipping address, accounting
information and frequently ordered products. To reduce delays and unnecessary
processing iterations, CompanyStore prevents submission of incomplete orders.
 
     Order Approval. CompanyStore allows an enterprise to determine how
requisitions should be processed, whether by submission to a manager for
approval before processing or by submission to the purchasing department for
immediate processing. Once the order is submitted, an e-mail notification of the
order is automatically sent to the specified approver. The e-mail contains a
link to a personalized "approval" Web page, which lists all purchase
requisitions that are awaiting approval by the particular approver. Using the
Web page, the approver specifies which requisitions to approve in each order.
CompanyStore enables the customer to configure approval rules based on cost
center, dollar limit, material type or other criteria. CompanyStore enables
authorization of orders based on digital signatures and prohibits the release of
orders without required approval.
 
     Order Processing. CompanyStore streamlines processing of front-office
requisitions in a number of ways. The customer's purchasing department selects
the items and vendors to be included in the CompanyStore electronic catalog.
After approval, orders are sent to the purchasing department to be processed and
progress reports are delivered to the requisitioner automatically, reducing the
number of status inquiries between the requisitioner and the purchasing
department. CompanyStore can be integrated into the customer's accounting
package so that the order can be entered into the purchasing system
automatically, allowing significant time savings. CompanyStore allows approved
requisitions to be sent directly to vendors via fax, e-mail or electronic data
interchange.
 
     Data Analysis. CompanyStore consolidates purchasing data, allowing managers
to determine spending according to cost center, time period, employee and
supplier. This data allows managers to determine how best to control costs,
negotiate more favorable supplier arrangements and consolidate vendors. Managers
can analyze the data to monitor compliance with corporate purchasing policies
and vendor commitments.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
     The following table describes significant features and potential benefits
of CompanyStore:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     ORDER PREPARATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 FEATURES                                      BENEFITS
 
 Simple point-and-click ordering               Speeds order time
 Customer-specific electronic catalog stores   Directs orders to preferred vendors
 preferred vendors and commonly requested
 goods and services                            Reduces errors
 Retains user information, including shipping  Detailed product descriptions available
 information, frequently ordered products and
 purchasing card information                   Reduces queries and dependence on purchasing
                                               department
 Prevents submission of incomplete orders
 Internet links to vendor Web sites
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       ORDER APPROVAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEATURES                                       BENEFITS
 
 Automatically e-mails order to designated     Speeds approval time
 approver
                                               Reduces errors
 Digital signatures for order authorization
                                               Decreases purchasing in violation of company
 Automated approval controls based on user     procedures
 signing authority
                                               Facilitates more efficient use of management
                                               resources
                                               Increases compliance with corporate policies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      ORDER PROCESSING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEATURES                                       BENEFITS
 
 Integrates purchasing data with back-office   Speeds fulfillment time
 systems
                                               Reduces lost orders
 Sends approved requisitions directly to
 vendor or to enterprise's purchasing system   Facilitates more efficient use of processing
                                               resources
 Updates requisitioner on order progress
                                               Improves consistency of items ordered
 Purchasing department determines items
 available in catalog                          Allows vendor consolidation
 Prohibits release of orders without required
 approval
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       DATA ANALYSIS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEATURES                                       BENEFITS
 
 Allows customers to track spending by         Identifies trends and problem areas
 multiple factors, including cost center,
 time period, employee and supplier            Supplies data needed for vendor rate
                                               negotiation
                                               Allows monitoring of compliance with vendor
                                               commitments
                                               Facilitates vendor consolidation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
  Product Architecture
 
     The following diagram illustrates the key features of the Company's product
architecture:
 
                                 PRODARCH CHART
- ---------------
 
* The Concur Technology Platform shown is currently in place in XMS. The Company
  is integrating CompanyStore and intends to integrate future applications into
  an enhanced version of this platform, which will be known as the Concur Common
  Platform.
 
     The Company's two applications, XMS and CompanyStore, operate on advanced
IT platforms and are scalable and configurable. XMS and CompanyStore are built
on a multi-tiered architecture. XMS has a separate client, application server
and database server built using a COM-based architecture. CompanyStore currently
has separate client and server layers and is migrating to the COM model. In
addition, a common application server model, the Concur Common Platform, is
being built for both applications which will contain all common business logic,
including workflow, user management, security, business rules, business
intelligence and messaging. See "Risk Factors--Limited Experience with Large
Scale Deployment."
 
     The XMS application server contains all of the business logic, is COM based
and is built using Microsoft Visual C++. The CompanyStore application is being
adapted to the Concur Common Platform, which is currently under development. The
application server layer can be extended using off-the-shelf tools such as
Microsoft Visual Basic. The application server operates on Windows NT 4.0 and,
for browser-based clients, supports both the Microsoft Internet Information
Server and the Netscape Enterprise Server.
 
     The XMS application server supports Oracle, Sybase and Microsoft SQL server
databases and integrates with multiple ERP systems, including SAP, PeopleSoft,
Oracle and existing legacy systems. The CompanyStore application server supports
the Microsoft SQL server database and integrates with SAP R/3, and the Company
intends to integrate the CompanyStore application server with other database and
ERP systems in the future.
 
     Browser-based clients run on versions of Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.02
and above and Netscape Navigator 3.0 and above, utilizing primarily HTML and
JavaScript via Microsoft's Active Server Pages technology. Operating systems
supported include Microsoft Windows 3.11, Windows 95, Windows 98 and Windows NT
4.0. The Windows-based XMS client is written utilizing Microsoft Visual C++, and
is fully functional in a disconnected environment.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
SERVICES
 
   
     The Company's professional services organization was formed in 1996 to
offer consulting, customer support and training in connection with licenses of
XMS. The Company believes that services are an important part of its success and
consequently the Company has expanded its professional services organization to
offer similar services in connection with licenses of CompanyStore. See "Risk
Factors --Dependence on Service Revenues."
    
 
     Consulting. The Company offers a variety of consulting services in
connection with licenses of XMS and CompanyStore. Concur's consulting staff
meets with customers prior to product implementation to review the customer's
existing business processes and IT infrastructure, and to provide advice on ways
to improve these processes using industry best practices. Thereafter, Concur's
consultants install, configure and test the application and integrate it with
the customer's existing ERP and employee reimbursement systems. Concur's
consultants also help customers implement bar-coding processes and develop a
strategy for the customers' enterprise-wide deployment of the application.
 
     Customer Support. The Company provides product upgrades and customer
support through its "CustomerOne" customer support program. Customers generally
purchase the first year of the CustomerOne program at the time they license an
application; thereafter, support may be renewed on an annual basis. Customer
support personnel are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The Company
also offers Internet-based support that features an on-line knowledge base.
 
     Training. The Company offers a variety of training programs for XMS and
CompanyStore. These classes are tailored to particular user groups, such as end
users, help desk personnel and trainers. Training classes are offered at
customer sites and also at the Company's headquarters in Redmond, Washington.
The Company plans to begin providing training classes for third-party service
providers, such as systems integrators, as it expands its relationships with
such parties.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     The Company has licensed its applications to over 150 enterprise customers
in a wide range of industries. The following table lists certain of the
Company's significant customers in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATIONS/MEDIA          CONSUMER
AT&T Corp.                                   Anheuser-Busch Companies Inc.
American Management Systems, Inc.            Avon Products, Inc.
Computer Sciences Corporation                Eastman Kodak Company
Hewlett-Packard Company                      The Gap, Inc.
Lucent Technologies, Inc.                    The Gillette Company
The New York Times Company                   J.C. Penney Company, Inc.
Quantum Corporation                          Levi Strauss & Co.
Reuters Limited                              Maytag Corporation
Seagate Technology, Inc.                     FINANCIAL SERVICES
Sprint Corporation                           ABN Amro Holding N.V.
Texas Instruments Incorporated               Bear Stearns & Co. Inc.
The Times Mirror Company                     Comdisco, Inc.
Tivoli Systems, Inc.                         Dresdner Kleinwort Benson
Visio Corporation                            J & H Marsh & McLennan, Inc.
INDUSTRIAL/MANUFACTURING                     Lehman Brothers Inc.
Case Corporation                             Royal Insurance
E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company          OTHER
Guardian Industries Corporation              American Airlines, Inc.
Northrop Grumman Corporation                 Battelle Memorial Institute
Monsanto Company                             Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited
Solutia, Inc.                                Exxon Corporation
PHARMACEUTICAL/HEALTH CARE                   Harvard College
Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation          Ontario Ministry of Labour
Merck, Sharpe & Dohme Limited                J. Walter Thompson
Pfizer Inc.                                  Texaco Inc.
Pharmacia & Upjohn Co.
Tenet Healthcare Corporation
</TABLE>
    
 
     In fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the
Company's total revenues.
 
     The following case studies, which are based solely on information supplied
by the respective subject companies and which the Company believes to be
accurate in all material respects, illustrate how selected companies have used
Concur products and services to address their T&E expense management and front-
office procurement needs:
 
     Guardian Industries Corporation ("Guardian"). A leading manufacturer and
fabricator of architectural and automotive glass and plastics, Guardian operates
over 40 production facilities around the world and has approximately 1,000
employees travelling at any one time. Historically, Guardian's business
travelers filed expense reports manually after each business trip. This
paper-based process led to processing delays, significant employee time invested
in filling out expense reports, and a lack of visibility into enterprise-wide
T&E spending. Guardian implemented Concur's XMS application to address these
issues, and realized significant advantages and cost savings as a result. For
example, XMS saves employee time by decreasing time spent completing reports and
allows management to analyze enterprise-wide T&E spending to formulate more
effective travel policies, evaluate the performance of travel vendors and
negotiate reduced costs with vendors. In fact, Guardian reduced its annual
spending on air travel by 5% to 10% after implementing XMS.
 
     Case Corporation ("Case"). A leading designer, manufacturer and distributor
of agricultural and construction equipment and provider of a broad array of
financial services, Case has over 13,000 employees worldwide with 4,000 business
travelers. Before implementing XMS, Case received as many as 5,000 T&E expense
reports per month in a variety of formats, from handwritten reports to
spreadsheets. This practice resulted in costly delivery methods (such as
overnight delivery or facsimile), high processing costs, delays in
reimbursement, and reports not in compliance with corporate policies. To address
these problems, Case
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
automated its T&E expense reporting process with XMS. Within nine months after
deploying XMS on an enterprise-wide basis, the vast majority of Case's travelers
were using XMS and receiving reimbursements through their regular paychecks. As
a result, Case has significantly reduced travel expense reimbursement related
costs. In addition, Case now reimburses employees and analyzes spending more
effectively.
 
     Solutia, Inc. ("Solutia"). Solutia is a global company that applies its
expertise in chemistry to the consumer, household, automotive and industrial
products industries through 24 manufacturing sites worldwide. Solutia's nearly
9,000 employees include approximately 3,000 who are business travelers. At the
time Solutia decided to reengineer its T&E expense management processes, it had
15 processing centers handling approximately 25,000 expense reports per year.
Using XMS as the cornerstone of its reengineering effort, Solutia streamlined
the preparation, approval and processing of expense reports, consolidated its 15
processing centers into one shared services center, and cut processing costs by
over 50%.
 
     Visio Corporation ("Visio"). Through a worldwide network of offices, Visio
develops, markets and sells drawing and diagramming software for PCs. After
implementing SAP R/3, Visio sought an Intranet front-office procurement system
to eliminate inefficiencies in its paper-based ordering and manual routing of
front-office procurement requisitions. Visio required a system that was easy to
use and would seamlessly integrate with SAP. After selecting CompanyStore, Visio
implemented the application in only five weeks and immediately realized
efficiencies in purchase order processing and product delivery. CompanyStore
allows purchasing and procurement personnel to spend less time processing
transactions and more time evaluating vendors and pricing strategies. Visio
estimates that it will achieve approximately $1 million in savings in the first
year of implementation, from such improvements as decreased requisition
processing costs, decreased non-compliant spending, decreased time needed to
process payables, and decreased time spent by budget managers gathering
financial data.
 
SALES
 
   
     The Company sells its software primarily through its domestic direct sales
organization, with sales professionals located in the metropolitan areas of
Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Columbus, Dallas, Detroit, Los Angeles, New York,
Redmond, St. Louis, San Francisco and Washington, D.C. The Company also has
sales professionals in Toronto, London and Sydney. The field sales force is
complemented by direct telesales and telemarketing representatives based at the
Company's headquarters in Redmond, Washington. Technical sales support is
provided by sales engineers located in several of the field offices. The Company
currently intends to add a significant number of sales representatives and sales
engineers in other domestic and international locations. The Company uses a
remarketer in New Zealand and plans to expand its remarketing channel to other
international markets. The remarketer receives a referral fee from the Company
for marketing the Company's products, and provides post-sale implementation and
support of the Company's products. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Direct Sales
Model."
    
 
     The Company's direct sales force sells both XMS and CompanyStore. Since
Concur's products affect employees throughout the enterprise, the sales effort
involves multiple decision makers and frequently includes the chief financial
officer, vice president of finance, controller and vice president of purchasing.
While the average sales cycle varies substantially from customer to customer,
for initial sales it has generally ranged from six to nine months. See "Risk
Factors--Lengthy Sales Cycle."
 
  Strategic Marketing and Referral Relationships
 
   
     The Company has developed a number of strategic referral relationships.
Under arrangements with American Express, the largest corporate charge card
issuer in the United States, and its subsidiary TRS, American Express may, at
its sole discretion, refer corporate charge card customers that seek a T&E
expense management software solution to Concur. TRS also recently agreed to be a
strategic marketer for the ESP version of XMS. Other key referral relationships
include Citibank, N.A., Citicorp Diners Club Inc. and Geac Computer Corporation
Ltd.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
   
     The Company recently entered into a non-binding letter of intent, and is
presently negotiating a definitive agreement, regarding a strategic marketing
and referral arrangement with ADP. See "Summary--Recent Development."
    
 
   
     The Company's existing strategic relationships generally do not, and any
future strategic relationships may not, afford the Company any exclusive
marketing or distribution rights. Many of the Company's strategic partners have
multiple strategic relationships, and there can be no assurance that the
Company's strategic partners regard their relationships with the Company as
significant for their own businesses or that they will regard it as significant
in the future. In addition, there can be no assurance that such parties will not
pursue other partnerships or relationships, or attempt to develop or acquire
products or services that compete with the Company's products or services either
on their own or in collaboration with others, including the Company's
competitors. Further, the Company's existing strategic relationships may
interfere with its ability to enter into other desirable strategic
relationships. Any future inability of the Company to maintain its strategic
relationships or to enter into additional strategic relationships will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Need to Establish and Maintain Strategic
Relationships" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
MARKETING
 
     The Company's marketing efforts are directed at extending the Company's
leadership position in T&E expense management applications and increasing its
market share for CompanyStore. The Company's marketing programs are targeted at
accounting, finance, purchasing and travel executives, and are focused on
creating awareness of, and generating interest in, the Company's products.
 
     Concur engages in a variety of marketing activities, including developing
and executing co-advertising and co-marketing strategies designed to leverage
its existing strategic relationships, targeting additional strategic
relationships, managing and maintaining the Company's Web site, issuing
newsletters and direct mailings, creating and placing advertisements, conducting
public relations campaigns, and establishing and maintaining close relationships
with recognized industry analysts. The Company is an active participant in
technology-related conferences and demonstrates its products at trade shows
targeted at accounting, finance, purchasing and travel executives.
 
     The Company believes that demand is increasing, and will continue to
increase, for employee-facing applications such as those sold by the Company.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to expand its sales and
marketing staff, either domestically or internationally, to take advantage of
any increase in demand for employee-facing applications. The failure of the
Company to expand its sales and marketing organization or other distribution
channels could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Management of Growth,"
"--Dependence on Key Employees" and "--Need to Attract and Retain Qualified
Personnel."
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
     The Company has been an innovator and leader in the development of
employee-facing enterprise applications. The Company believes that it was one of
the first to introduce a commercially successful T&E expense reporting
application and that it pioneered a number of features that are now common
throughout the T&E expense reporting field, such as prepopulation with corporate
credit card transactions and automatic itemization of hotel bills. Concur's
software development staff is responsible for enhancing the Company's existing
products and expanding its product line. The Company believes that a technically
skilled, quality oriented and highly productive software development
organization will be a key component of the continued success of new product
offerings. The Company expects that it will increase its product development
expenditures substantially in the future.
 
     Concur's current product development activities focus on product
enhancements to XMS and CompanyStore, development of the Concur Common Platform
technology that will standardize the software architecture underlying all
applications in the suite, and development of Employee Desktop, a personalized
Web page on the corporate Intranet that will provide a centralized location for
all employee-facing
                                       50
<PAGE>   52
 
   
applications. Concur expects XMS enhancements to include features such as
localized versions of XMS for foreign countries, and enhanced integration of XMS
with on-line travel booking applications. Concur plans to enhance CompanyStore
by expanding its features and functionality, adding support for additional
databases and ERP platforms, enhancing catalog support and integrating
CompanyStore into its product suite through the Concur Common Platform, which is
currently under development. The Company plans to offer its applications through
the Internet as an outsourced ESP starting with XMS in the middle of calendar
1999 and to provide CompanyStore as an ESP offering in fiscal 2000.
    
 
     There can be no assurance that these development efforts will be completed
within the Company's anticipated schedules or that, if completed, they will have
the features necessary to make them successful in the marketplace. Future delays
or problems in the development or marketing of product enhancements or new
products could result in a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Associated with New Products and New Versions of Existing Products," "--Risks
Associated with Unproven Enterprise Service Provider Model" and "--Risks
Associated with the Internet."
 
COMPETITION
 
     The market for the Company's products is intensely competitive, subject to
rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other
market activities of industry participants. The Company's primary source of
direct competition comes from independent software vendors of T&E expense
management and front-office procurement applications. The Company also faces
indirect competition from potential customers' internal development efforts and
has to overcome potential customers' reluctance to move away from existing
paper-based systems.
 
   
     The Company's major competitors in the T&E expense management field include
Captura Software, Inc., Extensity, Inc., International Business Machines
Corporation and Necho Systems Corporation. In addition, several major ERP
vendors such as SAP AG, Oracle Corporation and PeopleSoft, Inc. have already
developed T&E expense management products, and Oracle Corporation has developed
a front-office procurement product. These companies have begun to sell these
products along with their application suites. The Company's major competitors in
the front-office procurement field include Ariba Technologies, Inc., Clarus
Corporation, Commerce One, Inc., Harbinger Corporation, Netscape Communications
Corporation, Trilogy Development Corporation and TRADE'ex Electronic Commerce
Systems, Inc. In addition to its current competitors, the Company expects to
face competition from new entrants including those ERP providers that do not
already market a T&E expense management product. Most of the major ERP providers
have a significant installed customer base and have the opportunity to offer
additional products to those customers as additional components of their
respective application suites.
    
 
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors considered in
selecting T&E expense management and front-office procurement applications are
functionality, interoperability with existing IT infrastructure, price and an
installed referenceable base of customers. The Company has learned from its
customers that XMS tends to be 20% to 200% more expensive than other competing
solutions, depending on the size and the nature of the transaction. Despite the
disparity in price, the Company believes that it has a competitive advantage
relative to competing solutions. With respect to functionality, the Company
believes that it offers a product with more features than other competing
products, and that it has often been the first to offer new and innovative
features, such as prepopulation of transaction reports based on credit card
information. Significantly, the Company believes it was the first provider of an
Intranet-based T&E expense management solution. In addition, XMS was designed
and built to interoperate with existing IT systems and can often be deployed on
an enterprise customer's existing IT infrastructure. Many of the Company's
competitors have chosen to develop their Intranet-based applications using Java,
which the Company believes is difficult to deploy on a large scale within
today's corporate IT infrastructure. With respect to price, the Company
positions XMS as the premium product compared to the competition. The Company
believes that this positioning does cause the Company to lose some potential
transactions to competitors based on price. Finally, the Company believes that
it has a larger customer base, spread across a wider variety of industries,
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   53
 
than the Company's primary competitors. The Company believes that this large
installed customer base helps the Company to secure additional customers.
 
     Many of the Company's competitors in both the T&E expense management and
front-office procurement markets have longer operating histories, significantly
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, significantly
greater name recognition and a larger installed base of customers than the
Company. Moreover, a number of the Company's competitors, particularly major ERP
vendors, have well-established relationships with current and potential
customers of the Company as well as with systems integrators and other vendors
and service providers. In addition, these competitors may be able to respond
more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer
requirements, or to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and
sale of their products, than can the Company.
 
     It is also possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors or
other third parties may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. The
Company expects that competition in its markets will increase as a result of
consolidation and the formation of alliances in the industry. Increased
competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of
market share, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against current
or future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by the Company will
not materially and adversely affect its business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Expansion into New
Market," "--Competition" and "--Need to Establish and Maintain Strategic
Relationships."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
     The Company's success depends upon its proprietary technology. The Company
relies primarily on a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws,
confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and other similar measures to
protect its proprietary information. For example, the Company licenses rather
than sells its software to customers and requires licensees to enter into
license agreements that impose certain restrictions on licensees' ability to
utilize the software. The Company currently holds no patents and does not have
any patent applications pending. There can be no assurance that any copyrights
or trademarks held by the Company will not be challenged and invalidated.
 
     As part of its confidentiality procedures, the Company enters into
non-disclosure agreements with certain of its employees, consultants, corporate
partners, customers and prospective customers. The Company also enters into
license agreements with respect to its technology, documentation and other
proprietary information. Such licenses are generally non-transferable and have a
perpetual term. Despite the Company's efforts to protect its proprietary rights,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use the
Company's products or technology that the Company considers proprietary and
third parties may attempt to develop similar technology independently. In
particular, the Company provides its licensees with access to object code
versions of its software, and to other proprietary information underlying the
Company's licensed software. Policing unauthorized use of the Company's products
is difficult, particularly because the global nature of the Internet makes it
difficult to control the ultimate destination or security of software or other
data transmitted and, while the Company is unable to determine the extent to
which piracy of its software products exists, software piracy can be expected to
be a persistent problem. In addition, effective protection of intellectual
property rights may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. The laws of
some foreign countries do not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the
same extent as do the laws of the United States. There can be no assurance that
the Company's protection of its proprietary rights will be adequate or that the
Company's competitors will not independently develop similar technology.
 
     The Company is not aware that its products, trademarks, copyrights or other
proprietary rights infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. There can
be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against
the Company in the future with respect to current or future products Further,
the Company expects that software product developers will increasingly be
subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in the
Company's industry segment grows and the functionality of products in different
industry segments overlaps. From time to time, the Company hires or retains
employees or
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   54
 
   
consultants (including through acquisition) who have worked for independent
software vendors or other companies developing products similar to those offered
by the Company. There can be no assurance that such prior employers will not
claim that the Company's products are based on their products and that the
Company has misappropriated their intellectual property. Any such claims, with
or without merit, could cause a significant diversion of management attention,
result in costly and protracted litigation, cause product shipment delays or
require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty
or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable
to the Company or at all, which would have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk
Factors--Limited Protection from Proprietary Technology; Risks of Infringement."
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     As of October 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 231 full-time
employees, five of whom were based in the United Kingdom, one in Canada and one
in Australia. These included 68 engaged in research and development, 69 in sales
and marketing, 64 in consulting, training and technical support and 30 in
administration and finance. No employees are known by the Company to be
represented by a collective bargaining agreement and the Company has never
experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. The Company considers its
relations with its employees to be good. The Company's ability to achieve its
financial and operational objectives depends in large part upon its continuing
ability to attract, integrate, retain and motivate highly qualified sales,
technical and managerial personnel. Competition for such qualified personnel in
the Company's industry is intense, particularly in the Seattle area in which the
Company's headquarters is located and particularly with respect to software
development and management personnel. In addition, competitors may attempt to
recruit the Company's key employees. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to attract or retain employees in the future. The Company is a
party to employment agreements with certain of its employees. See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Key Employees," "--Need to Attract and Retain Qualified
Personnel" and "Management--Employment Agreements."
    
 
FACILITIES
 
   
     The Company's principal administrative, sales, marketing and research and
development facility is located in Redmond, Washington and consists of
approximately 43,000 square feet of office space held under a lease that expires
in January 2003. As of October 31, 1998, the Company also leased sales offices
in Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Detroit, Los Angeles, New York, San Francisco,
Sydney and London. For a discussion of certain risks associated with the
Company's anticipated need for additional office space, see "Risk
Factors--Management of Growth."
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     There are no material legal proceedings currently pending to which the
Company is a party.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   55
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive
officers and directors of the Company:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME                 AGE                     POSITION
             ----                 ---                     --------
<S>                               <C>    <C>
S. Steven Singh...............    37     President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                         Director
Michael W. Hilton.............    34     Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical
                                         Officer
Jon T. Matsuo.................    39     Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales
Sterling R. Wilson............    40     Chief Financial Officer and Vice President
                                         of
                                         Operations
Rajeev Singh..................    30     Vice President of Products
Frederick L. Ingham...........    31     Vice President of Business Development
John P. Russo, Jr.............    38     Vice President of Internet Application
                                         Services
Michael Watson................    51     Vice President of Professional Services
John A. Prumatico.............    50     Vice President of Human Resources
Jeffrey D. Brody(1)...........    38     Director
Norman A. Fogelsong(1)........    48     Director
Michael J. Levinthal(2).......    43     Director
James D. Robinson III(2)......    62     Director
Russell P. Fradin.............    43     Director Nominee
Edward P. Gilligan............    39     Director Nominee
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
     S. Steven Singh has served as the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer since February 1996. Mr. Singh served as the Chairman of the Board of
Directors from the Company's inception until February 1996. Prior to joining the
Company as an officer, Mr. Singh was General Manager of the Contact Management
Division at Symantec Corporation ("Symantec") from June 1993 to February 1996.
From February 1992 to June 1993, when it was acquired by Symantec, Mr. Singh was
Vice President of Development for Contact Software International ("CSI"), a
personal computer software publisher. Prior to joining CSI, Mr. Singh co-founded
Eshani Corporation ("Eshani"), where he was President and Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Singh holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of
Michigan. Mr. Singh is the brother of Rajeev Singh, the Company's Vice President
of Products.
 
     Michael W. Hilton co-founded the Company in August 1993 and has served as
the Company's Chief Technical Officer since 1996. Mr. Hilton has served as a
member of the Company's Board of Directors since its founding, and as Chairman
of the Board since February 1996. Before co-founding the Company, Mr. Hilton
served as Senior Development Manager at Symantec during 1993. Prior to his
employment at Symantec, Mr. Hilton served as Director of Product Development for
CSI's California office. Mr. Hilton also was a co-founder of Eshani, where he
was Vice President of Product Development. Mr. Hilton holds a B.A. in Computer
and Information Sciences and a B.S. in Mathematics from the University of
California at Santa Cruz.
 
     Jon T. Matsuo joined the Company in July 1994 and currently serves as the
Company's Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Matsuo served as General Manager, Consumer Software Division of
Delrina Corporation from June 1993 to July 1994. Mr. Matsuo's experience also
includes senior marketing positions with CSI and Bluebird Systems, as well as
eight years of experience with Deloitte Haskins & Sells in auditing, consulting
and product management. Mr. Matsuo holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from the
University of San Diego and is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   56
 
     Sterling R. Wilson joined the Company in May 1994 and currently serves as
the Company's Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Operations. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Wilson served as Vice President of Operations and Chief
Financial Officer at IntelliQuest, Inc., a leading provider of market research
information, from July 1993 to May 1994. Mr. Wilson also served as Chief
Financial Officer at CSI from 1992 to 1993. Mr. Wilson holds a B.B.A. in
Accounting from California State University at Bakersfield (formerly California
State College at Bakersfield) and is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
     Rajeev Singh co-founded the Company in August 1993 and currently serves as
the Company's Vice President of Products. Previously, Mr. Singh acted as
Director of Product Management of the Company. Prior to co-founding the Company,
Mr. Singh served as a Software and Manufacturing Engineer at General Motors
Corporation from July 1986 to January 1990 and he served as a Software Project
Manager for the development of complex computer simulations at Ford Motor
Company from January 1991 to March 1993. Mr. Singh holds a B.S. in Mechanical
Engineering from Kettering University (formerly GMI Engineering and Management
Institute). Mr. Singh is the brother of S. Steven Singh, the Company's President
and Chief Executive Officer.
 
     Frederick L. Ingham joined the Company in January 1997 and currently serves
as the Company's Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Ingham was Director of Business Development at Symantec from
January 1995 to December 1996. From September 1992 to December 1994, Mr. Ingham
worked as a Product Manager and Product Planner at Xerox Corporation. Mr. Ingham
holds a B.A. in Economics from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton
School of the University of Pennsylvania.
 
     John P. Russo, Jr. joined the Company in April 1996 and currently serves as
the Company's Vice President of Internet Application Services. From September
1988 to April 1996, Mr. Russo was employed by Symantec, including as Director of
Product Management from September 1994 to April 1996, and assisted with the
integration of company acquisitions for Symantec's Productivity Applications
Group. Mr. Russo holds a B.S. in Marketing from San Jose State University.
 
     Michael Watson joined the Company in August 1998 and currently serves as
the Company's Vice President of Professional Services. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Watson was Vice President of Consulting Services from June 1995 to
August 1998 at Hyperion Software, where he also held various roles in the sales
organization from October 1990 to June 1995. Mr. Watson also served as the
National Director of Price Waterhouse's Applied Technology Center from 1986 to
1990. Mr. Watson holds a B.A. in Business Studies from Lanchester University
(U.K.) and an M.B.A. from the Babcock Graduate School of Management at Wake
Forest University.
 
     John A. Prumatico joined the Company in July 1998 and currently serves as
the Company's Vice President of Human Resources. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Prumatico was managing principal for John Prumatico & Associates, a
consulting firm specializing in human resources leadership and organization
development, which he founded in 1992. From April 1987 to October 1992, Mr.
Prumatico was employed by Microsoft Corporation as the Director of Human
Resources Development and Administration. Mr. Prumatico holds a B.S. in
Management and Organization Development from the University of West Florida.
 
     Jeffrey D. Brody has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
since October 1994. Since April 1994, Mr. Brody has been employed by Brentwood
Venture Capital ("Brentwood"), a venture capital firm, where he has been a
General Partner of Brentwood since October 1995. From 1988 to April 1994, Mr.
Brody was Senior Vice President of Comdisco Ventures, a venture leasing company.
Mr. Brody holds a B.S. in Engineering from the University of California at
Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Graduate School of Business at Stanford
University. Mr. Brody is a member of the boards of directors of several private
technology companies.
 
     Norman A. Fogelsong has served as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors since July 1996. Since March 1989, Mr. Fogelsong has been a General
Partner of Institutional Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Between March
1980 and February 1989, Mr. Fogelsong was a General Partner of Mayfield Fund, a
venture capital firm. Mr. Fogelsong holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from
Stanford University,
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   57
 
an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. Mr.
Fogelsong is a member of the boards of directors of Aspect Telecommunications
Corporation as well as several private technology companies.
 
     Michael J. Levinthal has served as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors since April 1998. Since 1984, Mr. Levinthal has been a General Partner
or managing director of various entities associated with Mayfield Fund, a
venture capital firm. Mr. Levinthal holds a B.S. in Engineering, an M.S. in
Industrial Engineering and an M.B.A. from the Graduate School of Business at
Stanford University. Mr. Levinthal is a member of the boards of directors of
Focal, Inc., InControl, Inc. and Symphonix Devices, Inc. as well as several
private technology companies.
 
     James D. Robinson III has served as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors since July 1998. Since 1994, Mr. Robinson has been the Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of RRE Investors, LLC, a private information technology
venture investment firm. From 1977 to 1993, Mr. Robinson served as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of American Express Company. Mr. Robinson holds a B.S.
in Industrial Management from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A.
from Harvard Business School. Mr. Robinson is a member of the boards of
directors of The Coca-Cola Company, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Cambridge
Technology Partners and First Data Corporation as well as several private
companies.
 
   
     Russell P. Fradin is expected to begin serving as a member of the Company's
Board of Directors after the completion of the Offering. In 1996, Mr. Fradin
joined ADP, where he served first as Senior Vice President before becoming Group
President, Employer Services. Prior to joining ADP, Mr. Fradin was a senior
partner of McKinsey & Company, and was associated with that firm for 18 years.
Mr. Fradin holds a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School of the University
of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
    
 
   
     Edward P. Gilligan is expected to be appointed as a member of the Company's
Board of Directors after the completion of the Offering. Mr. Gilligan has been
President, Corporate Services Division, for TRS, since February 1996. From June
1995 to February 1996, Mr. Gilligan served as Executive Vice President of Travel
Management Services for TRS. From September 1992 to June 1995, Mr. Gilligan was
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Eastern Region, of American Express
Travel Management Services. Mr. Gilligan holds a B.S. in Economics and
Management from New York University.
    
 
   
     The Company's Bylaws, which will be in effect upon the completion of the
Offering, provide for the division of the Board of Directors into three classes
as nearly equal in size as possible with staggered three-year terms. The
classification of the Board of Directors could have the effect of making it more
difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from
acquiring, control of the Company.
    
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors consists of Mr. Brody
and Mr. Fogelsong. The Compensation Committee makes decisions regarding all
forms of salary, bonus and stock compensation provided to executive officers of
the Company, the long-term strategy of employee compensation, the types of stock
and other compensation plans to be used by the Company and the shares and
amounts reserved thereunder, and any other compensation matters as from time to
time directed by the Board.
 
     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors consists of Mr. Levinthal and
Mr. Robinson. The Audit Committee meets with the Company's independent auditors
to review the adequacy of the Company's internal control systems and financial
reporting procedures, reviews the general scope of annual audits and the fees
charged by the independent accountants, as well as the performance of non-audit
services by the Company's auditors, and reviews and makes recommendations to the
Board of Directors regarding the fairness of any proposed transaction between
the Company and any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   58
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     None of the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
was at any time since the formation of the Company an officer or employee of the
Company. No executive officer of the Company serves as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive
officers serving on the Board of Directors of the Company or the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
   
     Mr. Brody is the Managing Member of Brentwood VIII Ventures LLC, the
General Partner of Brentwood Associates VI, L.P. and Brentwood Affiliates Fund
II, L.P. Between October 1, 1994 and October 31, 1998, Brentwood Associates VI,
L.P. and Brentwood Affiliates Fund II, L.P. purchased in the aggregate 1,529,365
shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.3075 per
share, 312,500 shares of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock at a price of
$1.60 per share, 237,500 shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock at a
price of $2.00 per share, 135,378 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred
Stock at a price of $3.65 per share and 72,123 shares of the Company's Series E
Preferred Stock at a price of $7.75 per share. In addition, The Schuster
Revocable Trust dated February 10, 1995, Eric Chiu and James Mongiello,
affiliates of Brentwood VIII Ventures LLC, purchased in the aggregate 12,500
shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $2.00 per share
and 2,580 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock at a price of $7.75
per share. Mr. Brody also purchased 3,871 shares of the Company's Series E
Preferred Stock at $7.75 per share.
    
 
   
     Mr. Fogelsong is a General Partner of Institutional Venture Management VII,
L.P., the General Partner of Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P. and IVP
Founders Fund I, L.P. Between October 1, 1994 and October 31, 1997,
Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P., Institutional Venture Partners VII,
L.P. and IVP Founders Fund I, L.P. purchased in the aggregate 2,000,000 shares
of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $2.00 per share, 130,193
shares of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock at a price of $3.65 per share
and 72,090 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred stock at a price of $7.75
per share.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Directors of the Company do not receive any cash compensation for their
services as directors but are reimbursed for their reasonable travel expenses in
attending meetings of the Board of Directors.
 
   
     The Company's Board of Directors adopted the 1998 Directors Stock Option
Plan (the "Directors Plan") in August 1998 (to be effective upon the effective
date of the Registration Statement for this Offering (the "Effective Date") and
reserved a total of 240,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock for issuance
thereunder. The Directors Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders in
September 1998. Members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the
Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company are eligible to
participate in the Directors Plan. The option grants under the Directors Plan
are automatic and the exercise price of the options must be 100% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Each eligible director
who is or becomes a member of the Board of Directors on or after the Effective
Date will automatically be granted an option for 20,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock on the later of the Effective Date and the date such director first
becomes a member of the Board of Directors (an "Initial Grant"). The Initial
Grants made on the Effective Date will have exercise prices equal to the initial
public offering price. On the date of each Annual Meeting of Stockholders
following the Effective Date, each eligible director who has served continuously
as a member of the Board of Directors since the date of such director's Initial
Grant will automatically be granted an option for 8,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock (a "Succeeding Grant"). Options granted under the Directors Plan
generally will become exercisable as they vest, although the Compensation
Committee may provide that options are exercisable immediately subject to
repurchase. Initial Grants and Succeeding Grants will vest as to 25% of the
shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to an additional
2.0833% of the shares each month thereafter. Options will cease to vest if the
individual ceases to provide services to the Company, or any parent or
subsidiary of the Company, as a director or a consultant. Once the individual
ceases providing such services, he or she will have seven months in which to
exercise his or her vested options, or his or her estate will have 12 months if
the cessation of services resulted from the individual's death or disability. In
the event of a
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   59
 
merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation,
the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, or certain other
corporate transactions as set forth in the Directors Plan, the vesting of all
options granted under the Directors Plan will accelerate and the options will
become exercisable in full upon such terms as the Compensation Committee
determines, and must be exercisable within seven months following such event.
Any options not exercised within seven months of the corporate transaction will
expire. Options may be granted pursuant to the Directors Plan from time to time
within a period of ten years from the Effective Date. The Board of Directors may
at any time terminate or amend the Directors Plan or any outstanding option,
provided that the Board of Directors may not terminate or amend the terms of any
outstanding option or without the consent of the optionee amend the Directors
Plan so as to adversely affect any then outstanding options or any unexercised
portions thereof. The Directors Plan may be administered by the full Board of
Directors or by the Compensation Committee.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation
awarded to, earned by or paid for services rendered to the Company in all
capacities during fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 by (i) the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and (ii) the Company's four other most highly compensated
executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of September 30,
1998 and whose compensation was in excess of $100,000 in fiscal 1998
(collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").
    
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     LONG-TERM
                                                                                    COMPENSATION
                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION                AWARDS
                                               ------------------------------    ------------------
                                               FISCAL                                SECURITIES
         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION            YEAR      SALARY      BONUS      UNDERLYING OPTIONS
         ---------------------------           ------    --------    --------    ------------------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
S. Steven Singh..............................   1997     $200,000    $ 66,950              --
  President and Chief Executive Officer         1998      200,000     140,529         200,000
Sterling R. Wilson...........................   1997      140,874      52,354          10,400
  Chief Financial Officer and Vice President    1998      150,000      83,459          52,000
  of Operations
Jon T. Matsuo................................   1997      131,566      91,700          10,400
  Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales   1998      150,000     157,989          52,000
Michael W. Hilton............................   1997      133,000      49,700              --
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical     1998      132,000      95,330          52,000
  Officer
Rajeev Singh.................................   1997       92,282      44,169          10,000
  Vice President of Products                    1998      115,000     108,027          52,000
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   60
 
                  OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1997 AND FISCAL 1998
 
   
     The following table sets forth information regarding stock option grants
during fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 to each of the Named Executive Officers. The
Company has not granted any stock appreciation rights.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                ---------------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                                NUMBER OF                                                      ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                                SECURITIES   PERCENTAGE OF                                  STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                UNDERLYING   TOTAL OPTIONS                                         OPTION TERM(4)
                       FISCAL    OPTIONS       GRANTED TO     EXERCISE PRICE   EXPIRATION   -----------------------------
        NAME            YEAR    GRANTED(1)    EMPLOYEES(2)     PER SHARE(3)       DATE           5%              10%
        ----           ------   ----------   --------------   --------------   ----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                    <C>      <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
S. Steven Singh......   1997          --            --%           $   --              --     $        --     $        --
                        1998     200,000          26.8             0.375        10/22/07       1,320,679       3,346,859
Sterling R. Wilson...   1997      10,400           5.3              0.20        10/23/06          68,675         174,037
                        1998      52,000           7.0             0.375        10/22/07         343,376         870,183
Jon T. Matsuo........   1997      10,400           5.3              0.20        10/23/06          68,675         174,037
                        1998      52,000           7.0             0.375        10/22/07         343,376         870,183
Michael W. Hilton....   1997          --            --                --              --
                        1998      52,000           7.0             0.375        10/22/07         343,376         870,183
Rajeev Singh.........   1997      10,000           5.1              0.20        10/23/06          66,034         167,343
                        1998      52,000           7.0             0.375        10/22/07         343,376         870,183
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Unless otherwise indicated below, all options granted in fiscal 1997 and
    fiscal 1998 were granted pursuant to the 1994 Plan and become exercisable
    with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first
    anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to an additional 2.0833%
    of these shares each month thereafter, subject to acceleration upon certain
    changes in control of the Company. See "--Employee Benefit Plans."
 
   
(2) Based on a total of 196,580 options granted to all employees during fiscal
    1997 and 746,414 options granted to all employees during fiscal 1998.
    
 
(3) Options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of
    the Company's Common Stock at the time of grant.
 
(4) The potential realizable value is calculated based upon the term of the
    option at its time of grant and is calculated by assuming that the aggregate
    exercise price (assuming that the options were granted at an exercise price
    equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the
    Prospectus) appreciates at the indicated annual rate compounded annually for
    the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised and sold on
    the last day of its term for the appreciated price. The 5% and 10% assumed
    annual compound rates of stock price appreciation are mandated by the rules
    of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and do not
    represent the Company's estimates or projection of future Common Stock
    prices. There can be no assurance that the Common Stock will appreciate at
    any particular rate or at all in future years.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   61
 
 AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1997 AND 1998 AND FISCAL YEAR-END VALUES
 
   
     The following table sets forth information concerning unexercised options
held at September 30, 1997 and at September 30, 1998 with respect to each of the
Named Executive Officers. No options were exercised by the Named Executive
Officers during fiscal 1997.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             VALUE REALIZED         NUMBER OF SECURITIES            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                  SHARES      (MARKET PRICE        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                 ACQUIRED      AT EXERCISE       OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END       AT FISCAL YEAR-END($)(2)
                       FISCAL       ON        LESS EXERCISE     ----------------------------    ----------------------------
        NAME            YEAR     EXERCISE       PRICE)(1)       EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
        ----           ------    --------    ---------------    -----------    -------------    -----------    -------------
<S>                    <C>       <C>         <C>                <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
S. Steven Singh......   1997         --          $    --           71,250         108,750       $  736,725      $1,124,475
                        1998         --               --          116,250         263,750        1,202,025       2,684,175
Sterling R. Wilson...   1997         --               --               --          10,400               --         107,120
                        1998         --               --            4,983          57,417           51,325         582,295
Jon T. Matsuo........   1997         --               --          180,000          10,400        1,872,000         107,120
                        1998      8,000           19,520          176,983          57,417        1,840,125         582,295
Michael W. Hilton....   1997         --               --               --              --               --              --
                        1998         --               --               --          52,000               --         526,500
Rajeev Singh.........   1997         --               --               --          10,000               --         103,000
                        1998         --               --            4,792          57,208           49,358         580,142
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Mr. Matsuo exercised options to purchase 8,000 shares of the Company's
    Common Stock at $0.10 per share in June 1998. The fair market value of the
    Company's Common Stock at the time of such exercise was $6.20, as determined
    by the Board of Directors.
    
 
   
(2) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at September
    30, 1998 ($10.50 as determined by the Board of Directors based on the
    midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus)
    less the exercise price.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
     The Company and Mr. Wilson are parties to a letter agreement dated April
21, 1994 governing his employment with the Company. Under the agreement, the
Company paid to Mr. Wilson an annual initial salary of $90,000, which was to be
increased to $105,600 following the Company's initial equity financing, with
possible bonuses of up to $36,000 per year. The compensation for Mr. Wilson was
subsequently increased. In addition, Mr. Wilson was given benefits that the
Company makes available to employees in comparable positions, and was granted an
option to purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock. The Company also agreed to
pay Mr. Wilson's reasonable costs to relocate to Seattle. Mr. Wilson's
employment is voluntary and may be terminated by the Company or Mr. Wilson at
any time with or without cause or notice.
    
 
   
     The Company and Mr. Matsuo are parties to a letter agreement dated June 20,
1994 governing his employment with the Company. Under the agreement, the Company
paid to Mr. Matsuo an initial annual salary of $90,000, which was to be
increased to $105,000 following the Company's initial equity financing, with
possible bonuses of up to $50,000 per year. The compensation for Mr. Matsuo was
subsequently increased. In addition, Mr. Matsuo was given benefits that the
Company makes available to employees in comparable positions, and was granted an
option to purchase 260,000 shares of Common Stock. Mr. Matsuo's employment is
voluntary and may be terminated by the Company or Mr. Matsuo at any time with or
without cause or notice.
    
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  1994 Stock Option Plan
 
   
     The Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Plan") was adopted by the
Board of Directors and approved by the Company's stockholders in April 1994.
Initially, 150,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance under the
1994 Plan. This reserve has been increased several times, and there are
currently 2,760,000 shares reserved for issuance under the 1994 Plan. The 1994
Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options ("ISOs") that may
qualify under Section 422 of the Code and non-qualified
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   62
 
   
stock options ("NQSOs") on terms determined by the Board of Directors, subject
to certain statutory and other limitations in the 1994 Plan (including
limitations on the vesting schedule thereof and the exercise price, which for
ISOs to comply with Section 422 of the Code may not be less than 100% of the
fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant and for
NQSOs may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Company's Common
Stock on the date of grant). The 1994 Plan will terminate upon the Effective
Date, when the 1998 Plan will become effective. As a result, no further options
may be granted under the 1994 Plan following the Effective Date. However,
termination will not affect any options outstanding as of such date, which
options will remain effective until exercised or until they terminate or expire
in accordance with their terms. As of October 31, 1998, options to purchase
1,429,215 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the 1994 Plan and
354,768 shares were available for future option grants.
    
 
  1997 Stock Option Plan of 7Software
 
   
     In connection with the Company's June 1998 acquisition of 7Software, the
Company assumed the 1997 Stock Option Plan of 7Software (the "7Software Plan")
and all options outstanding under the 7Software Plan at the closing of the
Company's acquisition of 7Software, which options will remain effective until
exercised for the Company's Common Stock or until they terminate or expire in
accordance with their terms. The 7Software Plan provided for the grant of both
ISOs that may qualify under Section 422 of the Code and NQSOs on terms
determined by the board of directors, subject to certain statutory and other
limitations in the 7Software Plan (including limitations on the vesting schedule
thereof and the exercise price, which for ISOs to comply with Section 422 of the
Code may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company's Common
Stock on the date of grant and for NQSOs may not be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the company's common stock on the date of grant). No options
will be granted in the future under the 7Software Plan. As of October 31, 1998,
options to purchase 110,306 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the
7Software Plan.
    
 
  1998 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
     In August 1998, the Board of Directors adopted the 1998 Equity Incentive
Plan (the "1998 Plan") and reserved 3,240,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock for issuance thereunder. The Company's stockholders approved the 1998 Plan
in September 1998. The 1998 Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and
will serve as the successor to the 1994 Plan. Shares that (a) are subject to
issuance upon exercise of an option granted under the 1998 Plan that cease to be
subject to such option for any reason other than exercise of such option, (b)
have been issued pursuant to the exercise of an option granted under the 1998
Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by the Company at the
original purchase price, (c) are subject to an award granted pursuant to
restricted stock purchase agreement under the 1998 Plan that are subsequently
forfeited or repurchased by the Company at the original issue price or (d) are
subject to stock bonuses granted under the 1998 Plan that otherwise terminate
without shares being issued will again be available for grant and issuance under
the 1998 Plan. In addition, any authorized shares not issued or subject to
outstanding grants under the 1994 Plan on the Effective Date and any shares
issued under the 1994 Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by the Company or
that are issuable upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the 1994 Plan
that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised
in full, will be available for grant and issuance under the 1998 Plan. The 1998
Plan will terminate in August 2008, unless sooner terminated in accordance with
the terms of the 1998 Plan.
    
 
   
     The 1998 Plan authorizes the award of options, restricted stock awards and
stock bonuses (each an "Award"). No person will be eligible to receive more than
960,000 shares in any calendar year pursuant to Awards under the 1998 Plan other
than a new employee of the Company, who will be eligible to receive no more than
1,200,000 shares in the calendar year in which such employee commences
employment. Over the term of the 1998 Plan, no more than 10,000,000 shares may
be issued under the 1998 Plan upon exercise of incentive stock options. The 1998
Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee, which currently
consists of Mr. Brody and Mr. Fogelsong, both of whom are "non-employee
directors" under applicable
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   63
 
federal securities laws and "outside directors" as defined under applicable
federal tax laws. The Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and
interpret the 1998 Plan and any agreement made thereunder, grant Awards and make
all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the
1998 Plan.
 
   
     The 1998 Plan provides for the grant of both ISOs that qualify under
Section 422 of the Code and NQSOs. ISOs may be granted only to employees of the
Company or of a parent or subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (and all other Awards
other than ISOs) may be granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants,
independent contractors and advisors of the Company or any parent or subsidiary
of the Company, provided such consultants, independent contractors and advisors
render to the Company bona fide services not in connection with the offer and
sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of ISOs
must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on
the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% stockholders must
be at least equal to 110% of that value. The exercise price of NQSOs must be at
least equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant. The maximum term of options granted under the 1998 Plan is ten years. In
addition to, or in tandem with, awards of stock options, the Compensation
Committee may grant participants restricted stock awards to purchase the
Company's Common Stock at terms to be determined by the Compensation Committee.
The Compensation Committee may also grant stock bonus awards of the Company's
Common Stock either in addition to, or in tandem with, other awards under the
1998 Plan under such terms, conditions and restrictions as the Compensation
Committee may determine. Under the 1998 Plan, stock bonuses may be awarded for
the satisfaction of performance goals established in advance. The Compensation
Committee may, with the consent of the respective Award recipient, issue new
Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding
Awards. The Compensation Committee may also buy from an Award recipient an award
previously granted based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and
recipient may agree. At the discretion of the Compensation Committee, payment
for Awards may be made: in cash; by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company
to the participant; by surrender of shares that either have been owned by the
participant for more than six months and have been paid for within the meaning
of Rule 144 or were obtained by the participant in the public market; by tender
of a full recourse promissory note; by waiver of compensation due or accrued to
the participant for services rendered; or, with respect only to purchases upon
exercise of an option, through a "same day sale" or a "margin" commitment.
Awards granted under the 1998 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other
than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised
during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee (unless otherwise
determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the Award agreement
with respect to Awards that are not ISOs). Options granted under the 1998 Plan
generally expire three months after the termination of the optionee's service to
the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, except in the case of
death or disability, in which case the options generally may be exercised up to
12 months following the date of death or termination of service. Options will
generally terminate ten days after termination for cause. In the event of the
Company's dissolution or liquidation or a "change in control" transaction,
outstanding Awards may be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation.
In the discretion of the Compensation Committee, the vesting of such Awards may
accelerate upon such transaction.
    
 
  1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
     In August 1998, the Board adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(the "Purchase Plan") and reserved a total of 320,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock for issuance thereunder. The Company's stockholders approved the
Purchase Plan in September 1998. On each January 1, the aggregate number of
shares reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan will increase automatically
by a number of shares equal to 1% of the total outstanding shares of the Company
as of the immediately preceding December 31. Such annual increase may not exceed
320,000 shares per year. The Purchase Plan will be administered by the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to
construe and interpret the Purchase Plan and its decision in such capacity will
be final and binding. The Purchase Plan will become effective on the first
business day on which price quotations for the Company's Common Stock are
available on the Nasdaq National Market. Employees generally will be eligible to
participate in the Purchase Plan if they are customarily employed by the Company
(or its parent or any subsidiaries that the Company
    
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   64
 
designates) for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in a
calendar year and are not (and would not become as a result of being granted an
option under the Purchase Plan) 5% stockholders of the Company (or its
designated parent or subsidiaries).
 
     Under the Purchase Plan, eligible employees will be permitted to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock through payroll deductions. Eligible
employees may select a rate of payroll deduction between 2% and 15% of their W-2
cash compensation and are subject to certain maximum purchase limitations
described in the Purchase Plan. A participant may change the rate of payroll
deductions or withdraw from an Offering Period by notifying the Company in
writing. Participation in the Purchase Plan will end automatically upon
termination of employment for any reason.
 
     Except for the First Offering Period, each Offering Period under the
Purchase Plan will be for two years and consist of four six-month Purchase
Periods. The first Offering Period is expected to begin on the first business
day on which price quotations for the Company's Common Stock are available on
the Nasdaq National Market. The First Offering Period shall consist of no more
than five and no fewer than three Purchase Periods, any of which may be greater
or less than six months as determined by the Compensation Committee. Offering
Periods and Purchase Periods thereafter will begin on May 1 and November 1. The
purchase price for the Company's Common Stock purchased under the Purchase Plan
is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on
the first day of the applicable Offering Period or the last day of each Purchase
Period. The Compensation Committee will have the power to change the duration of
Offering Periods without stockholder approval, if such change is announced at
least 15 days prior to the beginning of the Offering Period to be affected. The
Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under
Section 423 of the Code. Rights granted under the Purchase Plan will not be
transferable by a participant other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution. The Purchase Plan provides that in the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period will terminate
immediately prior to the proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may, in the exercise of its
sole discretion in such instances, declare that the Purchase Plan will terminate
as of a date fixed by the Compensation Committee and give each participant the
right to purchase shares prior to such termination. In the event of a "change in
control" transaction, the Purchase Plan will continue for the duration of each
Offering Period that commenced prior to the closing of such proposed transaction
and stock will be purchased on the purchase dates based on the fair market value
of the surviving corporation's stock; unless otherwise provided by the
Compensation Committee consistent with pooling of interests accounting
treatment.
 
     The Purchase Plan will terminate in August 2008 unless earlier terminated
pursuant to its terms. The Board of Directors will have the authority to amend,
terminate or extend the term of the Purchase Plan, except that no such action
may adversely affect any outstanding options previously granted under the
Purchase Plan and stockholder approval is required to increase the number of
shares that may be issued or to change the terms of eligibility under the
Purchase Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may make
such amendments to the Purchase Plan as the Board of Directors determines to be
advisable if the financial accounting treatment for the Purchase Plan is
different than the financial accounting treatment in effect on the date the
Purchase Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors.
 
  401(k) Plan
 
     The Company maintains the Concur Technologies, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing
and Trust Plan (the "401(k) Plan"), a defined contribution plan intended to
qualify under Section 401 of the Code. All employees are eligible to participate
in the 401(k) Plan. An eligible employee of the Company may begin to participate
in the 401(k) Plan on the first day of January, April, July or October of the
plan year following the date on which such employee meets the eligibility
requirements. A participating employee may make pre-tax contributions of a
percentage of his or her eligible compensation, subject to limitations under the
federal tax laws. Employee contributions and the investment earnings thereon are
fully vested at all times. The Company does not make matching or profit-sharing
contributions.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   65
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
   
     As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
"DGCL"), the Bylaws of the Company provide that the Company is required to
indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted
by the DGCL, the Company may indemnify its other officers, employees and agents
as set forth in the DGCL. The Bylaws also provide that to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL, the Company is required to advance expenses, as incurred,
to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding
(subject to certain exceptions), the rights conferred in the Bylaws are not
exclusive, and the Company is authorized to enter into indemnification
agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents.
    
 
     The Company intends to enter into Indemnity Agreements with each of its
current directors and executive officers to give such directors and officers
additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set
forth in the Company's Bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director,
officer or employee of the Company regarding which indemnification is sought,
nor is the Company aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims
for indemnification.
 
   
     As permitted by the DGCL, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability
for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, under Section 174 of the
DGCL or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.
    
 
   
     As authorized by the Company's Bylaws, the Company, with approval of the
Board of Directors, has applied for, and expects to obtain, directors and
officers liability insurance with a per claim and annual aggregate coverage
limit of $10 million to $15 million.
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   66
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     Since October 1, 1994, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed,
any transaction or series of similar transactions to which the Company or any of
its subsidiaries was or is to be a party in which the amount involved exceeded
or will exceed $60,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of
more than 5% of the Common Stock of the Company or any member of the immediate
family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest other than compensation agreements and other arrangements,
which are described where required in "Management" and the transactions
described below.
    
 
   
     Loan Repayment. On September 21, 1994, the Company entered into a Repayment
Agreement with S. Steven Singh, the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer
and a director, and Michael W. Hilton, the Company's Chairman of the Board and
Chief Technical Officer. Pursuant to the Repayment Agreement, the Company agreed
to repay loans previously made to the Company by Mr. Singh and Mr. Hilton in the
amounts of $111,500 and $121,500, respectively. Under the terms of the Repayment
Agreement, the Company agreed to repay the loans on the date two years following
the Commencement Date (as defined in the Repayment Agreement) together with
interest at the rate of 7% per annum. In December 1996, the Company agreed to
issue 64,530 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock to Mr. Singh and 70,390
shares of its Series C Preferred Stock to Mr. Hilton in consideration for the
cancellation of indebtedness under the Repayment Agreement at a purchase price
of $2.00 per share.
    
 
   
     Preferred Stock Financings. From October 1, 1994 through August 15, 1998,
the Company sold 1,529,636 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at a price of
$1.3075 per share, 1,874,999 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock at a price
of $1.60 per share, 3,884,920 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock at a price
of $2.00 per share (which includes the 134,920 shares of Series C Preferred
Stock issued to Mr. Singh and Mr. Hilton in consideration for the cancellation
of indebtedness under the Repayment Agreement), 1,275,338 shares of its Series D
Preferred Stock at a price of $3.65 per share, and 1,648,660 shares of its
Series E Preferred Stock at a price of $7.75 per share, in a series of private
financings. The Company sold these securities pursuant to preferred stock
purchase agreements and an investors' rights agreement on substantially similar
terms (except for terms relating to date and price), under which the Company
made standard representations, warranties and covenants, and which provided the
purchasers thereunder with registration rights, information rights, and rights
of first refusal, among other provisions, standard in venture capital
financings. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of Common
Stock upon the completion of the Offering. The purchasers of the preferred stock
included, among others, the following holders of 5% or more of the Company's
Common Stock, directors and entities associated with directors:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASED
                                             --------------------------------------------------------
                 INVESTOR                    SERIES A    SERIES B    SERIES C    SERIES D    SERIES E
                 --------                    ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   --------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
American Express Travel Related Services
  Company, Inc.............................         --          --          --          --   645,161
Brentwood Associates VI, L.P. and
  affiliates(1)............................  1,529,636     312,500     250,000     135,378    74,703
Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P.
  and affiliates(2)........................         --          --   2,000,000     130,193    72,090
Mayfield VIII and affiliates(3)............         --          --   1,250,000     807,308    69,872
RRE Investors, L.P. and affiliates(4)......         --          --          --          --   645,161
US Venture Partners IV L.P. and
  affiliates(5)............................         --   1,562,499     250,000     159,993        --
Michael W. Hilton(6).......................         --          --      70,390          --     3,871
S. Steven Singh(7).........................         --          --      64,530          --     3,871
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Jeffrey D. Brody, a director of the Company, is the Managing Member of
    Brentwood VIII Ventures, LLC, the General Partner of Brentwood Associates
    VI, L.P. and Brentwood Affiliates Fund II, L.P.
 
(2) Norman A. Fogelsong, a director of the Company, is a General Partner of
    Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P., the General Partner of
    Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P. and IVP Founders Fund I, L.P.
                                       65
<PAGE>   67
 
(3) Michael J. Levinthal, a director of the Company, is the Managing Member of
    Mayfield VIII Management, L.L.C., the General Partner of Mayfield VIII and
    Mayfield Associates Fund III.
 
(4) James D. Robinson III, a director of the Company, is a member of RRE
    Investors II, LLC, which indirectly exercises exclusive control over RRE
    Investors, L.P. and RRE Investors Fund, L.P.
 
(5) US Venture Partners IV L.P.'s affiliates that are holders of the Company's
    Preferred Stock are USVP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P. and Second Ventures
    II, L.P.
 
(6) Michael W. Hilton is Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical Officer of
    the Company.
 
(7) S. Steven Singh is the President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of
    the Company.
 
   
     Transactions with American Express. In August 1998, the Company sold an
aggregate of 645,161 shares of its Series E Preferred Stock, at a cash purchase
price of $7.75 per share, and issued the TRS Warrant exercisable for an
aggregate of 2,400,000 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock, to TRS,
a subsidiary of American Express. If all of the shares of the Company's Series E
Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock in connection with a
registration of the Company's Common Stock under the Securities Act, then the
TRS Warrant will automatically become exercisable for 2,400,000 shares of Common
Stock instead of Series E Preferred Stock (such shares underlying the TRS
Warrant are referred to as the "Warrant Shares"). 300,000 of the Warrant Shares
may be acquired at the time of the Offering at a cash purchase price per share
equal to the per share price to the public in the Offering less 7%; 700,000 of
the Warrant Shares may be acquired at any time on or before October 15, 1999 at
a cash purchase price of $33.75 per share; 700,000 of the Warrant Shares may be
acquired at any time on or before January 15, 2001 at a cash purchase price of
$50.625 per share; and the remaining 700,000 of the Warrant Shares may be
acquired at any time on or before January 15, 2002 at a cash purchase price of
$85.00 per share. As was permitted by the warrant, the Board of Directors
determined, within 60 days of the date of the warrant, to cancel 25% of the
shares that could have been acquired under the warrant at the time of the
Offering or on or before October 15, 1999. Thus, 225,000 of the Warrant Shares
may be acquired at the time of the Offering, and only 525,000 additional Warrant
Shares may be acquired on or before October 15, 1999. In connection with the
purchase of Series E Preferred Stock by TRS, the Company and the other holders
of its Series E Preferred Stock entered into an amended Voting Agreement,
pursuant to which TRS was given the right to designate Edward Gilligan, or some
other person reasonably acceptable to the Company's Board of Directors, as a
member of the Company's Board of Directors. The Company intends to appoint Mr.
Gilligan to the Board of Directors after completion of the Offering, and Mr.
Gilligan has indicated his willingness to serve in such capacity. The Voting
Agreement, as amended, will terminate upon the completion of the Offering.
    
 
   
     Under a standstill agreement with the Company, TRS has agreed not to
acquire beneficial ownership of additional shares of the Company's capital stock
prior to February 10, 2000 if such purchase would result in TRS owning more than
17% of the Company's capital stock (including Warrant Shares issuable upon
exercise of the TRS Warrant) or to solicit proxies to vote any voting stock of
the Company if at the time the Company is publicly traded and subject to the
proxy rules.
    
 
   
     In December 1997, the Company entered into a Strategic Marketing Alliance
Agreement (the "Marketing Agreement") with American Express, providing for the
marketing of XMS to corporate card clients of American Express. Under the
Marketing Agreement, the Company agreed to pay American Express a fee for
referrals of American Express corporate card clients that became XMS customers.
The amount of the referral fee depends primarily on the aggregate licensing
revenue realized by the Company from the referred customers. The Company also
agreed to provide XMS and related services to American Express customers then
using the American Express Expense Manager Suite at a special license fee, as a
replacement for the Expense Manager Suite; the special license fee reflects a
quantity discount comparable to discounts the Company grants for other orders of
similar size. The Company also agreed to license XMS to American Express for its
internal use at the Company's generally prevailing rates. The Company and
American Express also agreed to develop certain product features enabling a
higher level of integration between XMS and certain American Express services
and products. The Marketing Agreement includes cross-indemnification,
proprietary information and confidentiality provisions, has a three year term
and automatically renews for successive two-year terms unless terminated by
either party. The Marketing Agreement may be terminated by either
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   68
 
   
party upon an acquisition of the Company by any competitor of American Express,
and by American Express upon the acquisition of 20% or more of the Company's
securities by any competitor of American Express. At September 30, 1998, under
the Marketing Agreement, American Express owed the Company $152,000 in license
fees and the Company owed American Express $83,000 in referral fees.
    
 
   
     In August 1998, the Company entered into a Co-Branded Service Marketing
Agreement (the "Co-Branding Agreement") with TRS, under which TRS will market to
its clients a co-branded ESP version of XMS (the "Co-Branded Service"). The
agreement provides that the Company will develop the Co-Branded Service and that
both TRS and the Company will develop certain special features for integration
into the Co-Branded Service (the "Special Features"); for a certain period
following the release of a Co-Branded Service containing a Special Feature, the
Company will not include such Special Feature in any product or service offered
by or on behalf of the Company or any of its licensees. TRS may market the
Co-Branded Service initially in the United States and Canada, and eventually in
other geographical areas as the Company completes its localization efforts in
those areas. The Company has agreed to offer service contracts for the Co-
Branded Service to TRS clients at terms not materially less favorable than those
offered to the Company's own customers and is responsible for providing warranty
and customer support services to these TRS clients. The Co-Branding Agreement
provides that TRS will receive a fee based on the amount of revenue received by
the Company from licenses of the Co-Branded Service to TRS clients and related
consulting services. The Company is also obligated to provide TRS with certain
"most favored pricing" rights. The Company also agreed, for the term of the
Co-Branding Agreement and for one year thereafter, not to solicit any TRS client
that is a Co-Branded Service customer to become a customer of a corporate card
product or a travel and booking product offered by a TRS competitor. TRS also
agreed not to solicit any of its clients who are Co-Branded Service customers to
become a customer of a business and expense management service offered by a
competitor of the Company. The Co-Branding Agreement also includes
cross-indemnification, intellectual property rights and confidentiality
provisions. TRS has the right to terminate the agreement if the Co-Branded
Service is not available for general commercial distribution to TRS clients by
August 1, 1999. Otherwise, the Co-Branding Agreement has a term of 18 months
from the launch date of the Co-Branded Service, and automatically renews for
successive two-year terms unless terminated by either party. The Co-Branding
Agreement may be terminated at any time by TRS if a TRS competitor acquires a
controlling interest in the Company or if an officer, director or other designee
of a TRS competitor is appointed to the Company's Board of Directors. No
payments were made under the Co-Branding Agreement in fiscal 1998.
    
 
   
     The Company believes that the terms of the agreements with American Express
and TRS, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company than the Company
could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
    
 
     Employment Agreements. The Company has entered into employment agreements
with Messrs. Wilson and Matsuo. See "Management--Employment Agreements."
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   69
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company
with respect to beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of October
31, 1998, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares offered hereby, by
each stockholder known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5%
of the Company's Common Stock, each director of the Company, each of the Named
Executive Officers, each Selling Stockholder, and all current executive officers
and directors as a group.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED                   SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                             PRIOR TO OFFERING         NUMBER OF          AFTER OFFERING
                                         --------------------------   SHARES BEING   -------------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)    NUMBER       PERCENT(2)      OFFERED        NUMBER      PERCENT(2)
- ---------------------------------------  -----------    -----------   ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Edward P. Gilligan
  American Express Travel Related
  Services Company, Inc.(3)...........    2,795,161         18.1%            --       2,795,161       15.2%
Jeffrey D. Brody
  Brentwood Associates VI, L.P. and
  affiliates(4).......................    2,302,217         17.3             --       2,302,217       14.2
Norman A. Fogelsong
  Institutional Venture Partners VII,
  L.P. and affiliates(5)..............    2,202,283         16.5             --       2,202,283       13.6
Michael J. Levinthal
  Mayfield VIII and affiliates(6).....    2,127,180         16.0             --       2,127,180       13.1
US Venture Partners IV, L.P. and
  affiliates(7).......................    1,972,492         14.8             --       1,972,492       12.1
S. Steven Singh(8)....................    1,054,234          7.8         56,900         997,334        6.1
Michael W. Hilton(9)..................      989,428          7.4         40,000         949,428        5.8
James D. Robinson III
  RRE Investors, L.P. and
  affiliates(10)......................      645,161          4.9             --         645,161        4.0
Jon T. Matsuo(11).....................      283,380          2.1         26,400         256,980        1.6
Sterling R. Wilson(12)................      243,408          1.8         22,400         221,008        1.4
Rajeev Singh(13)......................      203,164          1.5         18,400         184,764        1.1
Imperial Bank(14).....................       55,312            *         31,900          13,187          *
Timothy Y. Fitzgerald(15).............       50,542            *          4,000          46,542          *
Russell P. Fradin
  ADP, Inc.(16).......................           --            *             --              --          *
All current executive officers and
  directors as a group(17)............   14,858,679         93.2%       164,100      14,694,579       77.9%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
  *  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares
     of Common Stock.
 
 (1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o
     Concur Technologies, Inc., 6222 185th Avenue NE, Redmond, Washington 98052.
 
   
 (2) Percentage ownership is based on 13,313,512 shares outstanding as of
     October 31, 1998 and 16,245,412 shares outstanding after the Offering.
     Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the
     table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares
     beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.
     Shares of Common Stock subject to options or warrants that are currently
     exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998 are deemed to
     be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such
     options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership
     of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of
     computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
    
 
   
 (3) Represents 645,161 shares held of record by TRS and 2,150,000 shares
     subject to a warrant held by TRS that is exercisable within 60 days of
     September 30, 1998, expiring in four tranches through January 2002, at cash
     purchase prices equal to the initial public offering price per share less
     7%, $33.75, $50.625 and $85.00, respectively. Edward P. Gilligan, who is
     expected to become a director of the Company after completion of the
     Offering, is President of the Corporate Services Division for TRS.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>   70
 
   
     Mr. Gilligan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by TRS. See
     "Certain Transactions." The address for American Express and TRS is
     American Express Tower, World Financial Center, New York, New York 10285.
     See "Certain Transactions."
    
 
   
 (4) Represents (i) 2,215,014 shares held of record by Brentwood Associates VI,
     L.P., (ii) 68,252 shares held of record by Brentwood Affiliates Fund II,
     L.P., (iii) 3,871 shares held of record by Jeffrey D. Brody, (iv) 12,500
     shares held of record by The Schuster Revocable Trust dated February 10,
     1995, (v) 1,290 shares held of record by Eric Chiu and (vi) 1,290 shares
     held of record by James Mongiello. Mr. Brody, a director of the Company, is
     the Managing Member of Brentwood VIII Ventures, LLC, the General Partner of
     Brentwood Associates VI, L.P. and Brentwood Affiliates Fund II, L.P. Mr.
     Brody disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Brentwood
     Associates VI, L.P. and Brentwood Affiliates Fund II, L.P. The address for
     Mr. Brody, Brentwood Associates VI, L.P., Brentwood Affiliates Fund II,
     L.P., The Schuster Revocable Trust dated February 10, 1995, Mr. Chiu and
     Mr. Mongiello is c/o Brentwood Venture Capital, 3000 Sand Hill Road,
     Building 1, Suite 260, Menlo Park, California 94025.
    
 
   
 (5) Represents 2,092,961 shares held of record by Institutional Venture
     Partners VII, L.P., 75,276 shares held of record by IVP Founders Fund I,
     L.P., and 34,046 shares held of record by Institutional Venture Management
     VII, L.P. Norman A. Fogelsong, a director of the Company, is the General
     Partner of Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P., the General Partner
     of Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P. and IVP Founders Fund I, L.P.
     Mr. Fogelsong disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
     Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P., IVP Founders Fund I, L.P. and
     Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P. The address for Mr. Fogelsong,
     Institutional Venture Partners VII, L.P., IVP Founders Fund I, L.P. and
     Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P. is c/o Institutional Venture
     Management VII, L.P., 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 290, Menlo
     Park, California 94025.
    
 
   
 (6) Represents 2,020,822 shares held of record by Mayfield VIII and 106,358
     shares held of record by Mayfield Associates Fund III. Michael J.
     Levinthal, a director of the Company, is the Managing Member of Mayfield
     VIII Management, L.L.C., the General Partner of Mayfield VIII and Mayfield
     Associates Fund III. Mr. Levinthal disclaims beneficial ownership of the
     shares held by Mayfield VIII and Mayfield Associates Fund III. The address
     for Mr. Levinthal, Mayfield VIII and Mayfield Associates Fund III is c/o
     Mayfield Fund, 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California
     94025.
    
 
   
 (7) Represents 1,706,206 shares held of record by U.S. Venture Partners IV,
     L.P., 59,175 shares held of record by USVP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P.,
     and 207,111 shares held of record by Second Ventures II, L.P. William K.
     Bowes, Jr., Irwin Federman, Steven Krausz, Lucio Lanza and Philip Young are
     the General Partners of Presidio Management Group IV, L.P., the General
     Partner of each of U.S. Venture Partners IV, L.P. USVP Entrepreneur
     Partners II, L.P. and Second Ventures II, L.P. Messrs. Bowes, Federman,
     Krausz, Lanza and Young disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by
     U.S. Venture Partners IV, L.P., USVP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P. and
     Second Ventures II, L.P. The address for U.S. Venture Partners IV, L.P.,
     USVP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P. and Second Ventures II, L.P. is c/o
     Presidio Management Group IV, L.P., 2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300, Menlo
     Park, California 94025.
    
 
   
 (8) Represents 868,401 shares held of record by S. Steven Singh and 185,833
     shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998
     held by Mr. Singh. Mr. Singh is the President, Chief Executive Officer and
     a director of the Company.
    
 
   
 (9) Represents 974,261 shares held of record by Michael W. Hilton and 15,167
     shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998
     held by Mr. Hilton. Mr. Hilton is the Chairman of the Board and Chief
     Technical Officer of the Company.
    
 
   
(10) Represents 416,087 shares held of record by RRE Investors, L.P. and 229,074
     shares held of record by RRE Investors Fund, L.P. James D. Robinson III, a
     director of the Company, is a member of RRE Investors II, LLC, which
     indirectly exercises exclusive control over RRE Investors, L.P. and RRE
     Investors Fund, L.P. Mr. Robinson disclaims beneficial ownership of the
     shares held by RRE Investors, L.P. and RRE Investors Fund, L.P. The address
     for Mr. Robinson, RRE Investors, L.P. and RRE Investors Fund, L.P. is 126
     East 56th Street, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10022.
    
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   71
 
   
(11) Represents 90,580 shares held of record by Jon T. Matsuo and 192,800 shares
     subject to options exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998 held by
     Mr. Matsuo. Mr. Matsuo is the Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales
     of the Company.
    
 
   
(12) Represents 222,608 shares held of record by Sterling R. Wilson and 20,800
     shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998
     held by Mr. Wilson. Mr. Wilson is the Chief Financial Officer and Vice
     President of Operations of the Company.
    
 
   
(13) Represents 182,580 shares held of record by Rajeev Singh and 20,584 shares
     subject to options exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998 held by
     Mr. Singh. Mr. Singh is the Vice President of Products of the Company.
    
 
   
(14) Represents 55,312 shares subject to three warrants exercisable within 60
     days of October 31, 1998 held by Imperial Bank. Imperial Bank has notified
     the Company that it will exercise two of such warrants on a net exercise
     basis and acquire 31,900 shares at an assumed exercise price of $10.50 per
     share, all of which will be offered in the Offering. The address for
     Imperial Bank is Emerging Growth Industries Group, 2460 Sand Hill Road,
     #102, Menlo Park, California 94025.
    
 
   
(15) Represents 16,000 shares held of record by Timothy Y. Fitzgerald and 34,542
     shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998
     held by Mr. Fitzgerald. Mr. Fitzgerald is the Vice President of U.S. Large
     Account Sales of the Company.
    
 
   
(16) Russell P. Fradin, who is expected to become a director of the Company
     after completion of the Offering, is Group President, Employer Services, of
     ADP. See "Summary--Recent Developments."
    
 
   
(17) Represents 12,235,504 shares held of record by current executive officers
     and directors as a group and 2,623,175 shares subject to options or
     warrants exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 1998 held by current
     executive officers and directors as a group.
    
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   72
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     Upon the closing of the Offering, the authorized capital stock of the
Company will consist of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per
share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     As of October 31, 1998, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares
of preferred stock into Common Stock, there were 13,313,512 shares of Common
Stock outstanding, held of record by 78 stockholders. Subject to preferences
that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the
holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends
out of assets legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as
the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. See "Dividend Policy."
Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on
all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the
election of directors is not provided for in the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted
can elect all of the directors then standing for election. The Common Stock is
not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or
redemption. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the
assets legally available for distribution to stockholders would be distributable
ratably among the holders of the Common Stock and any participating preferred
stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any,
on any outstanding preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.
Each outstanding share of Common Stock is, and all shares of Common Stock to be
outstanding upon completion of the Offering will be, fully paid and
nonassessable.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Upon the closing of the Offering, there will be no shares of preferred
stock outstanding. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any
limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue the preferred stock in one or
more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included
in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares
of each wholly unissued series and to designate any qualifications, limitations
or restrictions thereon, and to decrease the number of shares of any such series
(but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding), without
any further vote or action by the stockholders. The Board of Directors may
authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that
could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common
Stock. Thus, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. The Company has no
current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
WARRANTS
 
   
     As of October 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 28,125 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 81,815 shares of Series
D Preferred Stock, and 2,219,638 shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Imperial
Bank, the holder of outstanding warrants to purchase 55,312 shares of preferred
stock, has indicated that immediately prior to the Offering it will net exercise
two of such warrants to purchase 31,900 shares at an assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share. Any warrants to purchase shares of Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock that are
not exercised prior to the closing of the Offering will automatically be
converted into warrants to purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock. The
TRS Warrant Initial Tranche will expire unless exercised in connection with the
Offering. Warrants to purchase 2,062,453 shares of Common Stock are expected to
be outstanding following the closing of the Offering.
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
     Section 203 ("Section 203") of the DGCL is applicable to corporate
takeovers of Delaware corporations. Subject to certain exceptions set forth
therein, Section 203 provides that a corporation may not engage in any business
combination with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following
the date that such
 
                                       71
<PAGE>   73
 
   
stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless: (a) prior to such date,
the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's becoming an
interested stockholder; (b) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted
in the stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of
determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by (i) persons
who are directors and also officers and (ii) by employee stock plans in which
employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;
or (c) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders, and not by written consent, and by the affirmative votes of at
least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder. Except as specified in Section 203, an interested
stockholder is generally defined to include any person that is the owner of 15%
or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate
or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of
the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation any time within three years immediately prior to the relevant
date, and the affiliates and associates of such person. Under certain
circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for an interested stockholder
to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year
period, although the stockholders may, by adopting an amendment to the
corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, elect not to be governed
by this section, effective 12 months after adoption. The Company's Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws do not exclude the Company from the restrictions
imposed under Section 203. It is anticipated that the provisions of Section 203
may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in
advance with the Board of Directors of the Company since the stockholder
approval requirement would be avoided if a majority of the directors then in
office approve either the business combination or the transaction which resulted
in the stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions may
have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of
the Company, which could depress the market price of the Common Stock and which
could deprive the stockholders of opportunities to realize a premium on shares
of the Common Stock held by them.
    
 
     Certain other provisions of the Company's Certification of Incorporation
and Bylaws, including provisions that divide the Board of Directors into three
classes to serve staggered three-year terms, prohibit the stockholders from
taking action by written consent and restrict the ability of stockholders to
call special meetings, may also make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire a majority of the Company's voting stock or effect a change in control
of the Company. The Company's Bylaws, which will be in effect upon the
completion of the Offering, provide for the division of the Board of Directors
into three classes as nearly equal in size as possible with staggered three-year
terms. The classification of the Board of Directors could have the effect of
making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a
third party from acquiring, control of the Company. See "Risk
Factors--Anti-Takeover Effects of Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and
Delaware Law."
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
     Beginning one year after the date of the Offering, the holders of
12,501,006 shares of Common Stock (assuming the net exercise of warrants to
purchase 31,900 shares of Common Stock held by holders of registration rights
and the sales by certain of the Selling Stockholders of 200,000 shares of Common
Stock in the Offering) (the "Registrable Securities") will have certain rights
with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If
requested by holders of 40% or more of the Registrable Securities, the Company
must file a registration statement under the Securities Act on a form other than
Form S-3 covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included by all
holders of such Registrable Securities, provided that at least 25% of the then
outstanding Registrable Securities (or any lesser percent if the reasonably
anticipated aggregate proceeds of such offering exceeds $10,000,000) will be
offered in such offering. In addition, if requested by a holder or holders of
outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company must file a registration
statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 covering such Registrable
Securities, provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate proceeds of such
offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions,
    
                                       72
<PAGE>   74
 
exceeds $2,000,000. The Company may be required to effect two such
registrations. In addition to the foregoing, if the Company proposes to register
any of its Common Stock, the holders of the Registrable Securities may include
all or a portion of their shares in such registration, subject to certain rights
of the underwriter's representatives in an underwritten offering to limit the
number of shares in any such offering. All expenses incurred in connection with
such registrations (including underwriting discounts and commissions) will be
borne by the Company. Such registration rights terminate following the
expiration of five years following the closing of the Offering or in the event
that the Registrable Securities held by the rights holder is less than 1% of the
outstanding Registrable Securities.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company's Common Stock is Norwest
Bank Minnesota, National Association.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>   75
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 16,245,412 shares of
Common Stock outstanding (16,710,412 shares if the underwriter's over-allotment
option is exercised in full), assuming no exercise of options after October 31,
1998 and no exercise of the TRS Warrant Initial Tranche. Of this amount, the
3,100,000 shares offered hereby will be available for immediate sale in the
public market as of the date of this Prospectus. An additional 199,013 shares
are not subject to an 180-day lockup and will be available for sale in the
public market 90 days following the date of this Prospectus pursuant to Rule
701. Approximately 10,588,821 additional shares will be available for sale in
the public market following the expiration of 180-day lockup agreements with the
Representatives of the Underwriters or the Company, subject in some cases to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF            APPROXIMATE SHARES
          THIS PROSPECTUS            ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE                  COMMENT
      ----------------------         ------------------------    -----------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                         <C>
Upon Effectiveness.................          3,100,000           Freely tradable shares sold in
                                                                 Offering and shares salable under
                                                                   Rule 144(k) that are not subject
                                                                   to 180-day lockup
90 days............................            199,013(1)        Shares salable under Rule 144,
                                                                 144(k) or 701 that are not subject
                                                                   to 180-day lockup.
180 days...........................         10,588,821           Lockup released; shares salable
                                                                 under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701
Over 180 days......................          2,357,578           Restricted securities held for one
                                                                 year or less
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) If the Underwriters waive the 180-day lockup agreements within the first 90
    days after the date of the Prospectus, an additional 10,588,821 shares will
    be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to
    compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
    
 
   
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one
year is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately 162,454
shares immediately after the Offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume
during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, subject to the filing of a
Form 144 with respect to such sale. A person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any
time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale and who has beneficially
owned his or her shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares
pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above.
Persons deemed to be affiliates must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even
after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied.
    
 
     The Company is unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold
under Rule 144, since this will depend on the market price for the Common Stock
of the Company, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors.
Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and
there can be no assurance that a significant public market for the Common Stock
will develop or be sustained after the Offering. Any future sale of substantial
amounts of the Common Stock in the open market may adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     The Company, its directors, executive officers, stockholders with
registration rights and certain other stockholders and optionholders have agreed
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and other agreements that they will not
sell any Common Stock without the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson
Stephens Inc. for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus (the
"180-day Lockup Period") except that the Company may, without such consent,
grant options and sell shares pursuant to the Company's stock plans.
 
     Any employee or consultant to the Company who purchased his or her shares
pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is entitled to rely on the
resale provisions of Rule 701, which permits
 
                                       74
<PAGE>   76
 
   
nonaffiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the
public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144 and permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to
comply with the Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90
days after the date of this Prospectus. As of October 31, 1998, the holders of
options to purchase approximately 1,543,021 shares of Common Stock will be
eligible to sell their shares upon the expiration of the 180-day Lockup Period,
subject in certain cases to vesting of such options.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act within 180 days after the completion of the Offering to register
5,692,874 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding stock options or
reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan, the Directors Plan and the Purchase
Plan, thus permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public
market without restriction under the Securities Act.
    
 
   
     In addition, beginning one year after the date of the Offering, the holders
of 12,501,006 shares of Common Stock (assuming the net exercise of warrants to
purchase 39,100 shares of Common Stock held by holders of registration rights,
and the sales by certain of the Selling Stockholders of 200,000 shares of Common
Stock in the Offering) (the "Registrable Securities") will have certain rights
with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If
requested by holders of 40% or more of the Registrable Securities, the Company
must file a registration statement under the Securities Act on a form other than
Form S-3 covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included by all
holders of such Registrable Securities, provided that at least 25% of the then
outstanding Registrable Securities (or any lesser percent if the reasonably
anticipated aggregate proceeds of such offering exceeds $10,000,000) will be
offered in such offering. In addition, if requested by a holder or holders of
outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company must file a registration
statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 covering such Registrable
Securities, provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate proceeds of such
offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, exceeds $2,000,000. The
Company may be required to effect two such registrations. In addition to the
foregoing, if the Company proposes to register any of its Common Stock, the
holders of the Registrable Securities may include all or a portion of their
shares in such registration, subject to certain rights of the underwriters'
representatives in an underwritten offering to limit the number of shares in any
such offering. All expenses incurred in connection with such registrations
(including underwriting discounts and commissions) will be borne by the Company.
Such registration rights terminate following the expiration of five years
following the closing of the Offering or in the event that the Registrable
Securities held by the rights holders is less than 1% of the outstanding
Registrable Securities. Registration of the Registrable Securities under the
Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act.
    
 
                                       75
<PAGE>   77
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The Underwriters named below, acting through their representatives,
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Piper Jaffray Inc.
(the "Representatives"), have severally agreed with the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement,
to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their
respective names below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for
all such shares if any are purchased.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER
                        UNDERWRITER                           OF SHARES
                        -----------                           ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc...........................
Hambrecht & Quist LLC.......................................
Piper Jaffray Inc...........................................
                                                              ---------
          Total.............................................  3,100,000
                                                              =========
</TABLE>
    
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders
that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and
to certain dealers at such price less a concession of not in excess of $
per share, of which $       may be reallowed to other dealers. After the
Offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may
be reduced by the Representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of
proceeds to be received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders as set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
   
     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable during
the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus for the Offering, to
purchase up to 465,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the same price per
share as the Company and the Selling Stockholders will receive for the 3,100,000
shares that the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. To the extent that the
Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm
commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same
percentage of such additional shares that the number of shares of Common Stock
to be purchased by it shown in the above table represents as a percentage of the
3,100,000 shares offered hereby. If purchased, such additional shares will be
sold by the Underwriters on the same terms as those on which the 3,100,000
shares are being sold.
    
 
     The Underwriting Agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities
arising from breaches of representation and warranties contained in the
Underwriting Agreement.
 
     Each officer and director and certain security holders of the Company have
agreed with the Representatives for a period of 180 days after the effective
date of this Prospectus that they will not, subject to certain exceptions,
directly or indirectly offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell,
dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to, any shares of
Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock, now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such holders or with
respect to which they have the power of disposition, without the prior written
consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., which may, in its sole discretion
and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities
subject to lock-up agreements. In addition, the Company has agreed that during
the 180 days following the effective date of this Prospectus, the Company will
not, without the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.,
subject to certain exceptions, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to
purchase any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into,
exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock other than (i) the
Company's sales of shares in the Offering, (ii) the issuance of Common Stock
upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or (iii) the Company's
issuance of options or shares under the 1998 Plan, the Directors Plan and the
Purchase Plan. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
     The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which
they exercise discretionary authority.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>   78
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common
Stock offered hereby will be determined through negotiations among the Company
and the Representatives. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiations
were prevailing market conditions, certain financial information of the Company,
market valuations of other companies that the Company and the Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the business potential of
the Company and the industry in which it competes, an assessment of the
Company's management, its past and present operations, the prospects for, and
timing of, future revenues of the Company, the present state of the Company's
development and other factors deemed relevant.
 
   
     Certain persons and entities affiliated with Hambrecht & Quist LLC own an
aggregate of 25,225 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock. Such
affiliates are subject to the 180-day lock-up that applies to other stockholders
as described above. Hambrecht & Quist LLC and its affiliates (other than such
holders described above) will be permitted to engage in stabilization, brokerage
and ordinary course of business transactions. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
    
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company that, pursuant to Regulation M
under the Securities Act, certain persons participating in the Offering may
engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, syndicate covering
transactions or the imposition of penalty bids that may have the effect of
stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the Common Stock at a level above
that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A "stabilizing bid" is a
bid for or the purchase of the Common Stock on behalf of the underwriters for
the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock. A "syndicate
covering transaction" is the bid for or the purchase of the Common Stock on
behalf of the Underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the
Underwriters in connection with the offering. A "penalty bid" is an arrangement
permitting the Representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise
accruing to an Underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the offering
if the Common Stock originally sold by such Underwriter or syndicate member is
purchased by the Representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and has
therefore not been effectively placed by such underwriter or syndicate member.
The Representatives have advised the Company that such transitions may be
effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
 
     The Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering
price, up to 5% of the Common Stock offered hereby for certain individuals
designated by the Company who have expressed an interest in purchasing such
shares of Common Stock in the Offering. The number of shares available for sale
to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such
reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered
hereby.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
     The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby
will be passed upon for the Company by Fenwick & West LLP, Palo Alto,
California. Certain legal matters in connection with the Offering will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, Palo Alto,
California. Matthew P. Quilter, a member of Fenwick & West LLP, owns an
aggregate of 1,290 shares of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company and is the
Secretary of the Company.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement
schedule of Concur as of September 30, 1997 and 1998 and for each of the three
years in the period ended September 30, 1998 and the financial statements of
7Software as of December 31, 1997 and for the period then ended appearing in
this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports,
    
 
                                       77
<PAGE>   79
 
   
given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The
1997 American Express T&E Management Process Study referred to in this
Prospectus has been prepared by American Express.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedule thereto. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedule
thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the contents of any
contract or any other document to which reference is made are not necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such
statement being qualified by such reference. A copy of the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedule thereto may be inspected without charge
at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission located at Room
1024, 450 Fifth Street, Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the Commission's regional
offices located at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048, and copies of all or any part of the Registration
Statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees
prescribed by the Commission. The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants, such as the Company, that file
electronically with the Commission.
 
                                       78
<PAGE>   80
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...........   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1997 and
  1998, ....................................................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
  September 30, 1996, 1997, and 1998........................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the
  Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1997, and 1998 ...........   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998.........................   F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-7
 
7SOFTWARE, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...........  F-23
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1998.....  F-24
Statement of Operations for the Period May 30, 1997 (Date of
  Incorporation) to December 31, 1997 and the Six Month
  Unaudited Period Ended June 30, 1998......................  F-25
Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the Period May 30,
  1997 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 1997 and the
  Six Month Unaudited Period Ended June 30, 1998............  F-26
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period May 30, 1997 (Date of
  Incorporation) to December 31, 1997 and the Six Month
  Unaudited Period Ended June 30, 1998......................  F-27
 
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-28
 
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).....  F-31
Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year
  Ended September 30, 1998 (Unaudited)......................  F-32
Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
  (Unaudited)...............................................  F-33
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   81
 
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
Concur Technologies, Inc.
(Formerly Portable Software Corporation)
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Concur
Technologies, Inc. (the Company) as of September 30, 1997 and 1998 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
    
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Concur
Technologies, Inc. at September 30, 1997 and 1998, and the consolidated results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
    
 
   
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
    
   
Seattle, Washington
    
   
October 27, 1998, except as
    
   
to Note 19, as to which the
    
   
date is November   , 1998
    
 
   
     The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon shareholder
approval of the reverse stock split described in Note 19 to the consolidated
financial statements.
    
 
   
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
    
   
Seattle, Washington
    
   
November 18, 1998
    
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   82
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,           EQUITY
                                                              --------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1997        1998          1998
                                                              --------    --------    -------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  6,695    $ 15,629
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $170 and $547 in 1997, and 1998,
    respectively............................................     4,365       4,988
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       165         536
  Note receivable from stockholders.........................                   167
                                                              --------    --------
         Total current assets...............................    11,225      21,320
Equipment and furniture, net................................     1,088       2,162
Deposits and other assets...................................        51         336
Note receivable from stockholders, net of current portion...        --         333
Capitalized technology and other intangible assets..........        --         880
                                                              --------    --------
         Total assets.......................................  $ 12,364    $ 25,031
                                                              ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $  1,082    $  1,838
  Accrued liabilities.......................................     1,294       3,850
  Accrued commissions.......................................       509         902
  Current portion of accrued payment to stockholders........        --         167
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................       329       2,033
  Current portion of capital lease obligations..............       351       1,004
  Deferred revenues.........................................     1,477       3,052
                                                              --------    --------
         Total current liabilities..........................     5,042      12,846
Accrued payment to stockholders, net of current portion.....        --         333
Long-term debt, net of current portion......................     2,171       5,632
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion...........     1,516       2,127
Deferred rental expense.....................................        --         183
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:
  Issued and outstanding shares --
    8,564,893, and 10,213,553 in 1997, and 1998,
       respectively, liquidation value of $30,202 (Note
       11)..................................................    17,264      29,685
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.............        81         444
Commitments
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, no par value:
    Authorized shares -- 53,000,000, of which 10,457,714
       have been designated redeemable convertible shares...        --          --            --
  Common stock, no par value:
    Authorized shares -- 60,000,000
    Issued and outstanding shares -- 2,289,493 and 3,098,543
       in 1997 and 1998, respectively; 13,312,096 shares pro
       forma................................................       259       6,276      $ 36,405
  Deferred stock compensation...............................        --        (452)         (452)
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (13,969)    (32,043)      (32,043)
                                                              --------    --------      --------
         Total stockholders' equity (deficit)...............   (13,710)    (26,219)     $  3,910
                                                              --------    --------      ========
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
           (deficit)........................................  $ 12,364    $ 25,031
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   83
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                               1996       1997        1998
                                                              -------    -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues, net:
  Licenses..................................................  $ 1,717    $ 6,347    $ 11,696
  Services..................................................      242      1,923       5,463
                                                              -------    -------    --------
                                                                1,959      8,270      17,159
Cost of revenues:
  Licenses..................................................      386        394         558
  Services..................................................      839      2,269       5,684
                                                              -------    -------    --------
                                                                1,225      2,663       6,242
                                                              -------    -------    --------
 
Gross profit................................................      734      5,607      10,917
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.......................................    2,936      5,896      12,353
  Research and development..................................    1,793      3,401       6,434
  General and administrative................................      963      1,815       4,687
  Acquired in-process technology (Note 3)...................       --         --       5,203
                                                              -------    -------    --------
          Total operating expenses..........................    5,692     11,112      28,677
                                                              -------    -------    --------
Loss from operations........................................   (4,958)    (5,505)    (17,760)
Interest income.............................................       92        130         331
Interest expense............................................      (43)       (88)       (467)
Other expense, net..........................................      (44)       (61)       (178)
                                                              -------    -------    --------
 
Net loss....................................................  $(4,953)   $(5,524)   $(18,074)
                                                              =======    =======    ========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
  (unaudited)...............................................                        $  (1.58)
                                                                                    ========
Shares used in calculation of pro forma basic and diluted
  net loss per share (unaudited)............................                          11,419
                                                                                    ========
Historical basic and diluted net loss per share.............  $ (2.17)   $ (2.41)   $  (7.45)
                                                              =======    =======    ========
Shares used in calculation of historical basic and diluted
  net loss per share........................................    2,282      2,288       2,425
                                                              =======    =======    ========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   84
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
   
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
    
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMMON STOCK         DEFERRED                        TOTAL
                                     --------------------       STOCK       ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                       SHARES     AMOUNT    COMPENSATION      DEFICIT        DEFICIT
                                     ----------   -------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>           <C>
Balance at October 1, 1995.........   2,280,028   $   258       $  --        $ (3,492)      $ (3,234)
  Issuance of common stock from
     exercise of stock options.....       8,217         1          --              --              1
  Net loss.........................          --        --          --          (4,953)        (4,953)
                                     ----------   -------       -----        --------       --------
Balance at September 30, 1996......   2,288,245       259          --          (8,445)        (8,186)
  Issuance of common stock from
     exercise of stock options.....       1,248        --          --              --             --
  Net loss.........................          --        --          --          (5,524)        (5,524)
                                     ----------   -------       -----        --------       --------
Balance at September 30, 1997......   2,289,493       259          --         (13,969)       (13,710)
  Issuance of common stock from
     exercise of stock options.....     100,132        13          --              --             13
  Deferred stock compensation......          --       861        (861)             --             --
  Amortization of deferred stock
     compensation..................          --        --         409              --            409
  Issuance of common stock in
     connection with acquisition
     (Note 3)......................     708,918     4,378          --              --          4,378
  Assumption of stock options in
     connection with acquisition
     (Note 3)......................          --       765          --              --            765
  Net loss.........................          --        --          --         (18,074)       (18,074)
                                     ----------   -------       -----        --------       --------
Balance at September 30, 1998......   3,098,543   $ 6,276       $(452)       $(32,043)      $(26,219)
                                     ==========   =======       =====        ========       ========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   85
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                               1996       1997        1998
                                                              -------    -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss....................................................  $(4,953)   $(5,524)   $(18,074)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
  operating activities:
    Acquired in-process technology..........................       --         --       5,203
    Amortization of deferred stock compensation.............       --         --         409
    Warrant expense.........................................        5         53          23
    Depreciation and amortization...........................      144        393         629
    Provisions for bad debts................................       91         45         453
    Other...................................................       17         --         183
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable...................................     (451)    (3,901)     (1,040)
      Notes receivable from stockholders....................       --         --        (500)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............       63        (84)       (616)
      Accounts payable......................................      (24)       454         756
      Accrued liabilities...................................      597        927       2,535
      Deferred revenues.....................................      412      1,026       1,575
                                                              -------    -------    --------
Net cash used in operating activities.......................   (4,099)    (6,611)     (8,464)
                                                              -------    -------    --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of equipment and furniture........................     (420)    (1,020)        (40)
Payment in connection with acquisition of 7Software.........       --         --        (130)
                                                              -------    -------    --------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................     (420)    (1,020)       (170)
                                                              -------    -------    --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sales leaseback transaction...................       --      1,800         192
Proceeds from capital lease financing.......................       --         67          --
Proceeds from borrowings....................................      563      3,087       5,500
Payments on borrowings......................................     (380)      (925)       (335)
Payment on capital leases...................................       --         --        (500)
Issuance of common stock....................................        1         --          13
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and
  warrants..................................................    7,479      4,612      12,698
                                                              -------    -------    --------
Net cash provided by financing activities...................    7,663      8,641      17,568
                                                              -------    -------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........    3,144      1,010       8,934
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............    2,541      5,685       6,695
                                                              -------    -------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....................  $ 5,685    $ 6,695    $ 15,629
                                                              =======    =======    ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest......................................  $    27    $    76    $    398
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock in
  exchange for cancellation of notes payable................       --        267          --
Issuance of warrants in connection with financing
  activity..................................................       --         30          75
Equipment and furniture obtained through capital leases.....       --         --       1,572
Assets and liabilities recorded in connection with
  acquisition of 7Software:
    Operating assets........................................       --         --          85
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses...................       --         --         (15)
    Intangible assets.......................................       --         --         960
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   86
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
   
    
 
 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Description of the Company
 
     Concur Technologies, Inc. (the "Company," formerly Portable Software
Corporation) is a leading provider of Intranet-based employee-facing
applications that extend automation to employees throughout the enterprise and
to partners, vendors and service providers in the extended enterprise. The
Company's Xpense Management Solution ("XMS") and CompanyStore products automate
the preparation, approval, processing and data analysis of travel and
entertainment ("T&E") expense reports and front-office procurement requisitions.
The Company was originally incorporated in the State of Washington on August 19,
1993. Operations commenced during 1994.
 
  Principles of Consolidation
 
   
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Concur Technologies (UK) Ltd., Concur
Technologies Pty. Limited, and 7Software, Inc. ("7Software"). All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
    
 
   
  Revenue Recognition Policy
    
 
     The Company generates revenues from licensing the rights to use its
software products directly to end users. The Company also generates revenues
from sales of customer support contracts and integration services performed for
customers who license the software.
 
   
     The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Statement of Position No.
97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition." Software license revenues are recognized
when a non-cancelable license agreement has been signed with a customer, the
software is shipped, no significant post-delivery vendor obligations remain, and
collection is deemed probable. Customer support revenues are recognized ratably
over the term of the customer support contract, typically one year. Revenues for
consulting services and other post-sales revenues are recognized when the
services are performed.
    
 
   
     In October 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" ("SOP 97-2").
The Company adopted SOP 97-2 beginning in fiscal 1999. SOP 97-2 generally
requires revenues earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements
such as software products, upgrades, enhancements, postcontract customer
support, installation and training to be allocated to each element based on the
relative fair values of the elements. The fair value of an element must be based
on evidence that is specific to the vendor. Evidence of the fair value of each
element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately or, if
the element is not being sold separately, the price for each element established
by management having relevant authority. The revenues allocated to software
products, including specified upgrades or enhancements, generally are recognized
upon delivery of the products. The revenues allocated to unspecified upgrades,
updates and other postcontract customer support generally are recognized ratably
over the term of the contract. If evidence of the fair value for all elements of
the arrangement does not exist, all revenues from the arrangement are deferred
until such evidence exists or until all elements are delivered. Based upon its
interpretation of SOP 97-2 and its current business policies and practices, the
Company believes there will be no significant impact on revenue recognition as a
result of the adoption of 97-2. However, full guidelines for this standard have
not yet been issued. Once available, such guidelines could lead to unanticipated
changes in the Company's current revenue accounting practices, and such changes
could materially adversely affect the Company's future revenues and earnings.
    
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   87
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     All highly liquid financial instruments purchased with an original maturity
of three months or less are reported as cash equivalents.
 
  Fair Values of Financial Instruments
 
   
     At September 30, 1998, the Company has the following financial instruments:
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued
liabilities, accrued commissions, long-term debt and capital lease obligations,
bank line of credit ("LOC"), and standby letters of credit. The carrying value
of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued
liabilities and accrued commissions approximates fair value based on the
liquidity of these financial instruments or based on their short-term nature.
The carrying value of long-term debt, LOC, standby letters of credit, and
capital lease obligations approximates carrying value based on the market
interest rates available to the Company for debt of similar risk and maturities.
    
 
  Research and Development
 
     Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist
primarily of software development costs. Financial accounting standards require
the capitalization of certain software development costs after technological
feasibility of the software is established. In the development of the Company's
new products and enhancements to existing products, the technological
feasibility of the software is not established until substantially all product
development is complete, including the development of a working model. Internal
software development costs that were eligible for capitalization were
insignificant and were charged to research and development expense in the
accompanying statements of operations.
 
  Advertising and Marketing Costs
 
   
     Costs of marketing materials and advertising expenditures are charged to
operations when the materials are used or the advertising is first released.
Advertising costs were $711,000, $569,000 and $1,762,000 in 1996, 1997 and 1998
respectively.
    
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which
utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. A deferred tax
asset or liability is recorded for all temporary differences between financial
and tax reporting. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce
deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.
 
  Stock-Based Compensation
 
     In fiscal 1997, the Company implemented the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, the
Company has elected to continue to account for stock-based compensation using
the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related interpretations.
Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if
any, of the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant over
the stock option exercise price.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   88
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)
  Equipment and Furniture
 
     Equipment and furniture are carried at cost. The Company provides for
depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method for financial
reporting purposes over estimated useful lives ranging from two to five years.
Depreciation expense includes amounts amortized for assets recorded under
capital leases.
 
  Net Loss per Share
 
   
     Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated using the average number
of shares of common stock outstanding. Other common stock equivalents, including
stock options and warrants, are excluded from the computation as their effect is
antidilutive. See Note 13.
    
 
   
     Upon the completion of the Company's proposed initial public offering, all
redeemable convertible preferred stock will either automatically convert into
common stock or it is assumed that the preferred stockholders will voluntarily
convert into common stock. Accordingly, pro forma net loss per share is computed
using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and the
weighted average redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as if such
shares were converted to common stock at the time of issuance.
    
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
 
  Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
     The Company's customer base is dispersed across many different geographic
areas throughout the world in a variety of industries. No single customer
accounted for more than 10% of the Company's sales in any of the periods
presented. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support
credit sales, but provides an allowance for bad debts based on historical
experience and specific identification.
 
     The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk from its cash and
cash equivalents. Under terms of certain of its debt agreements, the Company is
required to maintain its cash and cash equivalents primarily at one financial
institution.
 
  Reclassifications
 
     Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the
current year presentation.
 
  Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
   
     In 1997, the following accounting standards were issued: SFAS No. 129,
"Disclosure of Information About Capital Structure," requiring supplemental
disclosure of capital structure SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income"
(this statement establishes standards for reporting and disclosure of
comprehensive income and its components, including revenues, expenses, gains,
and losses, in a full set of general-purpose financial statements) SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information;" and SOP
97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition." Each of these standards will become
effective for the Company on October 1, 1998. The adoption of these standards is
not expected to have a significant impact upon the Company's financial
statements or disclosures. Also, in June 1998, SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities was issued and is required to be
adopted by the Company in
    
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   89
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)
fiscal 2000. Because of the Company's minimal use of derivatives, management
does not anticipate that the adoption of the new Statement will have a
significant effect on earnings or the financial position of the Company.
 
 2. EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE
 
     Equipment and furniture consisted of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             ----------------
                                                              1997      1998
                                                             ------    ------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
Computer hardware and software.............................  $  319    $   48
Furniture and equipment....................................      33        38
Leased equipment...........................................     789     2,607
                                                             ------    ------
                                                              1,141     2,693
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.............     (53)     (531)
                                                             ------    ------
                                                             $1,088    $2,162
                                                             ======    ======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     In July 1997, the Company entered into a Master Lease Agreement with
Comdisco, Inc. ("Comdisco"), a preferred stockholder, under which Comdisco
agreed to provide the Company lease financing, up to an aggregate purchase price
of $2.5 million. In connection with this master lease agreement the Company
entered into several sale leaseback transactions in September and October of
1997 under which the Company sold assets with a total net book value of
$970,000. No gain or loss was recognized in connection with these sale leaseback
transactions because the fair value of the equipment sold approximated net book
value. Leases executed pursuant to this loan agreement aggregated to
approximately $2 million and provide for equal monthly payments over a four-year
term with an imputed interest rate of 8.2%.
    
 
   
     In February 1998, the Company entered into a second Master Lease Agreement,
whereby the total financing commitment extended by Comdisco was increased by an
additional $1.0 million, to a total of $3.5 million. In July 1998, the Company
entered into a third Master Lease Agreement with Comdisco, whereby the total
financing commitment was increased by an additional $1.5 million for a total of
$5.0 million. As of September 30, 1998, approximately $1,369,000 was available
under this agreement. The Company accounts for its obligations under these
Master Lease Agreements as capital leases.
    
 
   
 3. ACQUISITION
    
 
   
     On June 30, 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, a privately-held software
company and the developer of CompanyStore. The Company issued 708,918 shares of
its common stock in exchange for all outstanding shares of 7Software and also
assumed all outstanding 7Software options, which were converted to options to
purchase approximately 123,921 shares of the Company's common stock. The total
7Software purchase price of $6,233,000 includes the estimated fair value of the
common stock ($4,378,000), the estimated fair value of converted options issued
($765,000), $500,000 payable to certain former 7Software shareholders, cash
payments of $130,000 and other direct acquisition costs of $460,000. The amount
due to former 7Software shareholders is payable in the amount of $167,000 per
year for three years. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase.
Therefore, the results of operations of 7Software and the fair value of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed were included in the Company's financial
statements beginning on the acquisition date.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   90
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 3. ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)
   
     In connection with the purchase of 7Software, the Company assumed
7Software's 1997 stock option plan. All outstanding options to purchase the
stock of 7Software on the acquisition date were converted into options to
purchase 123,921 shares of common stock of the Company. The outstanding options
can be exercised at a price of approximately $0.025 per share, vest over four
years, and are exercisable for a period not to exceed ten years.
    
 
   
     The allocation of the purchase price resulted in intangible assets
(primarily developed software and the value of an acquired workforce) of
$960,000, which has been capitalized and is being amortized on a straight line
basis over three years. Amortization expense for the year ended September 30,
1998 was $80,000. Acquired in-process technology has been valued using the
income approach, resulting in a charge of $5,203,000.
    
 
   
     Values assigned to acquired in-process research and development, developed
technology, and trademarks were determined using a discounted cash flow
analysis. The value assigned to the acquired workforce was based on replacement
cost. To determine the value of the in-process research and development, the
Company considered, among other factors, the state of development of each
project, the time and cost needed to complete each project, expected income, and
associated risks, which included the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in
completing the project and thereby achieving technological feasibility and risks
related to the viability of and potential changes to future target markets. This
analysis resulted in amounts assigned to in-process research and development
projects that had not yet reached technological feasibility or do not have
alternative future uses. To determine the value of the developed technology, the
expected future cash flows of the existing technology product were discounted
taking into account risks related to the characteristics and applications of
each product, existing and future markets, and assessments of the life cycle
stage of each product. Based on this analysis, the existing technology that had
reached technological feasibility was capitalized.
    
 
     As of the date of acquisition, the CompanyStore development project
consisted of ongoing research and development efforts in the following areas:
(i) compatibility with additional databases, (ii) compatibility with additional
enterprise resource planning platforms, (iii) multiple catalog support, (iv)
fundamental redesign of the user interface, and (v) redesign and rewriting of
the administrative functionality. Based on management's estimates, the remaining
research and development efforts relating to the completion of the CompanyStore
technology were expected to continue into the first quarter of fiscal 1999, the
anticipated product release date. Accordingly, the cost to complete the
in-process technology was estimated based on the number of man-months required
to reach technological feasibility for the CompanyStore technology, the type of
professional and engineering staff involved in the completion process and their
fully burdened monthly salaries. Management estimated the direct costs to
achieve technological feasibility to be approximately $307,000. Beyond this
period, management estimated significantly less expense in supporting and
maintaining active products identified at the acquisition date to be in-process
technology. If the in-process projects contemplated in management's forecast are
not successfully developed, future revenue and profitability might be adversely
affected. Additionally, the value of other intangible assets acquired may become
impaired.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   91
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 3. ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)
   
     The unaudited pro forma combined historical results, as if 7Software had
been acquired on October 1, 1997, excluding the non-recurring one-time charge
for acquired in-process technology, are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                         ---------------------
                                                          ACTUAL     PRO FORMA
                                                         --------    ---------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Total revenues, net....................................  $ 17,159    $ 17,356
Net loss...............................................   (18,074)    (13,350)
Pro forma net loss per share...........................     (1.58)      (1.14)
</TABLE>
    
 
     The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of the results
that would have been attained had these events occurred at the beginning of the
period presented and is not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
   
     In connection with the purchase of 7Software, the Company also entered into
separate employment agreements with certain former 7Software officers and
shareholders. Under the terms of these arrangements, the Company loaned $500,000
to these officers and shareholders in the form of a note receivable. This
receivable is payable in aggregate annual installments of $167,000 plus interest
at variable rates. The note is secured by second mortgages on real property.
    
 
   
     Approximately 124,000 shares of the Company's common stock issued in
connection with the purchase of 7Software will be held in escrow until June 30,
1999 subject to resolution of any unresolved claims by the Company. The value of
these shares was included in the 7Software purchase price, as no such unresolved
claims are known. In addition, as of September 30, 1998, 340,452 shares of
Common Stock issued to the founders in connection with the acquisition included
restrictions entitling the Company to repurchase such shares in the event of
termination. These shares were issued in exchange for 7Software shares that
included the same restrictions. These restrictions lapse at various rates
through June 2000. The estimated fair value of these shares has been included in
the purchase price referred to above.
    
 
 4. LINE OF CREDIT
 
     The Company has a $2.0 million line of credit for operating needs that
expires in November 1998. Borrowings under the credit line bear interest at the
lending bank's prime interest rate plus 1.5%, which can be reduced to the bank's
prime rate plus 1.0% following the achievement and maintenance of after-tax
operating profitability for two consecutive quarters. The line is limited to
$500,000 for the issuance of standby and commercial letters of credit. The
borrowing base for the line is to be monitored on a monthly basis and is to
consist of the sum of up to 80% of eligible domestic accounts receivable and any
letter of credit backed or insured by foreign accounts receivable; and up to 80%
of approved eligible foreign accounts receivable with a limit of the aggregate
funds advanced against such accounts, not to exceed $300,000. Interest is due
monthly and principal is due upon maturity.
 
   
     There were no outstanding borrowings under this line at September 30, 1998.
The bank had issued standby letters of credit on behalf of the Company at
September 30, 1998 in the amount of $465,000, and the amount available under the
line of credit on that date was $1,535,000. The line is secured by all
non-leased assets of the Company, including intellectual property. The line of
credit agreement requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants,
including limitations on the Company's ability to pay dividends. See Note 11 for
a discussion of warrants issued in conjunction with the line of credit and other
debt.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   92
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
   
     Long-term debt at September 30, 1998 consisted of: (i) a $3.0 million
senior term loan facility; (ii) a $1.5 million subordinated promissory note; and
(iii) a $3.5 million subordinated promissory note. The subordinated promissory
notes are held by Comdisco. The proceeds from these obligations may be used for
equipment purchases and general corporate purposes.
    
 
   
     The senior term loan facility bears interest at the lending bank's prime
rate less 1.0% (7.5% at September 30, 1998) and matures on February 15, 2001.
Payments are interest only through February 15, 1999. At February 15, 1999, the
outstanding balance under the facility will be paid in 24 equal monthly
principal payments, plus applicable interest. The loan is secured by a perfected
senior security interest in all non-leased assets of the Company with specific
filings for intellectual property (both the line of credit and senior term loan
were issued by the same lender and include the same financial covenants and
restrictions discussed above).
    
 
     The subordinated promissory notes (which are subordinated to both the line
of credit and senior term loan) are secured by the Company's receivables,
equipment, general intangibles, inventory, and all other goods and personal
property of the Company. The $1.5 million note bears interest at 8.5%, has
principal and interest payments of approximately $38,000 due monthly, and
matures in August 2001. The $3.5 million note bears interest at 11.0%, has
monthly principal and interest payments of approximately $101,000 beginning in
November 1998, and matures in April 2002. The underlying debt agreement allows
the Company to obtain additional long-term borrowings of up to $1.5 million, at
an interest rate of 12.5%. This commitment by the lending institution will
expire on December 31, 1998.
 
     Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                 --------------
<S>                                              <C>
Fiscal year ending September 30:
  1999.........................................      $2,033
  2000.........................................       2,857
  2001.........................................       2,094
  2002.........................................         681
                                                     ------
                                                     $7,665
                                                     ======
</TABLE>
    
 
 6. NOTES PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
     In December 1996, the Company agreed to exchange two notes payable to
stockholders totaling $233,000, plus accrued interest, for 134,920 shares of
Series C Preferred Stock. At the time of the conversion to Series C Preferred
Stock, the outstanding balance of the notes plus accrued interest was $267,000.
    
 
 7. COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating
leases and capital leases. In October 1997, the Company signed a five-year lease
for a new corporate headquarters in Redmond, Washington, which commenced
February 1998. The Company has the option to extend the lease for one additional
five-year term. The Company is required to provide a $450,000 letter of credit
as security for the lease. The letter of credit may be reduced by specified
amounts in the lease agreement after 36 months or upon the Company's achieving
certain economic goals. In January and February 1998, the Company signed
two-year subleases for its former corporate headquarters.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   93
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 7. COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
     Future minimum rental payments under noncancelable leases, net of the
future minimum rentals of $274,000 to be received under the subleases, are as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          CAPITAL    OPERATING
                                                          LEASES      LEASES
                                                          -------    ---------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Fiscal year ending September 30:
  1999..................................................    1,234        883
  2000..................................................    1,244        727
  2001..................................................    1,036        754
  2002..................................................       27        754
  2003..................................................       --        276
                                                          -------     ------
                                                            3,541     $3,394
                                                                      ======
Less amount representing interest.......................     (410)
                                                          -------
Present value of net minimum capital lease
  obligations...........................................    3,131
Less current portion....................................   (1,004)
                                                          -------
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.........  $ 2,127
                                                          =======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Total rent expense for the years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998
was $162,000, $254,000 and $1,055,000 respectively.
    
 
 8. INCOME TAXES
 
   
     The Company did not provide an income tax benefit for any period presented
because it has experienced operating losses since inception. At September 30,
1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of $19,142,000 and tax
credit carryforwards of $262,000, all of which expire between 2009 and 2013.
    
 
     As a result of prior equity financings, the Company has incurred and will
incur "ownership changes" pursuant to applicable regulations in effect under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Accordingly, the Company's use of net
operating loss carryforwards incurred through the date of these ownership
changes will be limited during the carryforward period. To the extent that any
single year loss is not utilized to the full amount of the limitation, such
unused loss is carried over to subsequent years until the earlier of its
utilization or the expiration of the relevant carryforward period.
 
     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1997       1998
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................  $ 3,410      6,508
  Tax credit carryforwards..................................      152        262
  Deferred revenues.........................................      502      1,038
  Expenses not currently deductible and other...............      630        947
                                                              -------    -------
          Total deferred tax assets.........................    4,694      8,755
Valuation allowance.........................................   (4,694)    (8,755)
                                                              -------    -------
                                                              $    --    $    --
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   94
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
   
     Since the Company's utilization of these deferred tax assets is dependent
on future profits, which are not assured, a valuation allowance equal to the net
deferred tax assets has been provided. The valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets increased approximately $2,635,000 and $4,061,000 during the years ended
September 30, 1997 and 1998.
    
 
 9. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
   
     The Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Plan") provides for the
issuance of options to acquire 2,760,000 shares of common stock. The 1994 Plan
provides for the granting of incentive stock options to employees and
nonqualified stock options to employees, directors and other eligible
participants. Options granted under the 1994 Plan vest at variable rates,
typically four years, determined by the Board of Directors, and remain
exercisable for a period not to exceed ten years. At September 30, 1998, 354,768
shares were available for future grant.
    
 
   
Benefit Plans
    
   
     On August 21, 1998, the Board adopted the 1998 Equity Incentive Plan, the
Director Stock Option Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Equity
Incentive Plan authorizes issuance of 3,240,000 shares of common stock upon the
exercise of stock options or otherwise pursuant to the plan. The Director Stock
Option Plan authorizes the issuance of 240,000 shares of common stock upon the
exercise of stock options that may be granted pursuant to the plan. The Employee
Stock Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of 320,000 shares of Common Stock.
There were no options granted under these plans as of September 30, 1998.
    
 
   
     A summary of the Company's stock option activity under the 1994 Plan and
the options issued in exchange for options of 7Software and related weighted
average exercise prices is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SEPTEMBER 30, 1996        SEPTEMBER 30, 1997        SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                              ----------------------    ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                            WEIGHTED                  WEIGHTED                  WEIGHTED
                                                            AVERAGE                   AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                                            EXERCISE                  EXERCISE                  EXERCISE
                                               OPTIONS       PRICE       OPTIONS       PRICE       OPTIONS       PRICE
                                              ----------    --------    ----------    --------    ----------    --------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at beginning of period..............     324,100     $ 0.11        622,879     $ 0.15        794,777     $0.16
  Granted...................................     360,400       0.18        196,580       0.22        746,414      1.82
  Issued in exchange for options of
    7Software...............................          --         --             --         --        123,921      0.03
  Exercised.................................      (8,218)      0.13         (1,248)      0.18       (100,132)     0.13
  Canceled..................................     (53,403)      0.14        (23,434)      0.37        (25,459)     0.37
                                              ----------                ----------                ----------
Balance at end of year......................     622,879       0.15        794,777       0.15      1,539,521      0.95
                                              ==========                ==========                ==========
Exercisable at end of period................     199,157       0.10        391,815       0.16        498,378      0.13
                                              ==========                ==========                ==========
Weighted average fair value of options
  granted during the period
    Granted at fair value...................       $0.18                     $0.22                    $10.73
    Granted at below fair value.............          --                        --                      2.58
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   95
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
 9. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (CONTINUED)
   
     Information regarding the weighted average remaining contractual life and
weighted average exercise price of options outstanding and options exercisable
at September 30, 1998 for selected exercise price ranges is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING       OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                        ---------------------------   --------------------
                           WEIGHTED                               WEIGHTED
                            AVERAGE                               AVERAGE
         RANGE OF         CONTRACTUAL                             EXERCISE
      EXERCISE PRICES   LIFE (IN YEARS)    SHARES      SHARES      PRICE
      ---------------   ---------------   ---------   ---------   --------
<S>   <C>               <C>               <C>         <C>         <C>
      $ .03  -  0.20         7.22           776,882     493,180    $ 0.13
                0.37         9.07           585,619       5,123      0.37
       1.88  - 11.63         9.75           177,020          75      3.13
       -------------         ----         ---------   ---------    ------
      $ 0.3  - 11.63         8.22         1,539,521     498,378    $ 0.13
                                          =========   =========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The Company uses the intrinsic value-based method to account for all its
employee stock-based compensation arrangements. Accordingly, no compensation
cost has been recognized for its stock options in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements because the fair value of the underlying common stock
equals or exceeds the exercise price of the stock options at the date of grant,
except with respect to certain options granted during the year ended September
30, 1998. The Company has recorded deferred stock compensation expense of
$861,000 relating to options granted during the year ended September 30, 1998.
This amount represents the difference between the exercise price and the deemed
fair value for financial reporting purposes of the Company's common stock during
the periods in which such options were granted. Amortization of deferred stock
compensation of $409,000 was recognized during the year ended September 30,
1998.
    
 
     The following pro forma information regarding stock-based compensation has
been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options
under the fair market value method of SFAS 123. The fair value of these options
was estimated at the date of grant using a minimum value option pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rates range
from 5.5% to 6.5% in 1996, 1997, and 1998; a dividend yield rate of 0% for all
periods; and the options will be exercised one year after they vest.
 
     For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods. The Company's
pro forma information is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           ----------------------------------------
                                                             1996           1997            1998
                                                           ---------      ---------      ----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Net loss as reported.....................................   $(4,953)       $(5,524)       $(18,074)
Incremental pro forma compensation expense under SFAS
  123....................................................        (2)            (7)            (37)
                                                            -------        -------        --------
Pro forma net loss.......................................   $(4,955)       $(5,531)       $(18,111)
                                                            =======        =======        ========
Pro forma loss per share.................................   $ (2.17)       $ (2.42)       $  (7.47)
                                                            =======        =======        ========
</TABLE>
    
 
     Under SFAS 123, compensation expense representing the fair value of the
option grant is recognized over the vesting period. The initial impact on pro
forma net loss may not be representative of compensation expense in future
years, when the effect of amortization of multiple awards would be reflected in
pro forma earnings.
 
10. STOCKHOLDER NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
   
     In October 1994, certain stockholders exercised options to purchase shares
of common stock. In connection with the issuance, the Company accepted
promissory notes totaling $80,000. These notes are due
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   96
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
10. STOCKHOLDER NOTES RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)
in October 1999 and bear interest at 5%, payable annually. These notes are full
recourse and are secured by the common stock purchased with the proceeds
thereof.
 
11. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS
 
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
   
     In October 1994, the Company designated and issued 1,529,636 shares of
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series A Preferred Stock")
through a private offering. Net proceeds from the financing amounted to
$1,963,000.
    
 
   
     In July 1995, the Company designated and issued 1,874,999 shares of Series
B redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series B Preferred Stock") through a
private offering. Net proceeds from the financing amounted to $2,939,000.
    
 
   
     In July 1996, the Company designated 3,909,920 shares and issued 3,750,000
shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series C Preferred
Stock") through a private offering. Net proceeds from the financing amounted to
$7,479,000. In December 1996, the Company agreed to issue an additional 134,920
shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for the cancellation of notes
payable totaling $267,000.
    
 
   
     In July 1997, the Company designated 1,343,159 shares and issued 1,275,338
shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series D Preferred
Stock") through a private offering. Net proceeds from the financing amounted to
$4,612,000.
    
 
   
     In June 1998, the Company designated 1,800,000 shares and issued 1,003,509
shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series E Preferred
Stock") through a private offering. In August 1998, the Series E Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") was amended for the sale of an
additional 645,161 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock and Series E
Preferred Stock Warrants to purchase an additional 2,400,000 shares of Series E
Preferred Stock for $4,999,999 to American Express Travel Related Services
Company, Inc. ("TRS"). The total number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock
issued was 1,648,660. Total net proceeds from the Series E Preferred Stock
financing amounted to $12,698,000.
    
 
     Redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock, at
the option of the holder, currently at the rate of one-to-one, subject to
antidilution provisions. An equivalent number of unissued shares of common stock
are reserved for issuance in the event of full conversion of all redeemable
convertible preferred stock. Each share of redeemable convertible preferred
stock has voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock
issuable if converted. Stockholders of certain series of preferred stock have
the right to elect one member to the Board of Directors while common
stockholders may elect two members to the Board of Directors.
 
     Subject to certain conditions, the redeemable convertible preferred stock
has mandatory conversion requirements in the event of a qualified initial public
offering of the Company's common stock, or if 80% of the preferred stockholders,
voting as a single class, elects to convert to common stock. Each series of
redeemable convertible preferred stock has dividend rights payable at various
rates per share when and if declared. In the event of any distribution of assets
upon liquidation of the Company, the order of preference to those assets will be
holders of Series E, Series D, Series C, Series B, and Series A Preferred Stock
at the original offering price per share, plus any declared but unpaid
dividends. Any remaining assets will be distributed ratably to all stockholders
up to various maximum rates for the preferred stockholders.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   97
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
11. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
     The redeemable convertible preferred stock will be redeemed in four equal
annual installments beginning in October 2001 unless waived in writing by more
than 60% of the holders of such stock. Redemption amounts are based on the
original offering price of the stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The
order of preference in any such redemption effected is as follows: Series E,
Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A Preferred Stock.
 
   
     Following is a summary of terms and conditions for each series of
redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 1998:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 ANNUAL
                                                                AGGREGATE       DIVIDEND
                                        SHARES       STATED    LIQUIDATION       RATE --
                                      OUTSTANDING    VALUE        VALUE       NONCUMULATIVE
                                      -----------    ------    -----------    -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>
Issues and outstanding:
  Series A..........................   1,529,636     $1.30     $ 2,000,000       $0.0915
  Series B..........................   1,874,999      1.60       3,000,000        0.1120
  Series C..........................   3,884,920      2.00       7,770,000        0.1400
  Series D..........................   1,275,338      3.65       4,655,000        0.2550
  Series E..........................   1,648,660      7.75      12,777,000        0.5425
                                      ----------               -----------
                                      10,213,553               $30,202,000
                                      ==========               ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
  Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock
 
   
     In May 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase 28,125 shares of
Series C Preferred Stock in conjunction with a renewal and increase in the bank
line of credit (see Note 4). The warrants are immediately exercisable at a price
of $2.00 per share, expiring May 2001. The estimated fair value of these
warrants of $5,000 has been recorded as debt issuance costs.
    
 
   
     In July 1997, the Company issued warrants to Comdisco to purchase 44,827
and 22,988 shares of Series D Preferred Stock in conjunction with the Company's
receipt of financing commitments relating to the promissory note and lease
agreement, respectively (see Note 2). Each has a purchase price of $3.65 per
share. The warrants become immediately exercisable on the effective date of the
agreements and remain exercisable for a period of five years; or two years from
the effective date of the Company's initial public offering, whichever is
longer, provided the offering is less than $15.0 million. Should the offering
exceed $15.0 million, the warrant will expire, if not previously exercised,
immediately upon the closing of the issuance and sale of shares of common stock
of the Company. The estimated fair values of these warrants of $30,000 and
$16,000, respectively, has been recorded as debt issuance costs.
    
 
   
     In September 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 14,000 shares of
Series D Preferred Stock in conjunction with a new loan facility and an
increase/renewal in the bank line of credit (see Note 4). The warrants have an
initial exercise price of $3.65 per share, a five-year maturity inclusive of
certain provisions to include, but not limited by, a net exercise provision,
antidilution protection and a $30,000 put option. The right to exercise the put
option expires two years from the issue date of the warrants. The estimated fair
value of these warrants of $30,000 has been recorded as debt issuance costs.
    
 
   
     In April 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase 13,187 shares of
Series E Preferred Stock in conjunction with the increase to the senior loan
facility (see Note 4). The warrants have an initial exercise price of $7.75 per
share. The warrants became immediately exercisable on the effective date of the
agreements and are exercisable for a period of five years. Additionally, the
agreement provides for a $75,000 put option,
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   98
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
11. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
   
which expires in April 2000. The estimated fair value of these warrants of
$75,000 has been recorded as debt issuance costs.
    
 
   
     In May 1998, the Company issued warrants to Comdisco to purchase 56,451
shares of Series E Preferred Stock in conjunction with the new subordinated
promissory note (see Note 2). The warrants are immediately exercisable at a
price of $7.75 per share and are exercisable for a period of five years; or two
years from effective date of the Company's initial public offering, whichever is
longer, provided the offering is less than $15.0 million. Should the offering
exceed $15.0 million, the right to purchase preferred stock as granted shall
expire, if not previously exercised, immediately upon the closing of the
issuance and sale of shares of common stock of the Company. The estimated fair
value of these warrants of $11,000 has been recorded as debt issuance costs.
Under the terms of this subordinated debt agreement, the Company has an
outstanding commitment to issue additional warrants to purchase as many as
27,096 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $7.75 per
share if it utilizes the $1.5 million additional financing available under the
agreement.
    
 
   
     In connection with the sale of an additional 645,161 shares of Series E
Preferred Stock, the Company issued a warrant to TRS and its assignees to
purchase an additional 2,400,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock. If all of
the shares of Series E Preferred Stock are converted into shares of common stock
in connection with a registration of the Company's common stock under the
Securities Act, this warrant will automatically become exercisable for 2,400,000
shares of the Company's common stock. The warrant is exercisable in four
tranches as follows: 300,000 shares may be acquired at the time of the Company's
initial public offering at a cash purchase price per share equal to the initial
public offering price per share less 7%; 700,000 shares may be acquired at any
time on or before October 15, 1999 at a cash purchase price of $33.75 per share;
700,000 shares may be acquired at any time on or before January 15, 2001 at a
cash purchase price of $50.63 per share; and the remaining 700,000 shares may be
acquired at any time on or before January 15, 2002 at a cash purchase price of
$85.00 per share. As was permitted by the warrant, the Company exercised its
option to cancel 25% of the shares that could have been acquired under the
warrant at the time of the Offering or on or before October 15, 1999. Thus,
225,000 shares may be acquired at the time of the Offering, and 525,000 shares
may be acquired on or before October 15, 1999. The estimated fair value of this
warrant, determined based on a Black Scholes fair value model, is approximately
$278,000, which has been recorded as redeemable convertible preferred stock
warrants.
    
 
     All preferred stock warrants automatically convert to common stock warrants
upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering of the Company's common
stock.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   99
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The Company has reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as
follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1998
                                                              -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Outstanding stock options...................................    1,539,521
Stock Options available for grant...........................      354,768
1998 Equity Incentive Plan..................................    3,240,000
Director Stock Option Plan..................................      240,000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan................................      320,000
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock:
     Series A...............................................    1,529,636
     Series B...............................................    1,875,000
     Series C...............................................    3,909,920
     Series D...............................................    1,343,158
     Series E...............................................    1,800,000
Warrants to purchase Series C Preferred Stock that are
  convertible to common stock...............................       28,125
Warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock that are
  convertible to common stock...............................       81,815
Warrants to purchase Series E Preferred Stock that are
  convertible to common stock...............................    2,219,638
                                                               ----------
 
          Total.............................................   18,481,581
                                                               ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
13. NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
     Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net
loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Pro forma net
loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares used for
basic and diluted per share amounts and the weighted average convertible
redeemable preferred stock outstanding as if such shares were converted to
common stock at the time of issuance.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           --------------------------------------
                                                              1996         1997          1998
                                                           ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>
Net loss.................................................  $   (4,953)  $    (5,524)  $   (18,074)
                                                           ==========   ===========   ===========
Basic and diluted net loss per common share..............  $    (2.17)  $     (2.41)        (7.45)
                                                           ==========   ===========   ===========
Weighted average number of common shares used for basic
  and diluted per share amounts..........................   2,282,382     2,288,379     2,425,254
                                                           ==========   ===========   ===========
Weighted average common shares issuable upon pro forma
  conversion of preferred stock..........................                               8,994,088
                                                                                      ===========
Weighted average number of shares used for pro forma per
  share amounts..........................................                              11,419,342
                                                                                      ===========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
  (unaudited)............................................                             $     (1.58)
                                                                                      ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Options to purchase 1,539,521 shares of common stock with exercise prices
of $0.03 to $11.63 per share and warrants to purchase 2,329,578 shares of
preferred stock at a range of $2.00 to $85.00 per share were
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   100
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
    
 
13. NET LOSS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)
   
outstanding at September 30, 1998. These options and warrants were excluded from
the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect was
anti-dilutive.
    
 
14. RETIREMENT 401(k) PLAN
 
     The Company sponsors a 401(k) Profit Sharing and Trust Plan that is
available to substantially all employees. Each employee may elect to contribute
up to 20% of his or her pre-tax gross earnings, subject to annual limits. The
Company reserves the right to amend the Plan at any time. Employee contributions
to the Plan are subject to statutory limitations regarding maximum
contributions. There are no Company matching contributions.
 
15. INTERNATIONAL REVENUES
 
     The Company licenses and markets its products primarily in the United
States, and operates in a single industry segment. Information regarding
revenues in different geographic regions is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   REVENUES
                                                          ---------------------------
                        COUNTRY                            1996      1997      1998
                        -------                           ------    ------    -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
United States...........................................  $1,959    $6,981    $16,349
Europe..................................................      --       612        364
Canada..................................................      --       677         31
Australia...............................................      --        --        398
Asia....................................................      --        --         17
                                                          ------    ------    -------
          Total.........................................  $1,959    $8,270    $17,159
                                                          ======    ======    =======
</TABLE>
    
 
     From the inception of the Company to September 30, 1996, there were no
significant export sales or operations in countries outside of the United
States.
 
16. SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS
 
  Strategic Marketing Alliance Agreement with American Express
 
   
     In December 1997, the Company entered into a strategic alliance agreement
with American Express Company ("American Express"), a related party, under which
American Express refers to the Company its corporate charge card customers that
seek a T&E expense management software solution. Under the terms of the
agreement, American Express receives a fee for referring to the Company clients
of American Express who become XMS customers. The fee varies based upon
licensing revenue realized from referred customers. Except for the referral, the
Company is responsible for the entire sales effort and also for customer support
and warranty service. Under the agreement, the Company and American Express have
also agreed to develop certain product features enabling a higher level of
integration between XMS and certain American Express services and products.
    
 
   
  Co-Branded XMS Service Marketing Agreement
    
 
   
     In August 1998, the Company entered into a Co-Branded XMS Service Marketing
Agreement with American Express' affiliate TRS. Under the terms of the
agreement, TRS will receive a fee for marketing to TRS's clients a co-branded
enterprise service provider ("ESP") version of XMS containing special features.
The marketing fee is based on the amount of revenue received. The Company is
responsible for providing warranty and customer support services to these
customers. In addition, under the terms of the agreement, the
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   101
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
Company and TRS have agreed to jointly develop certain product features for
integration into the co-branded ESP version of XMS.
    
 
   
  License and Other Agreements
    
 
   
     The Company has entered into various agreements that allow the Company to
incorporate licensed technology into its products or that allow the Company the
right to sell separately the licensed technology. The Company incurs royalty
fees under these agreements that are based on a predetermined fee per license
sold. Royalty costs incurred under these agreements are recognized as products
are licensed and are included in cost of product sales. These amounts totaled
$203,000 and $348,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998,
respectively. Amounts recognized in 1996 were insignificant.
    
 
   
17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
    
 
   
     During 1998 the Company paid fees of $121,000 to a stockholder under a
sales referral agreement. Certain of the proceeds received under the sales
referral agreement in the amount of $192,000 were received directly from the
stockholder. Additionally, the Company recorded $134,000 in revenue for the sale
of a license agreement to another stockholder in 1998. No sales were made to
stockholders or under the sales referral agreement prior to 1998. At September
30, 1998 accounts receivable from stockholders were $152,000 and accounts
payable to stockholders were $83,000.
    
 
   
18. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
    
 
   
     On August 21, 1998, the Board of Directors authorized management to file a
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the
Company to offer its common stock to the public. If the offering is consummated
under terms presently anticipated each outstanding share of redeemable
convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock.
Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity reflects the assumed conversion of the
redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 1998 into
common stock and the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred
stock warrants outstanding at September 30, 1998 into common stock warrants as
of September 30, 1998.
    
 
   
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENT -- REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
    
 
   
     On August 21, 1998 the Board of Directors authorized a reverse stock split
of the Company's common stock. The split ratio of 1-to-2.5 was determined on
November 16, 1998, subject to shareholder approval. The related common share,
preferred share and per share data in the accompanying financial statements has
been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse stock split, including
preferred share data on an as-converted to common stock basis.
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   102
 
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
7Software, Inc.
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of 7Software, Inc. (a
development stage company) as of December 31, 1997 and the related statements of
operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the period May 30, 1997
(date of incorporation) to December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
    
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of 7Software, Inc. at December
31, 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period May
30, 1997 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1997 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
August 14, 1998
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   103
 
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                  1997           1998
                                                              ------------    -----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................      $25            $  39
  Accounts receivable.......................................       12               36
                                                                  ---            -----
          Total current assets..............................       37               75
Furniture and equipment, net................................       21               28
                                                                  ---            -----
          Total assets......................................      $58            $ 103
                                                                  ===            =====
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................      $ 6            $   4
  Accrued payroll liabilities...............................        4                4
                                                                  ---            -----
          Total current liabilities.........................       10                8
Convertible note payable....................................       25              130
Commitments
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, no par value:
     Authorized shares: 5,000,000
     No shares issued and outstanding.......................       --               --
  Common stock, no par value:
     Authorized shares: 10,000,000
     2,000,000 and 2,082,294 shares issued and outstanding
      at December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1998,
      respectively..........................................       20              212
  Deferred stock compensation...............................       --               (8)
  Retained earnings (deficit)...............................        3             (239)
                                                                  ---            -----
          Total shareholders' equity (deficit)..............       23              (35)
                                                                  ---            -----
          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
            (deficit).......................................      $58            $ 103
                                                                  ===            =====
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   104
 
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
   
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
    
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                   MAY 30, 1997           SIX MONTHS
                                                              (DATE OF INCORPORATION)        ENDED
                                                               TO DECEMBER 31, 1997      JUNE 30, 1998
                                                              -----------------------    -------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>                        <C>
Revenues....................................................            $66                  $ 131
Cost of revenues............................................              5                     25
                                                                        ---                  -----
Gross profit................................................             61                    106
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..................................             30                    213
  Selling, general, and administration......................             27                    135
                                                                        ---                  -----
          Total operating expenses..........................             57                    348
                                                                        ---                  -----
Income (loss) before taxes..................................              4                   (242)
Provision for taxes.........................................              1                     --
                                                                        ---                  -----
          Net income (loss).................................            $ 3                  $(242)
                                                                        ===                  =====
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   105
 
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                  STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
    FOR THE PERIOD MAY 30, 1997 (DATE OF INCORPORATION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1997
            AND FOR THE 6 MONTH UNAUDITED PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             TOTAL
                                        COMMON STOCK          DEFERRED      RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     -------------------       STOCK        EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                      SHARES      AMOUNT    COMPENSATION    (DEFICIT)      (DEFICIT)
                                     ---------    ------    ------------    ---------    -------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>          <C>
Sale of common stock at $0.01 per
  share for cash on June 6, 1997...    630,000     $  6                       $  --          $   6
  Issuance of common stock at $0.01
     per share for furniture and
     equipment at cost on June 6,
     1997..........................    630,000        6                          --              6
  Issuance of common stock at $0.01
     per share for employee
     services on June 6, 1997......    740,000        8                          --              8
  Net income.......................         --       --                           3              3
                                     ---------     ----         ----          -----          -----
Balance at December 31, 1997.......  2,000,000     $ 20                       $   3          $  23
  Issuance of common stock
     (unaudited)...................     12,632        1                          --              1
  Issuance of common stock on
     conversion of notes payable
     (unaudited)...................     69,662      100                          --            100
  Net loss (unaudited).............                  --                        (242)          (242)
  Deferred stock compensation
     (unaudited)...................         --       91          (91)                           --
  Amortization of deferred stock
     compensation (unaudited)......         --       --           83                            83
                                     ---------     ----         ----          -----          -----
Balance at June 30, 1998
  (unaudited)......................  2,082,294     $212           (8)         $(239)         $ (35)
                                     =========     ====         ====          =====          =====
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   106
 
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                  MAY 30, 1997
                                                                    (DATE OF
                                                                 INCORPORATION)      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              TO DECEMBER 31, 1997    JUNE 30, 1998
                                                              --------------------   ----------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)...........................................          $  3                $(242)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation..............................................             1                    2
  Stock compensation........................................             8                   83
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable....................................           (12)                 (24)
     Accounts payable and accrued payroll liabilities.......            10                   (2)
                                                                      ----                -----
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.........            10                 (183)
                                                                      ----                -----
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of furniture and equipment........................           (16)                  (9)
                                                                      ----                -----
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock......................             6                    1
Proceeds from convertible note payable......................            25                   75
Proceeds from convertible note payable to Concur............                                130
                                                                      ----                -----
Net cash provided by financing activities...................            31                  206
                                                                      ----                -----
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...................            25                   14
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............            --                   25
                                                                      ----                -----
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................          $ 25                $  39
                                                                      ====                =====
NONCASH TRANSACTIONS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES
Furniture and equipment contributed for common stock........          $  6                   --
                                                                      ====                =====
Issuance of common stock in consideration for conversion of
  note payable..............................................            --                $ 100
                                                                      ====                =====
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   107
 
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      FOR THE PERIOD MAY 30, 1997 (DATE OF INCORPORATION) TO JUNE 30, 1998
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
NATURE OF ACTIVITIES
 
     7Software, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in California on May 30,
1997. The Company performs consulting services for product development and
developed a product called CompanyStore that automates the purchasing of
nonproduction goods. CompanyStore runs on corporate intranets, providing access
to company-specific information and making that information available on
employee desktops throughout the enterprise. The Company is in the development
stage.
 
     On June 30, 1998, the Company merged with Concur Technologies, Inc.
("Concur"). The merger resulted in all shares of the Company's outstanding
capital stock and all stock options being converted into Concur common stock and
stock options, respectively.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The financial information for the six months ended June 30, 1998 is
unaudited but includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of its
financial position at such date and its operating results and cash flows for
that period. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1998 are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for an entire year.
    
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     The Company generates revenues from performing computer programming
consulting. Revenue is recognized by the Company based upon hours of consulting
performed and billable, in accordance with the related consulting agreement.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     All short-term investments with maturities of three months or less at date
of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
 
DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
     All software development costs are expensed until technological feasibility
has been established. No software development costs were capitalized during the
period ended December 31, 1997 or June 30, 1998.
 
ADVERTISING AND MARKETING COSTS
 
     Costs of marketing materials and advertising expenditures are charged to
operations when the materials are used or the advertising is first released.
Advertising costs were $5,000 for the period ended December 31, 1997 and $17,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under
Statement No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded using the
liability method, which recognizes the effect of temporary differences between
the reporting of revenues and expenses for financial statement and income tax
return purposes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce
deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   108
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
      FOR THE PERIOD MAY 30, 1997 (DATE OF INCORPORATION) TO JUNE 30, 1998
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options. Under APB 25, no
compensation expense is recorded when the exercise price of employee stock
options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant.
The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts recorded in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from
two to four years.
 
 2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following: (in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                  1997           1998
                                              ------------    -----------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>
Computer equipment..........................      $20             $20
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment..........        2              12
                                                  ---             ---
                                                   22              32
Accumulated depreciation....................       (1)             (4)
                                                  ---             ---
                                                  $21             $28
                                                  ===             ===
</TABLE>
 
 3. CONVERTIBLE NOTES
 
     On November 30, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement to receive
$75,000 in consideration of a non-interest bearing convertible note. The terms
of this agreement were such that the entire balance of the note was convertible
into securities sold in the Company's first stock financing with outside
investors after the date thereof. Additionally, the agreement provided that the
note holder would receive warrants to purchase common stock if and when the
Company received additional equity financing. The Company received $25,000 of
the $75,000 note in December 1997 and the remaining balance during the first
quarter of 1998. On January 1, 1998, the Company entered into another agreement
and received $25,000 in consideration of a non-interest bearing convertible note
with similar terms to those as described above. On June 9, 1998, the note
holders and the Company agreed to convert the notes in exchange for the issuance
of 69,662 shares of common stock. As a result of this transaction, the note
holders' rights to the warrants were cancelled.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   109
                                7SOFTWARE, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
      FOR THE PERIOD MAY 30, 1997 (DATE OF INCORPORATION) TO JUNE 30, 1998
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
 4. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     On June 6, 1997, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of common stock to the
founders of the Company. The shares were issued for $20,000 of consideration,
which included cash, furniture and equipment, and services rendered since the
incorporation of the Company.
 
     On June 9, 1998, the Company issued 69,662 shares of common stock to
certain note holders in exchange for the cancellation of the convertible notes
and the obligations of issuing warrants as discussed in Note 3.
 
     Between January 1, 1998 and June 10, 1998, the Company issued 12,632 shares
of common stock. The shares were issued for approximately $1,000 in cash and
services rendered during this period.
 
 5. STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     The Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to
employees, directors, and eligible participants for up to 500,000 shares of the
Company's common stock. The term of options granted to certain significant
stockholders cannot exceed five years while the term of all other options cannot
exceed ten years. The options vest over periods defined in each option agreement
as determined at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. Stock
options that qualify as incentive stock options are exercisable at not less than
the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant, and nonqualified stock
options are exercisable at prices determined at the discretion of the Board of
Directors, which may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock
at the date of grant. No options had been granted under the plan as of December
31, 1997. For the period May 30, 1997 to June 30, 1998, the Company issued
364,000 options to purchase common stock at $0.01 per share resulting in
deferred stock compensation of approximately $91,000 which is being amortized
over the vesting period of the options of generally four years. Stock
compensation expense was $83,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
 
 6. INCOME TAXES
 
     Temporary differences between the book and tax basis of assets and
liabilities to December 31, 1997 were insignificant; therefore no deferred taxes
were provided. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,
                                                            1997          1998
                                                        ------------   -----------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Deferred tax asset relating to net operating loss           $ --          $ 52
  credit carry-forward................................
Valuation allowance...................................        --           (52)
                                                            ----          ----
                                                            $ --          $ --
                                                            ====          ====
</TABLE>
 
     Since the Company was acquired by Concur on June 30, 1998 it will not
utilize its deferred tax assets; therefore, a valuation allowance for the full
amount of all deferred tax assets has been provided.
 
 7. COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company leased its facility under an operating lease that expired on
June 30, 1998. Total rental expense for the period ended December 31, 1997 and
June 30, 1998 were $4,000 and $24,000, respectively.
 
 8. SALES TO MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
     All revenues recognized by the Company for the period ended December 31,
1997 were received from SAP Technology for computer programming consulting. For
the six months ended June 30, 1998, all revenues were received for sales and
services provided to two customers.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   110
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                    (FORMERLY PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION)
 
                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
     The following financial statements present the Concur Technologies, Inc.
("Concur," formerly Portable Software Corporation) Pro Forma Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the year ended September 30, 1998.
    
 
   
     The Company's acquisition of 7Software, Inc. ("7Software") has been
accounted for under the "purchase" method of accounting, which requires the
purchase price to be allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities of
7Software on the basis of their estimated fair values as of the date of
acquisition. The following pro forma consolidated statements of operations for
the year ended September 30, 1998 give effect to the acquisition of 7Software as
if it occurred on October 1, 1997, and include adjustments directly attributable
to the acquisition of 7Software and expected to have a continuing impact on the
combined company (collectively, the "Pro Forma Financial Statements"). As the
Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared based on estimated fair
values, amounts actually recorded may change upon determination of the total
purchase price (which may change based on future performance) and additional
analysis of individual assets and liabilities assumed.
    
 
   
     The pro forma information is based on historical financial statements. The
pro forma results of operations for the year ended September 30, 1998 includes
the results of operations of 7Software from May 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation)
to June 30, 1998. The assumptions give effect to the business combination with
7Software under the purchase method of accounting. The information has been
prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission and is
provided for comparative purposes only. The pro forma information does not
purport to be indicative of the results that actually would have occurred had
the combination been effected at the beginning of the periods presented.
    
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   111
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
    
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PURCHASE       PRO FORMA
                                            CONCUR       7SOFTWARE     ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                          -----------    ----------    -----------    ------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Total revenues, net.....................  $    17,159    $      197      $    --      $    17,356
Cost of revenues........................        6,242            30          174            6,446
                                          -----------    ----------      -------      -----------
Gross profit............................       10,917           167         (174)          10,910
 
Sales and marketing.....................       12,353           162           33           12,548
Research and development................        6,434           243           33            6,710
General and administrative..............        4,687            --           --            4,687
Acquired in-process technology..........        5,203            --       (5,203)              --
                                          -----------    ----------      -------      -----------
          Total operating expense.......       28,677           405       (5,137)          23,945
                                          -----------    ----------      -------      -----------
Loss from operations....................      (17,760)         (238)       4,963          (13,035)
Other expense...........................         (314)           (1)          --             (315)
                                          -----------    ----------      -------      -----------
          Net loss......................  $   (18,074)   $     (239)     $ 4,963      $   (13,350)
                                          ===========    ==========      =======      ===========
Pro forma net loss per share............        (1.58)                                $     (1.14)
                                          ===========                                 ===========
Weighted average shares used in
  computation of basic and diluted net
  loss per share........................       11,419                                      11,675
                                          ===========                                 ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   112
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                               NOTES TO PRO FORMA
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     On June 30, 1998, the Company acquired 7Software, Inc. ("7Software").
7Software was incorporated in May 1997 and focused on the development and
licensing of Internet-based procurement solutions that bring purchasing to the
desktops of employees of large corporations. Concurrent with this transaction,
7Software was merged into the Company.
 
   
     The unaudited pro forma information presented is not necessarily indicative
of future consolidated results of operations of Concur or the consolidated
results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisition taken place
on October 1, 1997. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of
operations for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 reflect the effects
of the acquisition, assuming the related events occurred as of October 1, 1997
for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of
operations.
    
 
 2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS
 
   
     The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements reflect the
conversion of all the outstanding shares of 7Software common stock into 708,918
shares and stock options to purchase 123,921 shares of Concur common stock
pursuant to the acquisition. This consideration resulted in a total purchase
price of $6.2 million (including acquisition expenses).
    
 
   
     The allocation of the purchase price resulted in intangible assets,
primarily capitalized technology and the value of an acquired workforce, of
$960,000 which are being amortized on a straight line basis over three years.
In-process research and development acquired and valued using the income
approach in the amount of $5,203,000 was charged to expense. In-process research
and development charges have not been reflected in the pro forma consolidated
financial statements of operations for the year ended September 30, 1998 as they
are considered a nonrecurring charge.
    
 
 3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
   
     The net loss per share and shares used in computing the net loss per share
for the year ended September 30, 1998 is based upon the historical weighted
average common shares outstanding adjusted to reflect the issuance, as of
October 1, 1997 of approximately 708,918 shares and stock options to purchase
123,921 shares of Concur common stock as described in Note 2 to these Notes to
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements. Options to purchase
approximately 364,000 shares of 7Software common stock were assumed by Concur
pursuant to the acquisition and converted into options to purchase approximately
123,921 shares of Concur common stock. The Concur common stock issuable upon the
exercise of the stock options have been excluded as the effect would be
antidilutive. In addition to the shares used in computing the net income (loss)
per share above, pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated
using the weighted average convertible and redeemable preferred stock
outstanding as if such shares were converted to common stock at the time of
issuance.
    
 
   
     On August 21, 1998, Concur's Board of Directors authorized a reverse stock
split. The split ratio of 1-to-2.5 was determined on November 16, 1998. Share
and per share data included in these pro forma statements have been
retroactively restated to reflect the reverse stock split.
    
 
 4. PURCHASE ADJUSTMENTS
 
     Pro forma adjustments have been prepared to reflect the elimination of the
non-recurring one-time charge for acquired in-process technology and to reflect
the amortization of capitalized technology and other intangible assets.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   113
                            DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHICS


                               INSIDE FRONT COVER
Graphic:
Concur logo. A large Concur logo without the words "Concur-TM TECHNOLOGIES" and
without the box in the center of the circle, which is replaced by the text
below.

Text:
Concur Technologies is a leading provider of Web-based employee-facing
applications.

Envision a workplace where manual, paper-based processes are not only automated
throughout the enterprise, but also extend to partners, vendors and service
providers. Concur Technologies provides travel and entertainment expense
management and front-office procurement solutions that enable organizations to
work more efficiently and increase employee productivity. The Company leverages
Intranet technology to deploy such applications quickly and on an
enterprise-wide basis, and plans to leverage the public Internet infrastructure
to offer its solutions to a broad range of businesses as an Enterprise Service
Provider.

Concur Technologies' mission is to be the leading Web-based integrated solution
provider of employee-facing business applications throughout the extended
enterprise.

                                    GATEFOLD

Graphic:
Box divided into 5 vertical sections. The top of the first is the Concur logo.
The next four are headed by "Preparation," "Approval," "Processing" and "Data
Analysis and Reporting," respectively. There are pictures of eight screen shots
showing various stages of the software. The top four screen shots deal with XMS
and the bottom four deal with CompanyStore.

Text:
Under Concur logo:

Concur products automate the preparation, approval, processing and data analysis
of travel and entertainment (T & E) expense reports and front-office procurement
requisitions. By automating manual paper-based processes, costs are reduced and
customers are enabled to collect and analyze data to consolidate purchases with
preferred vendors and to negotiate vendor discounts.

Under "Preparation":

[XMS logo]

Expense Reports are easily prepared using a checkbook-style user interface and 
are prepopulated with corporate charge card data.

[CompanyStore logo]

Using CompanyStore's simple user interface, orders are placed on-line through a
customized electronic catalog.

Under "Approval":

XMS allows the enterprise to determine the approval process and automatically
flags those reports that are not in compliance.

CompanyStore allows the enterprise to determine how the requisitions should be
processed.

Under "Processing":

XMS integrates with existing IT infrastructure and ERP applications and has
features such as electronic flagging of non-compliant expenses that greatly
reduce the time and cost of processing expense reports.

CompanyStore saves time by integrating with the enterprise's ERP system,
allowing orders to be entered into the purchasing system automatically and then
forwarded electronically to the vendor.

Under "Data Analysis and Reporting":

Provides access to expense trends and data, allowing consolidation of vendors 
and negotiation of vendor discounts.

Better data allows managers to determine how best to control costs, negotiate
more favorable supplier arrangements and consolidate vendors.

<PAGE>   114
                                    PAGE 45

This graphic depicts the interconnection of various systems. A box with three
divisions, captioned "Concur Applications," is on the top. The three divisions
are the XMS logo, the CompanyStore logo and "Future Applications" in text. A box
with eight divisions, captioned "Concur Technology Platform," is below the
"Concur Applications" box. The eight divisions are "Prepopulation,"
"Workflow/Routing," "Business Intelligence," "Security," "Messaging," "Business
Rules," "User Management," and "Database," as text. A box with five divisions,
captioned "ERP Platforms," is below the "Concur Technology Platform" box. The
five divisions are "SAP," "Oracle," "PeopleSoft," "Others" and "Legacy Systems"
as text. A box with four divisions, captioned "E-Commerce," is to the right of
the other three boxes. The three divisions are "Travel Services," "Corporate
Charge Card Suppliers," "Vendors & Suppliers" and "Financial Institutions" as
text. "Concur Technology Platform" and "Concur Applications" have three
double-ended arrows pointing to each other. "Concur Technology Platform" and
"E-Commerce" have a double-ended arrow pointing to each other. "Concur
Technology Platform" and "ERP Platforms" have five double-ended arrows pointing
to each other.


                               INSIDE BACK COVER

Graphic: Two screen shots, one of a CompanyStore page, and the other of an XMS
page with the CompanyStore and XMS logos. A large Concur logo without the words
"Concur-TM TECHNOLOGIES" and without the box in the center of the circle.

Text:
CompanyStore-TM is an Intranet application designed to support procurement of
front-office goods and services.

The Xpense Management Solution-TM is a proven travel expense automation product
that has been licensed to more than 150 companies for use by over 800,000
employees around the world.


                                   BACK COVER
Graphic:
Concur logo with shadow.  Dark background.

<PAGE>   115
 
                                      LOGO
<PAGE>   116
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by the
Company in connection with the sale of shares of Common Stock being registered
hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange
Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market
filing fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........  $ 12,027
NASD filing fee.............................................     4,200
Nasdaq National Market filing fee...........................    90,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................   200,000
Legal fees and expenses.....................................   400,000
Printing and engraving expenses.............................   150,000
Road show expenses..........................................    30,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses..............     3,000
Custodian fees..............................................     3,600
Miscellaneous...............................................     7,173
                                                              --------
          Total.............................................  $900,000
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
    
 
     As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
("DGCL"), the Company's Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that
eliminates the personal liability of its directors to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, as permitted by Section 145
of the DGCL, the Bylaws of the Company provide that: (i) the Company is required
to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL (except if such person is seeking indemnity in connection
with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person and not authorized
by the Board of Directors); (ii) the Company may, in its discretion, indemnify
other officers, employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL; (iii) upon
receipt of an undertaking to repay such advances if indemnification is
determined to be unavailable, the Company is required to advance expenses, as
incurred, to its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL in connection with a proceeding (except if the expenses
incurred by such person are incurred because the Company is directly bringing a
claim, in a proceeding, against such person, alleging that such person has
breached his or her duty of loyalty to the Company, committed an act or omission
not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction); (iv) the
rights conferred in the Bylaws are not exclusive and the Company is authorized
to enter into indemnity agreements with its directors, officers, employees and
agents and (v) the Company may not retroactively amend the Bylaw provisions
relating to indemnity.
 
     The Company's policy is to enter into Indemnity Agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. The Indemnity Agreements provide that
directors and executive officers will be indemnified and held harmless to the
fullest possible extent permitted by law including against all expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts paid or
reasonably incurred by them in any action, suit or proceeding, including any
derivative action by or in the right of the Company, on account of their
services as directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company or as
directors, officers, employees or agents of any other company or enterprise when
they are serving in such capacities at the request of the Company. The Company
will not be obligated pursuant to the agreements to indemnify or advance
expenses to an indemnified party with respect to proceedings or claims (i)
initiated by the indemnified party and not by way
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   117
 
of defense, except with respect to a proceeding authorized by the Board of
Directors and successful proceedings brought to enforce a right to
indemnification under the indemnity agreements; (ii) for any amounts paid in
settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement; (iii)
on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the indemnified
party for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the
indemnified party of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of
sec. 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and related laws; (iv) on
account of conduct by an indemnified party that is finally adjudged to have been
in bad faith or conduct that the indemnified party did not reasonably believe to
be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; (v) on account of
any criminal action or proceeding arising out of conduct that the indemnified
party had reasonable cause to believe was unlawful; or (vi) if a final decision
by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such
indemnification is not lawful.
 
     The Indemnity Agreement requires a director or executive officer to
reimburse the Company for expenses advanced only to the extent it is ultimately
determined that the director or executive officer is not entitled, under
Delaware law, the Bylaws, his or her indemnity agreement or otherwise to be
indemnified for such expenses. The Indemnity Agreement provides that it is not
exclusive of any rights a director or executive officer may have under the
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, other agreements, any majority-in-interest
vote of the stockholders or vote of disinterested directors, Delaware law or
otherwise.
 
     The indemnification provision in the Bylaws, and the indemnity agreements
entered into between the Company and its directors and executive officers, may
be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Company's directors and
executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
 
     As authorized by the Company's Bylaws, the Company, with approval by the
Company's Board of Directors, has applied for, and expects to obtain, directors
and officers liability insurance with a per claim and annual aggregate coverage
limit of $5 million.
 
     Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this
Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described
above and elsewhere herein:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          DOCUMENT                            EXHIBIT NUMBER
                          --------                            --------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Underwriting Agreement......................................       1.01
Company's Certificate of Incorporation......................       3.01
Company's Bylaws............................................       3.04
Form of Indemnity Agreement.................................      10.06
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   118
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
     The following table sets forth information regarding all securities of the
Company sold by the Company from September 30, 1995 to October 31, 1998. The
Company anticipates that it will effect a 1-for-2.5 reverse split of its Common
Stock prior to the Offering; the numbers included in the following table reflect
such reverse split. References to warrants below assume the full exercise of all
warrants.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER         AGGREGATE         FORM OF
CLASS OF PURCHASERS      DATE OF SALE        TITLE OF SECURITIES     OF SECURITIES   PURCHASE PRICE   CONSIDERATION
- --------------------   -----------------   -----------------------   -------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                    <C>                 <C>                       <C>             <C>              <C>
1 investor             May 15, 1996        Warrants to purchase               --      $        --               --(1)
                                           28,125 shares of Series
                                           C Preferred Stock
10 investors           July 10, 1996       Series C Preferred          3,750,000        7,500,000             Cash
                                           Stock
2 investors            December 31, 1996   Series C Preferred            134,920          269,697               --(2)
                                           Stock
1 investor             July 22, 1997       Warrants to purchase               --               --               --(3)
                                           67,815 shares of Series
                                           D Preferred Stock
10 investors           July 23, 1997       Series D Preferred          1,275,338        4,655,001             Cash
                                           Stock
1 investor             September 3, 1997   Warrants to purchase               --               --               --(4)
                                           14,000 shares of Series
                                           D Preferred Stock
1 investor             April 28, 1998      Warrants to purchase               --               --               --(5)
                                           13,187 shares of Series
                                           E Preferred Stock
1 investor             May 8, 1998         Warrants to purchase               --               --               --(6)
                                           56,451 shares of Series
                                           E Preferred Stock
8 shareholders         June 30, 1998       Common Stock                  708,918               --     Exchange for(7)
                                                                                                      Common Stock
                                                                                                      of 7Software
                                                                                                       Corporation
25 investors           June 30, 1998 and   Series E Preferred          1,648,660       12,777,196             Cash
                       August 11, 1998     Stock
1 investor             August 11, 1998     Warrant to purchase                --               --               --(8)
                                           2,400,000 shares of
                                           Series E Preferred
                                           Stock
Officers, directors,   September 30,       Exercise of Options to        111,023      $    14,455             Cash(9)
employees and other    1995 to October     purchase Common Stock
eligible               31, 1998
participants
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
 *  As part of the reincorporation of the Company into Delaware, the Company
    will exchange 3,099,959 shares of its Common Stock, 10,213,553 shares of its
    redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 2,329,578
    shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock for 3,099,959 shares of
    Common Stock, 10,213,553 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock
    and warrants to purchase 2,329,578 shares of redeemable convertible
    preferred stock, respectively.
    
 
(1) Issued to Imperial Bank as additional consideration for a bank line of
    credit.
 
   
(2) In connection with the cancellation of previous indebtedness, 70,390 shares
    of Series C Preferred Stock were issued to Michael W. Hilton and 64,530
    shares of Series C Preferred Stock were issued to S. Steven Singh.
    
 
(3) Issued to Comdisco, Inc. as additional consideration for a promissory note
    and an equipment lease.
 
(4) Issued to Imperial Bank as additional consideration for a bank line of
    credit and other financing.
 
(5) Issued to Imperial Bank as additional consideration for additional
    financing.
 
(6) Issued to Comdisco, Inc. as additional consideration for a promissory note.
 
   
(7) In connection with the Company's acquisition of 7Software, the Company
    exchanged 708,918 shares of Common Stock for 7Software's Common Stock.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   119
 
(8) Issued to TRS in connection with TRS's purchase of Series E Preferred Stock.
    See "Certain Transactions."
 
(9) With respect to the grant of stock options, exemption from registration
    under the Securities Act was unnecessary in that none of such transactions
    involved a "sale" of securities as such term is used in Section 2(3) of the
    Securities Act.
 
     All sales of Common Stock made pursuant to the exercise of stock options
granted under the stock option plans of the Company or its predecessors were
made pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act afforded by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
     All other sales were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The securities were
sold to a limited number of people with no general solicitation or advertising.
The purchasers were sophisticated investors with access to all relevant
information necessary to evaluate the investment and who represented to the
issuer that the shares were being acquired for investment.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
(a) The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------                              -------------
<S>      <C>  <C>
 1.01    --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 2.01    --   Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger between Company and
              Concur Technologies, Inc., a Washington corporation.*
 2.02    --   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between Company, PSC
              Merger Corp., 7Software, Inc., Andrew Dent and Melissa
              Widner dated June 30, 1998.*
 3.01    --   Company's Certificate of Incorporation.*
 3.02    --   Company's Certificate of Designation.*
 3.03    --   Form of Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
              Incorporation to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of
              State immediately following the Offering.*
 3.04    --   Company's Bylaws.*
 4.01    --   Specimen Certificate for Company's Common Stock.*
 4.02    --   Second Amended and Restated Information and Registration
              Rights Agreement dated May 29, 1998.*
 5.01    --   Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding legality of the
              securities being issued.**
10.01    --   Company's Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan and
              related documents.*
10.02    --   Company's 1998 Equity Incentive Plan and related documents.*
10.03    --   Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related
              documents.*
10.04    --   Company's 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan and related
              documents.*
10.05    --   Company's 401(k) Profit Sharing and Trust Plan.*
10.06    --   Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by Company with
              each of its directors and executive officers.*
10.07    --   Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 22,
              1997.*
10.08    --   Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 29,
              1998.*
10.09    --   Strategic Marketing Alliance Agreement between Company and
              American Express Company dated December 17, 1997.*/***
10.10    --   Co-Branded XMS Service Marketing Agreement between Company
              and American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc.
              ("TRS") dated August 11, 1998.*/***
10.11    --   Warrant to purchase shares of Company's Series E Preferred
              Stock issued by Company to TRS dated August 11, 1998.*
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   120
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------                              -------------
<S>      <C>  <C>
10.12    --   Voting Agreement among Company and stockholders of Company
              identified therein dated May 29, 1998.*
10.13    --   Amendment Agreement among Company and stockholders of
              Company identified therein dated July 30, 1998.*
10.14    --   Facility Lease between Company and CarrAmerica Realty
              Corporation dated October 31, 1997, as amended on April 10,
              1998.*
10.15    --   Letter Agreement between Company and Sterling R. Wilson
              dated April 21, 1994.*
10.16    --   Letter Agreement between Company and Jon T. Matsuo dated
              June 20, 1994.*
10.17    --   Letter Agreement between Company and Frederick L. Ingham
              dated December 5, 1996.*
10.18    --   Letter Agreement between Company and John P. Russo, Jr.
              dated April 1, 1996.*
10.19    --   Standstill Agreement between Company and TRS dated August
              10, 1998.*
10.20    --   Security and Loan Agreement between Company and Imperial
              Bank dated September 3, 1997.
10.21    --   Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement between Company and
              Imperial Bank dated September 3, 1997.
10.22    --   Second Amendment to Loan Documents between Company and
              Imperial Bank dated April 28, 1998.
10.23    --   Bonus Agreement between Company and Melissa Widner and
              Andrew Dent dated June 30, 1998.
21.01    --   List of Company's subsidiaries.
23.01    --   Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).**
23.02    --   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.03    --   Consent of American Express Company.
23.04    --   Consent of Edward P. Gilligan.
23.05    --   Consent of Russ Fradin.
24.01    --   Power of Attorney*
27.01    --   Financial Data Schedule.*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
  * Previously filed.
 
   
 ** To be filed by amendment.
    
 
   
*** Confidential treatment is being sought with respect to certain portions of
    this agreement. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have
    been filed separately with the Commission.
    
 
(b) The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:
 
   
     Report of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Auditors, on Financial Statement
Schedule.
    
 
   
     Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
    
- ---------------
 
   
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
    
 
     The undersigned Company hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at
the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company
pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the
Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   121
 
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted
by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned Company hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
     this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
     or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   122
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company has duly
caused this Amendment to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Redmond, State of
Washington, on the 18th day of November, 1998.
    
 
                                          CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
   
                                          By:       /s/  S. STEVEN SINGH
    
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            S. Steven Singh
                                            President, Chief Executive Officer
                                              and Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment to
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                                      TITLE                    DATE
                        ----                                      -----                    ----
<C>                                                    <S>                           <C>
 
                 /s/ S. STEVEN SINGH                   President, Chief Executive    November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Officer and Director
                   S. Steven Singh                     (principal executive
                                                       officer)
 
               /s/ STERLING R. WILSON                  Chief Financial Officer and   November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Vice President of Operations
                 Sterling R. Wilson                    (principal financial officer
                                                       and principal accounting
                                                       officer)
 
                /s/ MICHAEL W. HILTON                  Chairman of the Board of      November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Directors and Chief
                  Michael W. Hilton                    Technical Officer
 
                  JEFFREY D. BRODY*                    Director                      November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Jeffrey D. Brody
 
                NORMAN A. FOGELSONG*                   Director                      November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Norman A. Fogelsong
 
                MICHAEL J. LEVINTHAL*                  Director                      November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                Michael J. Levinthal
 
               JAMES D. ROBINSON III*                  Director                      November 18, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                James D. Robinson III
</TABLE>
    
 
*By    /s/ STERLING R. WILSON
 
    --------------------------------
           Sterling R. Wilson
            Attorney-in-fact
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   123
 
   
              REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON
    
   
                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
    
 
   
     We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Concur Technologies,
Inc. as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended September 30, 1998, and have issued our report
thereon dated October 27, 1998 (included elsewhere in this Registration
Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in
Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based
on our audits.
    
 
   
     In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
    
 
   
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
    
 
   
Seattle, Washington
    
   
October 27, 1998
    
 
                                       S-1
<PAGE>   124
 
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                           CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 COLUMN A                      COLUMN B             COLUMN C             COLUMN D        COLUMN E
                 --------                      --------             --------             --------        --------
                                                                   ADDITIONS
                                                            ------------------------
                                                                         CHARGED TO
                                              BALANCE OF    CHARGED TO      OTHER
                                             BEGINNING OF   COSTS AND    ACCOUNTS --   DEDUCTION --   BALANCE AT END
                DESCRIPTION                     PERIOD       EXPENSES     DESCRIBE       DESCRIBE       OF PERIOD
                -----------                  ------------   ----------   -----------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
Year ended September 30, 1998:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......    $170,000      $493,304     $     --       $116,703        $546,601
Year ended September 30, 1997:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......     125,000        87,000           --         42,000         170,000
Year ended September 30, 1996:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......      18,000       108,197           --          1,197         125,000
Year ended September 30, 1995:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......    $     --      $ 25,000     $     --       $  7,000        $ 18,000
                                               ========      ========     ========       ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
                                       S-2
<PAGE>   125
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------                              -------------
<S>      <C>  <C>
 1.01    --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
10.20    --   Security and Loan Agreement between Company and Imperial
              Bank dated September 3, 1997.
10.21    --   Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement between Company and
              Imperial Bank dated September 3, 1997.
10.22    --   Second Amendment to Loan Documents between Company and
              Imperial Bank dated April 28, 1998.
10.23    --   Bonus Agreement between Company and Melissa Widner and
              Andrew Dent dated June 30, 1998.
21.01    --   List of Company's subsidiaries.
23.02    --   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.03    --   Consent of American Express Company.
23.04    --   Consent of Edward P. Gilligan.
23.05    --   Consent of Russ Fradin.
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 1.01



                              3,100,000 SHARES (1)

                            CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                             _____________, 1998

BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS
HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o BancBoston Robertson Stephens
555 California Street
Suite 2600
San Francisco, California  94104

Ladies/Gentlemen:

               Concur Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule B hereto
(hereinafter called the "Selling Stockholders") address you as the
Representatives of each of the persons, firms and corporations listed in
Schedule A hereto (hereinafter collectively called the "Underwriters") and
hereby confirm their respective agreements with the several Underwriters as
follows:

        1. DESCRIPTION OF SHARES. The Company proposes to issue and sell
2,900,000 shares of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, $0.001 par value
per share, to the several Underwriters. The Selling Stockholders, acting
severally and not jointly, propose to sell an aggregate of 200,000 shares of
the Company's authorized and outstanding Common Stock to the several
Underwriters. The 2,900,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to be sold by
the Company are hereinafter called the "Company Shares" and the 200,000 shares
of Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders are hereinafter called
the "Selling Stockholder Shares." The Company Shares and the Selling Stockholder
Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Firm Shares." The
Company also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to
465,000 additional shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Option Shares"),
as provided in Section 7 hereof. As used in this Agreement, the term "Shares"
shall include the Firm Shares and the Option Shares. All shares of Common Stock
of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated
hereby, including the Shares, are hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock."

        2. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.

               I. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each
Underwriter that:

                      (a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No.
333-62299) with respect to the Shares, including a prospectus subject to
completion, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the applicable rules
and regulations (the "Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") under the Act and has been filed with the
Commission; such amendments to such registration statement, such amended
prospectuses subject to completion and such abbreviated registration statements
pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and

- -----------
(1) Plus an option to purchase up to 465,000 additional shares from the Company
to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>   2
Regulations as may have been required prior to the date hereof have been
similarly prepared and filed with the Commission; and the Company will file such
additional amendments to such registration statement, such amended prospectuses
subject to completion and such abbreviated registration statements as may
hereafter be required. Copies of such registration statement and amendments, of
each related prospectus subject to completion (the "Preliminary Prospectuses")
and of any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the
Rules and Regulations have been delivered to you.

                      If the registration statement relating to the Shares has
been declared effective under the Act by the Commission, the Company will
prepare and promptly file with the Commission the information omitted from the
registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) or, if BancBoston Robertson
Stephens, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the utilization
of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the information required to be
included in any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable,
of the Rules and Regulations pursuant to subparagraph (1), (4) or (7) of Rule
424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or as part of a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement (including a final form of prospectus). If the
registration statement relating to the Shares has not been declared effective
under the Act by the Commission, the Company will prepare and promptly file an
amendment to the registration statement, including a final form of prospectus,
or, if BancBoston Robertson Stephens, on behalf of the several Underwriters,
shall agree to the utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the
information required to be included in any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule
434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and Regulations. The term
"Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement shall mean such registration
statement, including financial statements, schedules and exhibits, in the form
in which it became or becomes, as the case may be, effective (including, if the
Company omitted information from the registration statement pursuant to Rule
430A(a) or files a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations,
the information deemed to be a part of the registration statement at the time it
became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) or Rule 434(d) of the Rules and
Regulations) and, in the event of any amendment thereto or the filing of any
abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and
Regulations relating thereto after the effective date of such registration
statement, shall also mean (from and after the effectiveness of such amendment
or the filing of such abbreviated registration statement) such registration
statement as so amended, together with any such abbreviated registration
statement. The term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the
prospectus relating to the Shares as included in such Registration Statement at
the time it becomes effective (including, if the Company omitted information
from the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) of the Rules and
Regulations, the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement
at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) of the Rules and
Regulations); provided, however, that if in reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules
and Regulations and with the consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens, on behalf
of the several Underwriters, the Company shall have provided to the Underwriters
a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time
that a confirmation is sent or given for purposes of Section 2(10)(a) of the
Act, the term "Prospectus" shall mean the "prospectus subject to completion" (as
defined in Rule 434(g) of the Rules and Regulations) last provided to the
Underwriters by the Company and circulated by the Underwriters to all
prospective purchasers of the Shares (including the information deemed to be a
part of the Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to
Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any
revised prospectus shall be provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use
in connection with the offering of the Shares that differs from the prospectus
referred to in the immediately preceding sentence (whether or not such revised
prospectus is required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)
of the Rules and Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised
prospectus from and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for
such use. If in reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations and with the
consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens, on behalf of the several Underwriters,
the Company shall have provided to the Underwriters a term sheet pursuant to
Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation is sent
or given for purposes of Section 2(10)(a) of the Act, the Prospectus and the
term sheet, together, will not be materially different from the prospectus in
the Registration Statement.

        (b) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the
use of any Preliminary Prospectus or instituted proceedings for that purpose,
and each such Preliminary Prospectus has conformed in all material respects to
the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and, at the time the
Registration Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at
all times subsequent thereto



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

up to and on the Closing Date (hereinafter defined) and on any later date on
which Option Shares are to be purchased, (i) the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, contained and will
contain all material information required to be included therein by the Act and
the Rules and Regulations and will in all material respects conform to the
requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (ii) the Registration
Statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, did not and will not
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto,
did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however,
that none of the representations and warranties contained in this subparagraph
(b) shall apply to information contained in or omitted from the Registration
Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance
upon, and in conformity with, written information relating to any Underwriter or
Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company by such Underwriter or Selling
Stockholder specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

        (c) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated
and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation with full power and authority (corporate and
other) to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as
described in the Prospectus; the Company owns all of the outstanding capital
stock of its subsidiaries free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim or equitable interest; each of the Company and its
subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction in which the ownership or leasing of its
properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except
where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a
material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of
operations, earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise; no proceeding has been
instituted in any such jurisdiction, revoking, limiting or curtailing, or
seeking to revoke, limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification;
each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in possession of and operating in
compliance with all authorizations, licenses, certificates, consents, orders and
permits from state, federal and other regulatory authorities which are material
to the conduct of its business, all of which are valid and in full force and
effect; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its
respective charter or bylaws or in default in the performance or observance of
any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
material bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or in any
material lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement,
joint venture or other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its subsidiaries or
their respective properties may be bound; and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries is in material violation of any law, order, rule, regulation, writ,
injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental agency
or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or over their respective properties of which it has knowledge. The
Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation,
association or other entity other than Concur Technologies (UK) Ltd., Concur
Technologies Pty. Limited and 7Software, Inc.

        (d) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter into
this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement
has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid
and binding agreement on the part of the Company, enforceable in accordance with
its terms, except as rights to indemnification and contribution hereunder may be
limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general
equitable principles; the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of
the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of
any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any
material bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or under any
material lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement,
joint venture or other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its subsidiaries or
their respective properties may be bound, (ii) the charter or bylaws of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) any law, order, rule, regulation,
writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental
agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any
of its


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

subsidiaries or over their respective properties. No consent, approval,
authorization or order of or qualification with any court, government or
governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective properties is
required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the transactions herein
contemplated, except such as may be required under the Act, the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), state or other securities
or blue sky laws or the bylaws, rules and regulations of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), all of which requirements
have been satisfied in all material respects.

        (e) There is not any pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge,
threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding against the Company, any of its
subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or any of their respective
properties, assets or rights before any court, government or governmental agency
or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or over their respective officers or properties or otherwise which
(i) might result in any material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), results of operations, earnings, operations, business or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise or
might materially and adversely affect their properties, assets or rights, (ii)
might prevent consummation of the transactions provided herein, or (iii) is
required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or Prospectus and is not
so disclosed; and there are no agreements, contracts, leases or documents of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries of a character required to be described or
referred to in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement by the Act or the Rules and Regulations
which have not been accurately described in all material respects in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement.

        (f) All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including
the Selling Stockholder Shares) have been duly authorized and validly issued and
are fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all
federal and state securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to
any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities,
and the authorized and (as of the date set forth therein) the outstanding
capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
"Capitalization" and conforms in all material respects to the statements
relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and
such statements correctly state the substance of the instruments defining the
capitalization of the Company in all material respects); the Firm Shares and the
Option Shares to be purchased from the Company hereunder have been duly
authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement
and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and
fully paid and nonassessable, and will be sold free and clear of any pledge,
lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest; and no
preemptive right, co-sale right, registration right, right of first refusal or
other similar right of stockholders exists with respect to any of the Firm
Shares or Option Shares to be purchased from the Company hereunder or the
issuance and sale thereof other than those that have been expressly waived prior
to the date hereof and those that will automatically expire upon or will not
apply to the consummation of the transactions contemplated on the Closing Date
(as defined in Section 3 hereof). No further approval or authorization of any
stockholder, the Board of Directors of the Company or others is required for the
issuance and sale or transfer of the Shares except as may be required under the
Act state or other securities or blue sky laws or the bylaws, rules and
regulations of the NASD. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and
are fully paid and nonassessable, and were not issued in violation of or subject
to any preemptive right, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase shares and
are owned by the Company free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim or equitable interest. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus
and the financial statements of the Company, and the related notes thereto,
included in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has
outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to
subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or
any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or
any such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations. The description
of the Company's stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or
arrangements, and the options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder,
set forth in the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information
required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and
rights.



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

        (g) Ernst & Young LLP, which has examined the consolidated financial
statements of the Company, together with the related schedules and notes, as of
September 30, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the years in the three (3) years
ended September 30, 1997 filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration
Statement, which are included in the Prospectus, are independent accountants
within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the related
schedules and notes, and the unaudited consolidated financial information,
forming part of the Registration Statement and Prospectus, fairly present the
financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries at the respective dates and for the respective periods to which
they apply; and all audited consolidated financial statements of the Company,
together with the related schedules and notes, and the unaudited consolidated
financial information (other than the selected and summary financial and
statistical data included in the Registration Statement), filed with the
Commission as part of the Registration Statement, have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
throughout the periods involved except as may be otherwise stated therein. The
selected and summary financial and statistical data included in the Registration
Statement present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on
a basis consistent with the audited financial statements presented therein. No
other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the
Registration Statement.

        (h) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given
in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there has not been (i) any
material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of
operations, earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (ii) any transaction that is
material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
except transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any
obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, incurred by the Company or its
subsidiaries, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(iv) any change in the capital stock or (other than through the exercise of
options or warrants disclosed in the Prospectus) outstanding indebtedness of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (v) any dividend or distribution of
any kind declared, paid or made on the capital stock of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries, or (vi) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the
property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has been sustained or
will have been sustained which has a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations, earnings, operations, business
or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise.

        (i) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,
(i) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good and marketable title to
all properties and assets described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
as owned by it, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim or equitable interest, other than such as would not have a
material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of
operations, earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (ii) the agreements to which
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party described in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus are valid agreements, enforceable by the Company and
its subsidiaries (as applicable), except as the enforcement thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by
general equitable principles and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, the
other contracting party or parties thereto are not in material breach or
material default under any of such agreements, and (iii) each of the Company and
its subsidiaries has valid and enforceable leases for all properties described
in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as leased by it, except as the
enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles. Except as set
forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, the Company owns or leases
all such properties as are necessary to its operations as now conducted or as
proposed to be conducted.

        (j) The Company and its subsidiaries have timely filed all necessary
federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and have paid all
taxes shown thereon as due, and there is no tax deficiency that has been or, to
the best of the Company's knowledge, might be asserted against the Company or



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

any of its subsidiaries that might have a material adverse effect on the
condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, earnings, operations,
business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as
one enterprise; and all tax liabilities are adequately provided for on the books
of the Company and its subsidiaries.

        (k) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain insurance with insurers of
recognized financial responsibility of the types and in the amounts generally
deemed adequate for their respective businesses and consistent with insurance
coverage maintained by similar companies in similar businesses, including, but
not limited to, insurance covering real and personal property owned or leased by
the Company or its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of
vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against, all of which
insurance is in full force and effect; neither the Company nor any such
subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and
neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it
will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such
coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be
necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not materially and
adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.

        (l) To the best of the Company's knowledge, no labor disturbance by the
employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is imminent; and
the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the
employees of any of its principal suppliers, value added resellers,
subcontractors, authorized dealers or international distributors that might be
expected to result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), results of operations, earnings, operations, business or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise. No
collective bargaining agreement exists with any of the Company's employees and,
to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such agreement is imminent.

        (m) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries owns or possesses adequate
rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how,
trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights which are necessary to
conduct its businesses as described in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus; the expiration of any patents, patent rights, trade secrets,
trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights would not have a material
adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise; except to the extent described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not received any
notice of, and has no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict with
asserted rights of the Company by others with respect to any patent, patent
rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade
names or copyrights; and except to the extent described in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not received any notice of, and
has no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of
others with respect to any patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets,
know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights which, singly or
in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding,
might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
results of operations, earnings, operations, business or business prospects of
the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.

        (n) The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock
Market's National Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

        (o) The Company has been advised concerning the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder,
and has in the past conducted, and intends in the future to conduct, its affairs
in such a manner as to ensure that it will not become an "investment company" or
a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the 1940
Act and such rules and regulations.

        (p) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute prior to the
later of (i) the Closing Date, or any date on which Option Shares are to be
purchased, as the case may be, and (ii)



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

completion of the distribution of the Shares, any offering material in
connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than any Preliminary
Prospectuses, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and other materials, if
any, permitted by the Act.

        (q) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has at any time
during the last five (5) years (i) made any unlawful contribution to any
candidate for foreign office or failed to disclose fully any contribution in
violation of law, or (ii) made any payment to any federal or state governmental
officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public
duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United
States or any jurisdiction thereof.

        (r) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly,
any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result
in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to facilitate
the sale or resale of the Shares.

        (s) Each officer and director of the Company, each Selling Stockholder
and, each beneficial owner of 1% or more of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock and each beneficial owner of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Company's Preferred Stock have agreed in writing that each
such person will not, for a period of 180 days from the date that the
Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission (the "Lock-up
Period"), offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan,
pledge or grant any rights with respect to (collectively, a "Disposition") any
shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common
Stock (collectively, "Securities") now owned or hereafter acquired directly by
such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the
power of disposition, otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided
the donee or donees thereof agree in writing to be bound by this restriction,
(ii) as a distribution to partners or stockholders of such person, provided that
the distributees thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this
restriction, or (iii) with the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson
Stephens. The foregoing restriction has been expressly agreed to preclude the
holder of the Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which
is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of
Securities during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities would be disposed
of by someone other than such holder. Such prohibited hedging or other
transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not
against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without
limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any Securities or with
respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that
includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from
Securities. Furthermore, such person has also agreed and consented to the entry
of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent against the
transfer of the Securities held by such person except in compliance with this
restriction. The Company has provided to counsel for the Underwriters a complete
and accurate list of all securityholders of the Company and the number and type
of securities held by each securityholder. The Company has provided to counsel
for the Underwriters true, accurate and complete copies of all of the agreements
pursuant to which its officers, directors and stockholders have agreed to such
or similar restrictions, including the Investor Rights Agreement of the Company
(the "Lock-up Agreements") presently in effect or effected hereby. The Company
hereby represents and warrants that it will not release any of its officers,
directors or other stockholders from any Lock-up Agreements currently existing
or hereafter effected without the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson
Stephens.

        (t) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,
(i) the Company is in compliance with all rules, laws and regulations relating
to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of toxic substances and protection
of health or the environment ("Environmental Laws") which are applicable to its
business, (ii) the Company has received no notice from any governmental
authority or third party of an asserted claim under Environmental Laws, which
claim is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, (iii) the Company will not be required to make future material
capital expenditures to comply with Environmental Laws, and (iv) no property
which is owned, leased or occupied by the Company has been designated as a
Superfund site pursuant to the Comprehensive Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.), or
otherwise designated as a contaminated site under applicable state or local law.



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

        (u) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of
internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that
(i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or
specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to
assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences.

        (v) There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for
business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of
indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or
directors of the Company or any of the members of the families of any of them,
except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

        (w) The minute books of the Company provided to the Underwriters'
counsel contain a complete summary of all meetings, consents and actions of the
Board of Directors and shareholders of the Company since the time of its
incorporation, accurately reflecting all transactions referred to in such
minutes in all material respects.

     II. Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and
warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter and the Company that:

        (a) Such Selling Stockholder now has and on the Closing Date will have
valid marketable title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder,
free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or
equitable interest other than pursuant to this Agreement; and upon delivery of
such Shares hereunder and payment of the purchase price as herein contemplated,
each of the Underwriters will obtain valid marketable title to the Shares
purchased by it from such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any pledge,
lien, security interest pertaining to such Selling Stockholder or such Selling
Stockholder's property, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest, including any
liability for estate or inheritance taxes, or any liability to or claims of any
creditor, devisee, legatee or beneficiary of such Selling Stockholder.

        (b) Such Selling Stockholder has duly authorized (if applicable),
executed and delivered, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representatives,
an irrevocable Power of Attorney (the "Power of Attorney") appointing S. Steven
Singh and Sterling Wilson as attorneys-in-fact (collectively, the "Attorneys"
and individually, an "Attorney") and a Letter of Transmittal and Custody
Agreement (the "Custody Agreement") with ______________________________, as
custodian (the "Custodian"); each of the Power of Attorney and the Custody
Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement on the part of such Selling
Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement
thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally or by general equitable principles; and each of such Selling
Stockholder's Attorneys, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver this
Agreement and the certificate referred to in Section 6(h) hereof on behalf of
such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the
several Underwriters to such Selling Stockholder as provided in Section 3
hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Selling Stockholder Shares under this
Agreement and to duly endorse (in blank or otherwise) the certificate or
certificates representing such Shares or a stock power or powers with respect
thereto, to accept payment therefor, and otherwise to act on behalf of such
Selling Stockholder in connection with this Agreement.

        (c) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders required for the
execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of the Power of Attorney and
the Custody Agreement, the execution and delivery by or on behalf of such
Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Selling
Stockholder Shares under this Agreement (other than, at the time of the
execution hereof (if the Registration Statement has not yet been declared
effective by the Commission), the issuance of the order of the Commission
declaring the Registration Statement effective and such consents, approvals,
authorizations or orders as may be necessary under state or other securities or
Blue Sky laws and the bylaws, rules and regulations of the NASD) have been
obtained and are in full force and effect; such Selling Stockholder, if other
than a natural person, has 



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of
the jurisdiction of its organization as the type of entity that it purports to
be; and such Selling Stockholder has full legal right, power and authority to
enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and such Power of
Attorney and Custody Agreement, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the
Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.

        (d) Such Selling Stockholder will not, during the Lock-up Period, effect
the Disposition of any Securities now owned or hereafter acquired directly by
such Selling Stockholder or with respect to which such Selling Stockholder has
or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, otherwise than (i) as a bona
fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees thereof agree in writing to be
bound by this restriction, (ii) as a distribution to partners or stockholders of
such Selling Stockholder, provided that the distributees thereof agree in
writing to be bound by the terms of this restriction, or (iii) with the prior
written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens. The foregoing restriction is
expressly agreed to preclude the holder of the Securities from engaging in any
hedging or other transaction which is designed to or reasonably expected to lead
to or result in a Disposition of Securities during the Lock-up Period, even if
such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the Selling
Stockholder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include,
without limitation, any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any
purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or
call option) with respect to any Securities or with respect to any security
(other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or
derives any significant part of its value from Securities. Such Selling
Stockholder also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions
with the Company's transfer agent against the transfer of the securities held by
such Selling Stockholder except in compliance with this restriction.

        (e) Certificates in negotiable form for all Shares and securities which
are convertible into Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this
Agreement, together with a stock power or powers duly endorsed in blank by such
Selling Stockholder, have been placed in custody with the Custodian for the
purpose of effecting delivery hereunder.

        (f) This Agreement has been duly authorized by each Selling Stockholder
that is not a natural person and has been duly executed and delivered by or on
behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such
Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights
to indemnification hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the
enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally or by general equitable principles; and the performance of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not
result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of or
constitute a default under any material bond, debenture, note or other evidence
of indebtedness, or under any material lease, contract, indenture, mortgage,
deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to
which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder,
or any Selling Stockholder Shares hereunder, may be bound or, to the best of
such Selling Stockholders' knowledge, result in any violation of any law, order,
rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government
or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over
such Selling Stockholder or over the properties of such Selling Stockholder, or,
if such Selling Stockholder is other than a natural person, result in any
violation of any provisions of the charter, bylaws or other organizational
documents of such Selling Stockholder.

        (g) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly
or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to
cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common
Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

        (h) Such Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not distribute
any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and
sale of the Shares.

        (i) All information furnished by or on behalf of such Selling
Stockholder relating to such Selling Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder
Shares that is contained in the representations and warranties of such Selling
Stockholder in such Selling Stockholder's Power of Attorney or set forth in the



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

Registration Statement or the Prospectus is, and at the time the Registration
Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times
subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date, was or will be, true, correct
and complete, and does not, and at the time the Registration Statement became or
becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to
and on the Closing Date (hereinafter defined) will not, contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make such information not misleading.

                      (j) Such Selling Stockholder (other than Imperial Bank)
will review the Prospectus and will comply with all agreements and satisfy all
conditions on its part to be complied with or satisfied pursuant to this
Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date and will advise one of its Attorneys
and BancBoston Robertson Stephens prior to the Closing Date if any statement to
be made on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in the certificate contemplated by
Section 6(h) would be inaccurate if made as of the Closing Date.

                      (k) Such Selling Stockholder does not have, or has waived
prior to the date hereof, any preemptive right, co-sale right or right of first
refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the Shares that are to be sold
by the Company or any of the other Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters
pursuant to this Agreement; such Selling Stockholder does not have, or has
waived prior to the date hereof, any registration right or other similar right
to participate in the offering made by the Prospectus, other than such rights of
participation as have been satisfied by the participation of such Selling
Stockholder in the transactions to which this Agreement relates in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement; and such Selling Stockholder does not own any
warrants, options or similar rights to acquire, and does not have any right or
arrangement to acquire, any capital stock, rights, warrants, options or other
securities from the Company, other than those described in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus.

                      (l) Such Selling Stockholder (other than Imperial Bank) is
not aware (without having conducted any investigation or inquiry) that any of
the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.I.
above is untrue or inaccurate in any material respect.

        3. PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SHARES. On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholders
agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters, and each
Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and
the Selling Stockholders, respectively, at a purchase price of $_____ per share,
the respective number of Firm Shares as hereinafter set forth and Selling
Stockholder Shares set forth opposite the names of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders in Schedule B hereto. The obligation of each Underwriter to the
Company and to each Selling Stockholder shall be to purchase from the Company or
such Selling Stockholder that number of Firm Shares or Selling Stockholder
Shares, as the case may be, which (as nearly as practicable, as determined by
you) is in the same proportion to the number of Company Shares or Selling
Stockholder Shares, as the case may be, set forth opposite the name of the
Company or such Selling Stockholder in Schedule B hereto as the number of Firm
Shares which is set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A
hereto (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10) is to the total number
of Firm Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters under this Agreement.

                  The certificates in negotiable form for the Selling
Stockholder Shares (or certificates representing securities convertible into
such Shares) have been placed in custody (for delivery under this Agreement)
under the Custody Agreement. Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the
certificates for the Selling Stockholder Shares of such Selling Stockholder so
held in custody are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that
the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, including
the Power of Attorney is to that extent irrevocable and that the obligations of
such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by the act of such
Selling Stockholder or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity
of such Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, except as
specifically provided herein or in the Custody Agreement. If any Selling
Stockholder should die or be incapacitated, or if any other such event should
occur, before the delivery of the certificates for the Selling Stockholder
Shares hereunder, the Selling Stockholder Shares to be sold by such Selling
Stockholder shall, except as specifically provided herein or in the Custody
Agreement, be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement as if



                                       10
<PAGE>   11

such death, incapacity or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether
the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event.

                  Delivery of definitive certificates for the Firm Shares to be
purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made against
payment of the purchase price therefor by the several Underwriters drawn in
same-day funds, payable to the order of the Company with regard to the Shares
being purchased from the Company, and to the order of the Custodian for the
respective accounts of the Selling Stockholders with regard to the Shares being
purchased from such Selling Stockholders at the offices of Fenwick & West LLP,
Two Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California (or at such other place as may be
agreed upon among the Representatives and the Company), at 7:00 A.M., San
Francisco time (a) on the third (3rd) full business day following the first day
that Shares are traded, (b) if this Agreement is executed and delivered after
1:30 P.M., San Francisco time, the fourth (4th) full business day following the
day that this Agreement is executed and delivered or (c) at such other time and
date not later than seven (7) full business days following the first day that
Shares are traded as the Representatives and the Company and the Attorneys may
determine (or at such time and date to which payment and delivery shall have
been postponed pursuant to Section 10 hereof), such time and date of payment and
delivery being herein called the "Closing Date;" provided, however, that if the
Company has not made available to the Representatives copies of the Prospectus
within the time provided in Section 4(d) hereof, the Representatives may, in
their sole discretion, postpone the Closing Date until no later than two (2)
full business days following delivery of copies of the Prospectus to the
Representatives. The certificates for the Firm Shares to be so delivered will be
made available to you at such office or such other location including, without
limitation, in New York City, as you may reasonably request for checking at
least one (1) full business day prior to the Closing Date and will be in such
names and denominations as you may request, such request to be made at least two
(2) full business days prior to the Closing Date. If the Representatives so
elect, delivery of the Firm Shares may be made by credit through full fast
transfer to the accounts at The Depository Trust Company designated by the
Representatives.

                  It is understood that you, individually, and not as the
Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to)
make payment of the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter or Underwriters
whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior to the Closing
Date for the Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters.
Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter or Underwriters
of any of its or their obligations hereunder.

                  After the Registration Statement becomes effective, the
several Underwriters intend to make an initial public offering (as such term is
described in Section 11 hereof) of the Firm Shares at an initial public offering
price of $_____ per share. After the initial public offering, the several
Underwriters may, in their discretion, vary the public offering price.

                  The information set forth in the last paragraph on the front
cover page (insofar as such information relates to the Underwriters), on the
inside front cover concerning stabilization and over-allotment by the
Underwriters, and under all the paragraphs under the caption "Underwriting" in
any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitutes the only
information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company for inclusion in any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement, and you,
on behalf of the respective Underwriters, represent and warrant to the Company
and the Selling Stockholders that the statements made therein do not include any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

        4.      FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY. THE COMPANY AGREES WITH THE
                SEVERAL UNDERWRITERS THAT:

                  (a) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, if not effective at the time
and date that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto, to
become effective as promptly as possible; the Company will use its best efforts
to cause any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the
Rules and Regulations as may be required subsequent to the date the Registration
Statement is declared effective to become effective as promptly as possible;



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

the Company will notify you, promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of
the time when the Registration Statement, any subsequent amendment to the
Registration Statement or any abbreviated registration statement has become
effective or any supplement to the Prospectus has been filed; if the Company
omitted information from the Registration Statement at the time it was
originally declared effective in reliance upon Rule 430A(a) of the Rules and
Regulations, the Company will provide evidence satisfactory to you that the
Prospectus contains such information and has been filed, within the time period
prescribed, with the Commission pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (4) of Rule
424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or as part of a post-effective amendment to
such Registration Statement as originally declared effective which is declared
effective by the Commission; if the Company files a term sheet pursuant to Rule
434 of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will provide evidence satisfactory
to you that the Prospectus and term sheet meeting the requirements of Rule
434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and Regulations, have been filed,
within the time period prescribed, with the Commission pursuant to subparagraph
(7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations; if for any reason the filing of
the final form of Prospectus is required under Rule 424(b)(3) of the Rules and
Regulations, it will provide evidence satisfactory to you that the Prospectus
contains such information and has been filed with the Commission within the time
period prescribed; it will notify you promptly of any request by the Commission
for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or for additional information; as promptly as practicable upon your
request, it will prepare and file with the Commission any amendments or
supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which, in the reasonable
opinion of counsel for the several Underwriters ("Underwriters' Counsel"), may
be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Shares by
the Underwriters; it will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, and
promptly notify you of the filing of, any amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement or Prospectus which may be necessary to correct any
statements or omissions, if, at any time when a prospectus relating to the
Shares is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred
as a result of which the Prospectus or any other prospectus relating to the
Shares as then in effect would include any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; in
case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus nine (9) months or more
after the effective date of the Registration Statement in connection with the
sale of the Shares, it will prepare as promptly as practicable upon request, but
at the expense of such Underwriter, such amendment or amendments to the
Registration Statement and such prospectus or prospectuses as may be necessary
to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act; and
it will file no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
Prospectus which shall not previously have been submitted to you a reasonable
time prior to the proposed filing thereof or to which you shall reasonably
object in writing, subject, however, to compliance with the Act and the Rules
and Regulations and the provisions of this Agreement.

                  (b) The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall
receive notice or obtain knowledge, of the issuance of any stop order by the
Commission suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the
initiation or threat of any proceeding for that purpose; and it will promptly
use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
withdrawal at the earliest possible moment if such stop order should be issued.

                  (c) The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the
Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as
you may designate and to continue such qualifications in effect for so long as
may be required for purposes of the distribution of the Shares, except that the
Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereof
to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service
of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise required to be so
qualified or to so execute a general consent to service of process. In each
jurisdiction in which the Shares shall have been qualified as above provided,
the Company will make and file such statements and reports in each year as are
or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

                  (d) The Company will furnish to you, as soon as available,
and, in the case of the Prospectus and any term sheet or abbreviated term sheet
under Rule 434, in no event later than the first (1st) full business day
following the first day that Shares are traded, copies of the Registration
Statement (three of which will be signed and which will include all exhibits),
each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements to
such documents, including any prospectus prepared to permit compliance with



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

Section 10(a)(3) of the Act, all in such quantities as you may from time to time
reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if BancBoston Robertson
Stephens, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the utilization
of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the Company shall provide to you
copies of a Preliminary Prospectus updated in all respects through the date
specified by you in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably
request.

                  (e) Unless the requirement has otherwise been satisfied in
full, the Company will make generally available to its securityholders as soon
as practicable, but in any event not later than the forty-fifth (45th) day
following the end of the fiscal quarter first occurring after the first
anniversary of the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings
statement (which will be in reasonable detail but need not be audited) complying
with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and covering a twelve (12) month
period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

                  (f) During a period of three (3) years after the date hereof,
the Company will furnish (or, in the case of unaudited quarterly reports, make
available) to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each
respective period, annual reports (including financial statements audited by
independent certified public accountants) and unaudited quarterly reports of
operations for each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year, and will
furnish to you and the other several Underwriters hereunder, upon request (i)
concurrently with furnishing such reports to its stockholders, statements of
operations of the Company for each of the first three (3) quarters in the form
furnished to the Company's stockholders, (ii) concurrently with furnishing to
its stockholders, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal
year, together with statements of operations, of stockholders' equity, and of
cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year, accompanied by a copy of the
certificate or report thereon of independent certified public accountants, (iii)
as soon as they are available, copies of all reports (financial or other) mailed
to stockholders, (iv) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports and
financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission, any securities
exchange or the NASD, (v) every material press release and every material news
item or article in respect of the Company or its affairs which was prepared by
the Company or any of its subsidiaries and generally released to stockholders;
and (vi) any additional information of a public nature concerning the Company or
its subsidiaries, or its business which you may reasonably request. During such
three (3) year period, if the Company shall have active subsidiaries, the
foregoing financial statements shall be on a consolidated basis to the extent
that the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated, and
shall be accompanied by similar financial statements for any significant
subsidiary which is not so consolidated.

                  (g) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of
the Shares being sold by it in the manner set forth under the caption "Use of
Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

                  (h) The Company will maintain a transfer agent and, if
necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a registrar
(which may be the same entity as the transfer agent) for its Common Stock.

                  (i) If the transactions contemplated hereby are not
consummated by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the
Company or any Selling Stockholder to perform any agreement on their respective
parts to be performed hereunder or to fulfill any condition of the Underwriters'
obligations hereunder, or if the Company shall terminate this Agreement pursuant
to Section 11(a) hereof, or if the Underwriters shall terminate this Agreement
pursuant to Section 11(b), the Company will reimburse the several Underwriters
for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of
Underwriters' Counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in investigating or
preparing to market or marketing the Shares.

                  (j) If at any time during the ninety (90) day period after the
Registration Statement becomes effective, any rumor, publication or event
relating to or affecting the Company shall occur as a result of which in your
opinion the market price of the Common Stock has been or is likely to be
materially affected (regardless of whether such rumor, publication or event
necessitates a supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus), the Company will,
after written notice from you advising the Company to the effect set forth
above, forthwith consult with you concerning the timing and substance of a press
release or other public 



                                       13
<PAGE>   14

statement, if any, responding to or commenting on such rumor, publication or
event.

                  (k) During the Lock-up Period, the Company will not, without
the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens, effect the
Disposition of, directly or indirectly, any Securities other than (i) the sale
of the Firm Shares and the Option Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder,
(ii) the issuance of shares pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options or
warrants, (iii) the issuance of options or shares under the Company's presently
authorized 1998 Equity Incentive Plan, 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and
1998 Directors Stock Option Plan (collectively, the "Stock Plans") or (iv) the
issuance of shares of Common Stock as consideration for the acquisition of one
or more corporations or entities provided that (1) such shares in the aggregate
represent less than 5% (or, following 90 days after the date of the Prospectus,
7.5%) of the total number of shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding
immediately after giving effect to the sales of Common Stock pursuant to this
Agreement and (2) subject to applicable pooling of interests rules, the Company
has taken reasonable steps to ensure that such shares may not be resold during
the 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (provided that during the Lock-Up
Period, the Company will in any event consult with BancBoston Robertson Stephens
concerning any such acquisition a reasonable time in advance thereof).

                  (l) During a period of ninety (90) days from the effective
date of the Registration Statement, the Company will not file a registration
statement registering shares under any employee benefit plan other than the
Stock Plans.

        5.      EXPENSES.

                  (a) The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree with each
Underwriter that:

                        (i) The Company will pay and bear all costs and expenses
                in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the
                Registration Statement (including financial statements,
                schedules and exhibits), Preliminary Prospectuses and the
                Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto; the
                printing of this Agreement, the Blue Sky Survey and, as
                applicable, the Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected
                Dealer Agreement, any Supplemental Blue Sky Survey, the
                Underwriters' Questionnaire and Power of Attorney, and any
                instruments related to any of the foregoing; the issuance and
                delivery of the Shares hereunder to the several Underwriters,
                including transfer taxes, if any, the cost of all certificates
                representing the Shares and transfer agents' and registrars'
                fees; the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; all
                fees and other charges of the Company's independent certified
                public accountants; the cost of furnishing to the several
                Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement (including
                appropriate exhibits), Preliminary Prospectus and the
                Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements to any of the
                foregoing; NASD filing fees and the cost of qualifying the
                Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate
                (including filing fees and fees and disbursements of
                Underwriters' Counsel in connection with such NASD filings and
                blue sky qualifications); and all other expenses directly
                incurred by the Company and the Selling Stockholders in
                connection with the performance of their obligations hereunder.
                Any additional expenses incurred as a result of the sale of the
                Shares by the Selling Stockholders will be borne collectively by
                the Company and the Selling Stockholders. The provisions of this
                Section 5(a)(i) are intended to relieve the Underwriters from
                the payment of the expenses and costs which the Selling
                Stockholders and the Company hereby agree to pay, but shall not
                affect any agreement which the Selling Stockholders and the
                Company may make, or may have made, for the sharing of any of
                such expenses and costs. Such agreements shall not impair the
                obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders
                hereunder to the several Underwriters.

                        (ii) In addition to its other obligations under Section
                8(a) hereof, the Company agrees that, as an interim measure
                during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry
                or other proceeding described in Section 8(a) hereof, it will
                reimburse the Underwriters on a monthly basis for all reasonable
                legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
                investigating or defending any such claim, action,
                investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the
                absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and
                enforceability of the Company's obligation to reimburse the
                Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility that such
                payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of
                competent jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim
                reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the
                Underwriters shall promptly return such payment to the Company
                together with interest, compounded daily, determined on the
                basis of the prime rate (or other commercial lending rate for
                borrowers of the highest credit standing) listed from time to




                                       14
<PAGE>   15

                time in The Wall Street Journal which represents the base rate
                on corporate loans posted by a substantial majority of the
                nation's thirty (30) largest banks (the "Prime Rate"). Any such
                interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the
                Underwriters within thirty (30) days of a request for
                reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the
                date of such request.

        (iii)   In addition to their other obligations under Section 8(b)
                hereof, each Selling Stockholder agrees that, as an interim
                measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation,
                inquiry or other proceeding described in Section 8(b) hereof
                relating to such Selling Stockholder, it will reimburse the
                Underwriters on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal or
                other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or
                defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or
                other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial
                determination as to the propriety and enforceability of such
                Selling Stockholder's obligation to reimburse the Underwriters
                for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might
                later be held to have been improper by a court of competent
                jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim reimbursement
                payment is so held to have been improper, the Underwriters shall
                promptly return such payment to the Selling Stockholders,
                together with interest, compounded daily, determined on the
                basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement payments
                which are not made to the Underwriters within thirty (30) days
                of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime
                Rate from the date of such request.

                  (b) In addition to their other obligations under Section 8(c)
hereof, the Underwriters severally and not jointly agree that, as an interim
measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or
other proceeding described in Section 8(c) hereof, they will reimburse the
Company and each Selling Stockholder on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal
or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any
such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding
the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability
of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the Company and each such Selling
Stockholder for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later
be held to have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the
extent that any such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been
improper, the Company and each such Selling Stockholder shall promptly return
such payment to the Underwriters together with interest, compounded daily,
determined on the basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement
payments which are not made to the Company and each such Selling Stockholder
within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at
the Prime Rate from the date of such request.

                  (c) It is agreed that any controversy arising out of the
operation of the interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in Sections
5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii) and 5(b) hereof, including the amounts of any requested
reimbursement payments, the method of determining such amounts and the basis on
which such amounts shall be apportioned among the reimbursing parties, shall be
settled by arbitration conducted under the provisions of the Constitution and
Rules of the Board of Governors of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or pursuant
to the Code of Arbitration Procedure of the NASD. Any such arbitration must be
commenced by service of a written demand for arbitration or a written notice of
intention to arbitrate, therein electing the arbitration tribunal. In the event
the party demanding arbitration does not make such designation of an arbitration
tribunal in such demand or notice, then the party responding to said demand or
notice is authorized to do so. Any such arbitration will be limited to the
operation of the interim reimbursement provisions contained in Sections
5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii), and 5(b) hereof and will not resolve the ultimate propriety
or enforceability of the obligation to indemnify for expenses which is created
by the provisions of Sections 8(a), 8(b), and 8(c) hereof or the obligation to
contribute to expenses which is created by the provisions of Section 8(e)
hereof.

        6. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the
several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares as provided herein shall
be subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and the Closing Date and any
later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, of
the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders
herein, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their
respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 2:00 P.M., San Francisco time, on the date following the date of this
Agreement, or such later date as shall be consented to in writing by you; and no
stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and no
proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge of
the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, threatened by the
Commission, and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be
included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall
have been complied with to the satisfaction of Underwriters' Counsel.

                  (b) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters in
connection with this Agreement, the form of Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, and the registration, authorization, issue, sale and delivery of the
Shares, shall have been reasonably satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel, and
such counsel shall have been furnished with such papers and information as they
may reasonably have requested to enable them to pass upon the matters referred
to in this Section.

                  (c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and prior to the Closing Date, or any later date on which Option Shares are to
be purchased, as the case may be, there shall not have been any change in the
condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, earnings, operations,
business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as
one enterprise from that set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus,
which, in your sole judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your
sole judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering
of the Shares as contemplated by the Prospectus.

                  (d) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any
later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, the
following opinion of counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholders, dated
the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased,
addressed to the Underwriters and with reproduced copies or signed counterparts
thereof for each of the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                        (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is
                validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
                laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

                        (ii) The Company has the corporate power and corporate
                authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to
                conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

                        (iii) The Company is duly qualified to do business as a
                foreign corporation and is in good standing in each
                jurisdiction, if any, in which the ownership or leasing of its
                properties or the conduct of its business requires such
                qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or be
                in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the
                condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
                earnings, operations or business of the Company and its
                subsidiaries considered as one enterprise. To such counsel's
                knowledge, the Company does not own or control, directly or
                indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other
                than Concur Technologies (UK) Ltd., Concur Technologies Pty.
                Limited and 7Software, Inc.;

                        (iv) The authorized and, to such counsel's knowledge,
                issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set
                forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization" as of
                the dates stated therein; the issued and outstanding shares of
                capital stock of the Company (including the Selling Stockholder
                Shares) have been duly and validly issued, are fully paid and
                nonassessable and, to such counsel's knowledge, have not been
                issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive right,
                co-sale right, registration right, right of first refusal, or
                other similar right;

                        (v) The Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case
                may be, to be issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of
                this Agreement have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and
                delivery against payment therefor in accordance with the terms
                hereof, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and
                nonassessable, and, to such counsel's knowledge, will not have
                been



                                       16
<PAGE>   17

                issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive right,
                co-sale right, registration right, right of first refusal or
                other similar right;

                        (vi) The Company has the corporate power and corporate
                authority to enter into this Agreement and to issue, sell and
                deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be issued and sold by
                it hereunder;

                        (vii) This Agreement has been duly authorized by all
                necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and has
                been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming
                due authorization, execution and delivery by you, is a valid and
                binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with
                its terms, except insofar as indemnification provisions may be
                limited by applicable law and except as enforceability may be
                limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
                similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
                generally or by general equitable principles;

                        (viii) Based solely upon oral advice of the Commission
                Staff, the Registration Statement has become effective under the
                Act and, to such counsel's knowledge, (a) no stop order
                suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has
                been issued and (b) no proceedings for that purpose have been
                instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act;

                        (ix) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
                each amendment or supplement thereto (in each case other than
                the financial statements (including notes and supporting
                schedules) and financial and statistical data included therein,
                as to which such counsel need express no opinion), as of the
                effective date of the Registration Statement, complied as to
                form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act
                and the applicable Rules and Regulations;

                        (x) The information in the Prospectus under the caption
                "Description of Capital Stock," to the extent that it
                constitutes matters of law or legal conclusions, has been
                reviewed by such counsel and accurately summarizes such matters
                and conclusions in all material respects; and the form of
                certificate evidencing the Common Stock and filed as an exhibit
                to the Registration Statement complies with Delaware law;

                        (xi) The description in the Registration Statement and
                the Prospectus of the charter and bylaws of the Company and of
                statutes are accurate and fairly present the information
                required to be presented by the Act and the applicable Rules and
                Regulations;

                        (xii) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no
                agreements, contracts, leases or documents to which the Company
                is a party of a character required to be described or referred
                to in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as
                an exhibit to the Registration Statement which are not described
                or referred to therein or filed as required;

                        (xiii) The performance of this Agreement and the
                consummation of the transactions herein contemplated (other than
                performance of the Company's indemnification and contribution
                obligations hereunder, concerning which no opinion need be
                expressed) does not as of the Closing Date (a) result in any
                violation of the Company's charter or bylaws or (b) to such
                counsel's knowledge, result in a breach or violation of any of
                the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
                agreement, instrument or document filed as an exhibit to the
                Registration Statement or any applicable statute, rule or
                regulation known to such counsel or, to such counsel's
                knowledge, any order, writ or decree of any United States,
                Delaware, California, or Washington court, government or
                governmental agency or governmental body having jurisdiction
                over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or over any of
                their properties or operations;

                        (xiv) No consent, approval, authorization or order of or
                qualification with any court, government or governmental agency
                or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of 



                                       17
<PAGE>   18

                its subsidiaries, or over any of their properties or operations
                is necessary in connection with the consummation by the Company
                of the transactions herein contemplated, except such as have
                been obtained under the Act or such as may be required under
                state or other securities or blue sky laws or the bylaws, rules
                or regulations of the NASD in connection with the purchase and
                the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

                        (xv) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no legal or
                governmental proceedings pending or overtly threatened against
                the Company or any of its subsidiaries of a character required
                to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
                by the Act or the Rules and Regulations, other than those
                described therein;

                        (xvi) To such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company
                nor any of its subsidiaries is presently (a) in material
                violation of its respective charter or bylaws, or (b) in
                material breach of any applicable statute, rule or regulation
                known to such counsel or, to such counsel's knowledge, any
                order, writ or decree of any court or governmental agency or
                body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
                subsidiaries, or over any of their properties or operations;

                        (xvii) To such counsel's knowledge, except as set forth
                in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, no holders of
                Common Stock or other securities of the Company have
                registration rights with respect to securities of the Company
                and, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and
                Prospectus, all holders of securities of the Company having
                rights known to such counsel to registration of such shares of
                Common Stock or other securities, because of the filing of the
                Registration Statement by the Company have, with respect to the
                offering contemplated thereby, waived such rights or such rights
                have expired by reason of lapse of time following notification
                of the Company's intent to file the Registration Statement or
                have included securities in the Registration Statement pursuant
                to the exercise of and in full satisfaction of such rights;

                        (xviii) Each Selling Stockholder which is not a natural
                person has full right, power and authority to enter into and to
                perform its obligations under the Power of Attorney and Custody
                Agreement to be executed and delivered by it in connection with
                the transactions contemplated herein; the Power of Attorney and
                Custody Agreement of each Selling Stockholder that is not a
                natural person has been duly authorized by such Selling
                Stockholder; the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each
                Selling Stockholder has been duly executed and delivered by or
                on behalf of such Selling Stockholder; and the Power of Attorney
                and Custody Agreement of each Selling Stockholder constitutes
                the valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder,
                enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as the
                enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
                reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
                affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable
                principles;

                        (xix) Each of the Selling Stockholders has full right,
                power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations
                under this Agreement and to sell, transfer, assign and deliver
                the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

                        (xx) This Agreement has been duly authorized by each
                Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person and has been
                duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Selling
                Stockholder; and

                        (xxi) Upon the delivery of and payment for the Shares to
                be sold by the Selling Stockholders as provided in this
                Agreement, and upon registration of such Shares in the stock
                records of the Company in the names of the Underwriters or their
                nominees and the issuance by the Company of stock certificates
                therefor, each of the Underwriters will receive valid title to
                the Shares purchased by it from such Selling Stockholder, free
                and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance,
                claim or equitable interest (other than any right, title or
                interest in or to the Shares granted by the Underwriters to any
                person or entity in connection with the sale of such Shares to
                the public), provided that (a) the Underwriters are purchasing
                such Shares in good faith, and (b) the 



                                       18
<PAGE>   19

                Underwriters, together with their nominees (if any), hold such
                Shares without notice of any adverse claim.

                      In addition, such counsel shall state that such counsel
has participated in conferences with officials and other representatives of the
Company, the Representatives, Underwriters' Counsel and the independent
certified public accountants of the Company, at which conferences the contents
of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and related matters were discussed,
and although they have not verified the accuracy or completeness of the
statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, nothing
has come to the attention of such counsel which causes them to believe that, at
the time the Registration Statement became effective and at all times subsequent
thereto up to and on the Closing Date and (in the case of an Option Closing) on
any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, the Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto (other than the financial
statements including notes and supporting schedules and the other financial and
statistical information therein, as to which such counsel need express no
comment) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or at the Closing Date or (in the case of an Option
Closing) any later date on which the Option Shares are to be purchased, as the
case may be, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto (except as
aforesaid) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state
a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                      Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to
questions of law not involving the laws of the United States or the State of
California and Delaware upon opinions of local counsel, and as to questions of
fact upon representations or certificates of officers of the Company, the
Selling Stockholders or officers of the Selling Stockholders (when the Selling
Stockholder is not a natural person), and of government officials, in which case
their opinion is to state that they are so relying and that they have no
knowledge of any material misstatement or inaccuracy in any such opinion,
representation or certificate. Copies of any opinion, representation or
certificate so relied upon shall be delivered to you, as Representatives of the
Underwriters, and to Underwriters' Counsel.

                      In rendering their opinions, such counsel may rely solely
and state that they are relying solely upon the representations and warranties
of such Selling Stockholders in this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and
Custody Agreement referred to in paragraph (xviii), insofar as any of the same
relate to factual matters, above, provided such counsel shall state that they
believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such
representations and warranties.

               (e) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later
date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, an opinion
of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to you,
with respect to the sufficiency of all such corporate proceedings and other
legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby as you may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to
such counsel such documents as they may have reasonably requested for the
purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

               (f) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later
date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, a letter
from Ernst & Young LLP addressed to the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date or
such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be,
confirming that they are independent certified public accountants with respect
to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules
and Regulations and based upon the procedures described in such letter delivered
to you concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (herein called the
"Original Letter"), but carried out to a date not more than five (5) business
days prior to the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to
be purchased, as the case may be, (i) confirming, to the extent true, that the
statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter are accurate as of
the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased,
as the case may be, and (ii) setting forth any revisions and additions to the
statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter which are necessary
to reflect any changes in the facts described in the Original Letter since the
date of such letter, or to reflect the availability of more recent 



                                       19
<PAGE>   20

financial statements, data or information. The letter shall not disclose any
change in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise from that set forth in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus, which, in your sole judgment, is material
and adverse and that makes it, in your sole judgment, impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Shares as contemplated by
the Prospectus. The Original Letter from Ernst & Young LLP shall be addressed to
or for the use of the Underwriters in form and shall be in substance
satisfactory to the Underwriters and shall (i) represent, to the extent true,
that they are independent certified public accountants with respect to the
Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and
Regulations, (ii) set forth their opinion with respect to their examination of
the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of September 30, 1997 and
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for the twelve (12) months ended September 30, 1997, (iii) state that
Ernst & Young LLP has performed the procedures set out in Statement on Auditing
Standards No. 71 ("SAS 71") for a review of interim financial information and
providing the report of Ernst & Young LLP as described in SAS 71 on the
financial statements for each of the quarters in the ____-quarter period ended
________________, 1998 (the "Quarterly Financial Statements"), (iv) state that
in the course of such review, nothing came to their attention that leads them to
believe that any material modifications need to be made to any of the Quarterly
Financial Statements in order for them to be in compliance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied across the periods
presented, and (v) address other matters agreed upon by Ernst & Young LLP and
you. In addition, you shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter
addressed to the Company stating that their review of the Company's system of
internal accounting controls, to the extent they deemed necessary in
establishing the scope of their examination of the Company's consolidated
financial statements as of September 30, 1997, did not disclose any weaknesses
in internal controls that they considered to be material weaknesses.

               (g) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later
date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, a
certificate of the Company, dated the Closing Date or such later date on which
Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, signed by the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect
that, and you shall be satisfied that:

                        (i) The representations and warranties of the Company in
                this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects, as
                if made on and as of the Closing Date or any later date on which
                Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, and the
                Company has complied in all material respects with all the
                agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be
                performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date or any
                later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the
                case may be;

                        (ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
                Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for
                that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened
                under the Act;

                        (iii) When the Registration Statement became effective
                and at all times subsequent thereto up to the delivery of such
                certificate, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
                any amendments or supplements thereto, contained all material
                information required to be included therein by the Act and the
                Rules and Regulations and in all material respects conformed to
                the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, the
                Registration Statement did not, and any amendment or supplement
                thereto, does not include any untrue statement of a material
                fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
                therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
                misleading, the Prospectus did not, and any amendment or
                supplement thereto, does not include any untrue statement of a
                material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
                the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
                which they were made, not misleading, and, since the effective
                date of the Registration Statement, there has occurred no event
                required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented
                Prospectus which has not been so set forth; and

                        (iv) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
                information is given in the Registration Statement and
                Prospectus, there has not been (a) any material adverse change
                in the 



                                       20
<PAGE>   21

                condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
                earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the
                Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (b)
                any transaction that is material to the Company and its
                subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, except transactions
                entered into in the ordinary course of business, (c) any
                obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the
                Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
                incurred by the Company or its subsidiaries, except obligations
                incurred in the ordinary course of business, (d) any change in
                the capital stock (other than exercises of options and warrants)
                or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or any of its
                subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its
                subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (e) any dividend or
                distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on the capital
                stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (f) any loss
                or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the
                Company or any of its subsidiaries which has been sustained or
                will have been sustained which has a material adverse effect on
                the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
                earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the
                Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.

               (h) You shall be satisfied that, and you shall have received a
certificate, dated the Closing Date, from the Attorneys for each Selling
Stockholder to the effect that, as of the Closing Date, they have not been
informed that:

                        (i) The representations and warranties made by such
                Selling Stockholder herein are not true or correct in any
                material respect on the Closing Date; or

                        (ii) Such Selling Stockholder has not complied, in any
                material respect, with any obligation or satisfied any condition
                which is required to be performed or satisfied on the part of
                such Selling Stockholder at or prior to the Closing Date.

               (i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to you an
agreement from each officer and director of the Company, each Selling
Stockholder, the beneficial owners of 1% or more shares of Common Stock and the
beneficial owners of any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Company's Preferred Stock in writing prior to the date hereof that each such
person will not, during the Lock-up Period, effect the Disposition of any
Securities now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such person or with
respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition,
otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees
thereof agree in writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii) as a distribution
to partners or stockholders of such person, provided that the distributees
thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this restriction, or (iii)
with the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens. The foregoing
restriction shall have been expressly agreed to preclude the holder of the
Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed
to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of Securities
during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities would be disposed of by
someone other than the such holder. Such prohibited hedging or other
transactions would including, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not
against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without
limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any Securities or with
respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that
includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from
Securities. Furthermore, such person will have also agreed and consented to the
entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent against
the transfer of the Securities held by such person except in compliance with
this restriction.

               (j) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished
to you such further certificates and documents as you shall reasonably request
(including certificates of officers of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or
officers of the Selling Stockholders (when the Selling Stockholder is not a
natural person)) as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, as to the performance by the
Company and the Selling Stockholders of its their respective obligations
hereunder and as to the other conditions concurrent and precedent to the
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.



                                       21
<PAGE>   22

                      All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents
will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably
satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel. The Company and the Selling Stockholders
will furnish you with such number of conformed copies of such opinions,
certificates, letters and documents as you shall reasonably request.

        7.      OPTION SHARES.

                      (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and
agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters, for the purpose of
covering over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the
Firm Shares only, a nontransferable option to purchase up to an aggregate of
465,000 Option Shares at the purchase price per share for the Firm Shares set
forth in Section 3 hereof. Such option may be exercised by the Representatives
on behalf of the several Underwriters on one (1) or more occasions in whole or
in part during the period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Firm
Shares are initially offered to the public, by giving written notice to the
Company. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter upon
the exercise of such option shall be the same proportion of the total number of
Option Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters pursuant to the
exercise of such option as the number of Firm Shares purchased by such
Underwriter (set forth in Schedule A hereto) bears to the total number of Firm
Shares purchased by the several Underwriters (set forth in Schedule A hereto),
adjusted by the Representatives in such manner as to avoid fractional shares.

                      Delivery of definitive certificates for the Option Shares
to be purchased by the several Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the
option granted by this Section 7 shall be made against payment of the purchase
price therefor by the several Underwriters drawn in same-day funds, payable to
the order of the Company. In the event of any breach of the foregoing, the
Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for the interest lost and any other
expenses borne by them by reason of such breach. Such delivery and payment shall
take place at the offices of Fenwick & West LLP, Two Palo Alto Square, Palo
Alto, California 94306 or at such other place as may be agreed upon among the
Representatives and the Company (i) on the Closing Date, if written notice of
the exercise of such option is received by the Company at least two (2) full
business days prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) on a date which shall not be
later than the third (3rd) full business day following the date the Company
receives written notice of the exercise of such option, if such notice is
received by the Company less than two (2) full business days prior to the
Closing Date.

                      The certificates for the Option Shares to be so delivered
will be made available to you at such office or such other location including,
without limitation, in New York City, as you may reasonably request for checking
at least one (1) full business day prior to the date of payment and delivery and
will be in such names and denominations as you may request, such request to be
made at least two (2) full business days prior to such date of payment and
delivery. If the Representatives so elect, delivery of the Option Shares may be
made by credit through full fast transfer to the accounts at The Depository
Trust Company designated by the Representatives.

                      It is understood that you, individually, and not as the
Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to)
make payment of the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter or Underwriters
whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior to the date of
payment and delivery for the Option Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter
or Underwriters. Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter
or Underwriters of any of its or their obligations hereunder.

                      (b) Upon exercise of any option provided for in Section
5(a) hereof, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option
Shares will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the date of payment and
delivery for such Option Shares) to the accuracy of and compliance with the
representations, warranties and agreements of the Company herein, to the
accuracy of the statements of the Company and officers of the Company made
pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder, to the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof, and to
the condition that all 



                                       22
<PAGE>   23

proceedings taken at or prior to the payment date in connection with the sale
and transfer of such Option Shares shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to you and to Underwriters' counsel, and you shall have been furnished
with all such documents, certificates and opinions as you may reasonably request
in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of the
representations, warranties or statements, the performance of any of the
covenants or agreements of the Company or the satisfaction of any of the
conditions herein contained.

        8.      INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

               (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which such Underwriter may become subject (including, without
limitation, in its capacity as an Underwriter or as a "qualified independent
underwriter" within the meaning of Schedule E of the Bylaws of the NASD), under
the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, specifically including, but not limited
to, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arising out of or based upon (i) any breach of any representation, warranty,
agreement or covenant of the Company herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto,
or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to
reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the
Registration Statement, such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any
such amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with,
written information relating to any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder furnished
to the Company by such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder, directly or through
you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof and, provided further, that
the indemnity agreement provided in this Section 8(a) with respect to any
Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from
whom the person asserting any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact or
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact purchased Shares,
if a copy of the Prospectus in which such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was corrected had not been sent or
given to such person within the time required by the Act and the Rules and
Regulations, unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company
with Section 4(d) hereof.

               The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(a) shall extend upon
the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each
person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or
the Exchange Act. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any
liabilities which the Company may otherwise have.

               (b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), joint or several, to
which such Underwriter may become subject (including, without limitation, in its
capacity as an Underwriter or as a "qualified independent underwriter" within
the meaning of Schedule E or the Bylaws of the NASD) under the Act, or
otherwise, arising out of or based upon (i) any breach of any representation,
warranty, agreement or covenant of such Selling Stockholder herein contained,
(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto
or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or
(iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances 



                                       23
<PAGE>   24

under which they were made, not misleading, in the case of subparagraphs (ii)
and (iii) of this Section 8(b) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was
made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished about
such stockholder to the Company or such Underwriter by such Selling Stockholder,
directly or through such Selling Stockholder's representatives, specifically for
use in the preparation thereof, and agrees to reimburse each Underwriter for any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action;
provided, however, that the indemnity agreement provided in this Section 8(b)
with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any
Underwriter from whom the person asserting any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or actions based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact purchased Shares, if a copy of the Prospectus in which such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was
corrected had not been sent or given to such person within the time required by
the Act and the Rules and Regulations, unless such failure is the result of
noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(d) hereof.

               The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(b) shall extend upon
the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each
person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or
the Exchange Act. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any
liabilities which such Selling Stockholder may otherwise have.

               (c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company
or such Selling Stockholder may become subject under the Act or otherwise,
specifically including, but not limited to, losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon (i) any
breach of any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant of such
Underwriter herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or
the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, in the case of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of this
Section 8(c) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such
Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for use in the preparation
thereof, and agrees to reimburse the Company and each such Selling Stockholder
for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and each such
Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action.

               The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(c) shall extend upon
the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each
officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each director
of the Company, each Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls
the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act or the
Exchange Act. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities
which each Underwriter may otherwise have.

               (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying
party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the
commencement thereof but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under this Section 8. In case any such action is brought against
any indemnified party, and it notified the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate
therein and, to the extent that it shall elect by written notice delivered to
the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such
indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that if the



                                       24
<PAGE>   25

defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded
that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified
parties which are different from or additional to those available to the
indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to
select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise
participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or
parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified
party of the indemnifying party's election so to assume the defense of such
action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party
will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal
or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed
separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence
(it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable
for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with appropriate
local counsel) approved by the indemnifying party representing all the
indemnified parties under Section 8(a), 8(b) or 8(c) hereof who are parties to
such action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within
a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) the
indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified
party at the expense of the indemnifying party. In no event shall any
indemnifying party be liable in respect of any amounts paid in settlement of any
action unless the indemnifying party shall have approved the terms of such
settlement; provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect
of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnification
could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such
settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all
liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

               (e) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
any action in which a claim for indemnification is made pursuant to this Section
8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by
a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the
denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be
enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 8 provides for
indemnification in such case, all the parties hereto shall contribute to the
aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject
(after contribution from others) in such proportion so that, except as set forth
in Section 8(f) hereof, the Underwriters severally and not jointly are
responsible pro rata for the portion represented by the percentage that the
underwriting discount bears to the initial public offering price, and the
Company and the Selling Stockholders are responsible for the remaining portion,
provided, however, that (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any
amount in excess of the amount by which the underwriting discount applicable to
the Shares purchased by such Underwriter exceeds the amount of damages which
such Underwriter has otherwise required to pay, and (ii) no person guilty of a
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The contribution agreement in this Section 8(e)
shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the
benefit of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter, the Company or
any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act and
each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each
director of the Company.

               (f) The aggregate liability of each Selling Stockholder under the
representations, warranties and agreements contained herein and under the
indemnity, contribution and reimbursement agreements contained in the provisions
of Section 5 and this Section 8 shall be limited to an amount equal to the
lesser of (i) the initial public offering price of the Selling Stockholder
Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters minus the amount of
the underwriting discount paid thereon to the Underwriters by such Selling
Stockholder (the "Selling Stockholder Proceeds"), less (if and only if clause
(ii) immediately below is applicable) the amount of any income taxes described
in clause (y) immediately below, and (ii) solely in the case of an indemnity,
contribution or reimbursement claim arising out of or based upon any breach of
the representation and warranty contained in Section 2.II(l) hereof, the result
obtained by (x) multiplying the aggregate liability of all indemnifying parties
by the proportion which such Selling Stockholder's Selling Stockholder Proceeds
bear to the total of all Selling Stockholder Proceeds of all Selling
Stockholders and (y) subtracting therefrom any applicable United States federal
and state income taxes incurred by such Selling Stockholder as a result of the
sale of such Selling Stockholder's Selling Stockholder Shares pursuant to this
Agreement. The Company and such Selling Stockholders may agree, as among
themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this
Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they each
shall be responsible.

               (g) The parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge that they
are sophisticated business persons who were represented by counsel during the
negotiations regarding the provisions hereof including, without limitation, the
provisions of this Section 8, and are fully informed regarding said provisions.
They further acknowledge that the provisions of this Section 8 fairly allocate
the risks in light of the ability of the 



                                       25
<PAGE>   26

parties to investigate the Company and its business in order to assure that
adequate disclosure is made in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as
required by the Act and the Exchange Act.

               9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS to
Survive Delivery. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of
the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters herein or in
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the indemnity and contribution
agreements contained in Section 8 hereof shall remain operative and in full
force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter within the meaning of the
Act or the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Company or any Selling
Stockholder, or any of their officers, directors or controlling persons within
the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, and shall survive the delivery of
the Shares to the several Underwriters hereunder or termination of this
Agreement.

               10. SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS. If any Underwriter or
Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the number of Firm Shares agreed
by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder upon tender of
such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and if the aggregate
number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so
agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the Firm Shares, the
remaining Underwriters shall be obligated, severally in proportion to their
respective commitments hereunder, to take up and pay for the Firm Shares of such
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters.

                      If any Underwriter or Underwriters so defaults and the
aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed to take up and pay for exceeds 10% of the Firm
Shares, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right, but shall not be
obligated, to take up and pay for (in such proportions as may be agreed upon
among them) the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so
agreed but failed to purchase. If such remaining Underwriters do not, at the
Closing Date, take up and pay for the Firm Shares which the defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase, the Closing Date
shall be postponed for twenty-four (24) hours to allow the several Underwriters
the privilege of substituting within twenty-four (24) hours (including
non-business hours) another underwriter or underwriters (which may include any
nondefaulting Underwriter) satisfactory to the Company. If no such underwriter
or underwriters shall have been substituted as aforesaid by such postponed
Closing Date, the Closing Date may, at the option of the Company, be postponed
for a further twenty-four (24) hours, if necessary, to allow the Company the
privilege of finding another underwriter or underwriters, satisfactory to you,
to purchase the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so
agreed but failed to purchase. If it shall be arranged for the remaining
Underwriters or substituted underwriter or underwriters to take up the Firm
Shares of the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters as provided in this Section
10, (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone the time of delivery for a
period of not more than seven (7) full business days, in order to effect
whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company
agrees promptly to file any amendments to the Registration Statement,
supplements to the Prospectus or other such documents which may thereby be made
necessary, and (ii) the respective number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the
remaining Underwriters and substituted underwriter or underwriters shall be
taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation. If the remaining
Underwriters shall not take up and pay for all such Firm Shares so agreed to be
purchased by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters or substitute another
underwriter or underwriters as aforesaid and the Company shall not find or shall
not elect to seek another underwriter or underwriters for such Firm Shares as
aforesaid, then this Agreement shall terminate.

                      In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant
to the preceding paragraph of this Section 10, neither the Company nor any
Selling Stockholder shall be liable to any Underwriter (except as provided in
Sections 5 and 8 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter
who shall have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted under this
Agreement, to purchase the number of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter to
be purchased hereunder, which Underwriter shall remain liable to the Company,
the Selling Stockholders and the other Underwriters for damages, if any,
resulting from such default) be liable to the Company or any Selling Stockholder
(except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof).



                                       26
<PAGE>   27

                      The term "Underwriter" in this Agreement shall include any
person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

        11.     EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

               (a) This Agreement shall become effective at the earlier of (i)
6:30 A.M., San Francisco time, on the first full business day following the
effective date of the Registration Statement, or (ii) the time of the initial
public offering of any of the Shares by the Underwriters after the Registration
Statement becomes effective. The time of the initial public offering shall mean
the time of the release by you, for publication, of the first newspaper
advertisement relating to the Shares, or the time at which the Shares are first
generally offered by the Underwriters to the public by letter, telephone,
telegram or telecopy, whichever shall first occur. By giving notice as set forth
in Section 12 before the time this Agreement becomes effective, you, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, or the Company, may prevent this
Agreement from becoming effective without liability of any party to any other
party, except as provided in Sections 4(j), 5 and 8 hereof.

               (b) You, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall
have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter
specified at any time on or prior to the Closing Date or on or prior to any
later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, (i)
if the Company or any Selling Stockholder shall have failed, refused or been
unable to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any
other condition of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder required to be
fulfilled is not fulfilled, including, without limitation, any change in the
condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise from
that set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, which, in your sole
judgment, is material and adverse, or (ii) if additional material governmental
restrictions, not in force and effect on the date hereof, shall have been
imposed upon trading in securities generally or minimum or maximum prices shall
have been generally established on the New York Stock Exchange or on the
American Stock Exchange or in the over the counter market by the NASD, or
trading in securities generally shall have been suspended on either such
exchange or in the over the counter market by the NASD, or if a banking
moratorium shall have been declared by federal, New York or California
authorities, or (iii) if the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike,
fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as to
interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the
Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured, or (iv)
if there shall have been a material adverse change in the general political or
economic conditions or financial markets as in your reasonable judgment makes it
inadvisable or impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and delivery of
the Shares, or (v) if there shall have been an outbreak or escalation of
hostilities or of any other insurrection or armed conflict or the declaration by
the United States of a national emergency which, in the reasonable opinion of
the Representatives, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
public offering of the Shares as contemplated by the Prospectus. In the event of
termination pursuant to subparagraph (i) above, the Company shall remain
obligated to pay costs and expenses pursuant to Sections 4(j), 5 and 8 hereof.
Any termination pursuant to any of subparagraphs (ii) through (v) above shall be
without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Sections
5 and 8 hereof.

               If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or
to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 11, you shall promptly
notify the Company by telephone, telecopy, telegram or electronic mail
transmission, in each case confirmed by letter. If the Company shall elect to
prevent this Agreement from becoming effective, the Company shall promptly
notify you by telephone, telecopy, telegram or electronic mail transmission, in
each case, confirmed by letter.

        12. NOTICES. All notices or communications hereunder, except as herein
otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and if sent to you shall be
mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and
confirmed by letter) to you c/o BancBoston Robertson Stephens, 555 California
Street, Suite 2600, San Francisco, California 94104, telecopier number (415)
781-0278, Attention: General Counsel; if sent to the Company, such notice shall
be mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and
confirmed by letter) to Concur Technologies, Inc., 14715 Northeast 95th Street,
Redmond, Washington 98052, telecopier number (425) 702-8808, Attention: S.
Steven Singh, President and Chief Executive Officer; if sent to



                                       27
<PAGE>   28

one or more of the Selling Stockholders, such notice shall be sent mailed,
delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and confirmed by
letter) to S. Steven Singh and Sterling Wilson, as Attorneys-in-Fact for the
Selling Stockholders, at Concur Technologies, Inc., 14715 Northeast 95th Street,
Redmond, Washington 98052, telecopier number (425) 702-8808.

        13. PARTIES. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the several Underwriters and the Company and the Selling Stockholders and
their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing
expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to
give any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and the controlling persons
within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, officers and directors
referred to in Section 8 hereof, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
in respect of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement
and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective executors,
administrators, successors and assigns and said controlling persons and said
officers and directors, and for the benefit of no other person or entity. No
purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be construed a
successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

               In all dealings with the Company and the Selling Stockholders
under this Agreement, you shall act on behalf of each of the several
Underwriters, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to
act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement made or given by
you jointly or by BancBoston Robertson Stephens on behalf of you.

        14. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

        15. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts,
each of which will constitute an original.



                                       28
<PAGE>   29

               If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the
Company the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, please so
indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter
shall constitute a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders
and the several Underwriters.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                                        By   ___________________________________
                                             S. Steven Singh
                                             President and Chief Executive 
                                             Officer



                                        SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                                        By   ___________________________________
                                             S. Steven Singh


                                        By   ___________________________________
                                             Sterling Wilson
                                             Attorneys-in-Fact for the Selling
                                             Stockholders named in Schedule B 
                                             hereto


Accepted as of the date first above written:

BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS
HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

On their behalf and on behalf of each of the several Underwriters named in
Schedule A hereto.

By BANCBOSTON  ROBERTSON STEPHENS


By   ___________________________________
     Authorized Signatory



<PAGE>   30

                                   SCHEDULE A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                                   FIRM SHARES
UNDERWRITERS                                                     TO BE PURCHASED
<S>                                                              <C>
BancBoston Robertson Stephens............................
Hambrecht & Quist LLC....................................
Piper Jaffray Inc........................................
[NAMES OF OTHER UNDERWRITERS]............................
                                                                  ----------------

         Total...........................................             2,900,000
                                                                  ================
</TABLE>



                                       1

<PAGE>   31

                                   SCHEDULE B

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                                                               COMPANY SHARES
COMPANY                                                          TO BE SOLD
<S>                                                        <C>
Concur Technologies, Inc.............................

         Total.......................................             2,900,000
                                                               ================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                                                            SELLING STOCKHOLDER
NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS                                 SHARES TO BE SOLD
- ----------------------------                                 -----------------
<S>                                                         <C>    
Michael W. Hilton....................................              40,000
S. Steven Singh......................................              56,900
Jon T. Matsuo........................................              26,400
Rajeev Singh.........................................              18,400
Sterling R. Wilson...................................              22,400
Imperial Bank........................................              31,900 
Timothy Y. Fitzgerald................................               4,000
                                                             -----------------
         Total.......................................             200,000 
                                                             =================
</TABLE>



                                       1

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20

                                 IMPERIAL BANK
                                  Member FDIC


                          SECURITY AND LOAN AGREEMENT
                             (ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE)

This Agreement is entered into between       PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION,
                                                  a Washington Corporation
(herein called "Borrower") and IMPERIAL BANK (herein called "Bank").

1.   Bank hereby commits, subject to all the terms and conditions of this
     Agreement and prior to the termination of its commitment as hereinafter
     provided, to make loans to Borrower from time to time up to, but not
     exceeding in the aggregate unpaid principal balance, the following
     Borrowing Base:

                            80% of Eligible Accounts

     and in no event more than $2,000,000.00. Amounts repaid may be reborrowed.

2.   The amount of each loan made by Bank to Borrower hereunder shall be debited
     to the loan ledgers account of Borrower maintained by Bank (herein called
     "Loan Account") and Bank shall credit the Loan Account with all loan
     repayments made by Borrower. Borrower promises to pay Bank (a) the unpaid
     balance of Borrower's Loan Account at maturity, unless accelerated
     according to the terms herein and (b) on or before the tenth day of each
     month, interest on the average daily unpaid balance of the Loan Account
     during the immediately preceding month at the rate of One & 500/1000ths
     percent (1.500%) per annum in excess of the rate of interest which Bank
     has announced as its prime lending rate ("Prime Rate") which shall vary
     concurrently with any change in such Prime Rate. Interest shall be computed
     at the above rate on the basis of the actual number of days during which
     the principal balance of the loan account is outstanding divided by 360,
     which shall for interest corporation purposes be considered one year. Such
     notice may be given verbally or in writing and should be effective upon
     receipt by Borrower. Bank is hereby authorized to charge Borrower's deposit
     account(s) with Bank for all sums due Bank under this Agreement.

3.   Requests for loans hereunder shall be in writing duly executed by Borrower
     in a form satisfactory to Bank and shall contain a certification setting
     forth the matters referred to in Section 1, which shall disclose that
     Borrower is entitled to the amount of loan being requested.

4.   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following
     meanings:

     A.   "Accounts" means any right to payment for goods sold or leased, or to
          be sold or to be leased, or for services rendered or to be rendered no
          matter how evidenced, including accounts receivable, contract rights,
          chattel paper, instruments, purchase orders, notes, drafts,
          acceptances, general intangibles and other forms of obligations and
          receivables.

     B.   "Collateral" means any and all personal property of Borrower which is
          assigned or hereafter is assigned to Bank as security or in which Bank
          now has or hereafter acquires a security interest.

     C.   "Eligible Accounts" means all of Borrower's Accounts excluding,
          however, (1) all Accounts under which payment is not received within
          90 days from any invoice date, (2) all Accounts against which the
          account debtor or any other person obligated to make payment thereon
          asserts any defense, offset, counterclaim or other right to avoid or
          reduce the liability represented  by the Account to the extent of the
          amount subject to such defense, offset, counterclaim, or other right
          to avoid or reduce the liability, and (3) any Accounts if the account
          debtor or any other person liable in connection therewith is
          insolvent, subject to bankruptcy or receivership proceedings or has
          made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or whose credit
          standing is unacceptable to Bank and Bank has so notified Borrower.
          Eligible Accounts shall only include such accounts as Bank in its sole
          discretion shall determine are eligible from time to time.

5.   Borrower hereby assigns to Bank all Borrower's present and future Accounts,
     including all proceeds due thereunder, all guaranties and security
     therefor, and hereby grants to Bank a continuing security interest in all
     moneys in the Collateral Account referred to in Section 6 hereof as
     security for any and all obligations of Borrower to Bank, whether now owing
     or hereafter incurred and whether direct, indirect, absolute or contingent.
     So long as Borrower is indebted to Bank or bank is committed to extend
     credit to Borrower, Borrower will execute and deliver to Bank such
     assignments, including Bank's standard forms of Specific or General
     Assignment covering individual Accounts, notices, financing statements, and
     other documents and papers as Bank may require in order to affirm,
     effectuate or further assure the assignment to Bank of the Collateral or to
     give any third party, including the account debtors obligated on the
     Accounts, notice of Bank's interest in the Collateral.

6.   Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant to
     paragraph 10, Borrower will collect with diligence all Borrower's Accounts.
     Any collection of Accounts by Borrower, whether in the form of cash,
     checks, notes, or other instruments for payment of money (properly endorsed
     or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in
     trust for Bank. In the event of default, the proceeds of such collections
     when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of
     Borrower's Loan Account or any other obligation secured hereby. Any credit
     given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit
     subject to collection. Returned items at Bank's option may be charged to
     Borrower's general account. All collections of the Accounts shall be set
     forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the
     amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request. 



                                  Page 1 of 3
<PAGE>   2
7.   Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant to 
     paragraph 10, Borrower may continue its present policies with respect to 
     returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Borrower shall immediately 
     notify Bank of all cases involving returns, repossessions, and loss or 
     damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts and of any 
     credits, adjustments or disputes arising in connection with the goods or 
     services represented by the Accounts and, in any of such events, Borrower 
     will immediately pay to Bank from its own funds (and not from the proceeds 
     of Accounts or Inventory) for application to Borrower's Loan Account or 
     any other obligation secured hereby the amount of any credit for such 
     returned or repossessed merchandise and adjustments made to any of the 
     Accounts. 

8.   Borrower represents and warrants to Bank: (i) If Borrower is a 
     corporation, that Borrower is duly organized and existing in the State of 
     its incorporation and the execution, delivery and performance hereof are 
     within Borrower's corporate powers, have been duly authorized and are not 
     in conflict with law or the terms of any charter, by-law or other 
     incorporation papers, or of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to 
     which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound or affected;
     (ii) Borrower is, or at the time the collateral becomes subject to Bank's 
     security interest will be, the true and lawful owner of and has, or at the 
     time the Collateral becomes subject to Bank's security interest will have, 
     good and clear title to the Collateral, subject only to Bank's rights 
     therein; (iii) Each Account is, or at the time the Account comes into 
     existence will be, a true and correct statement of a bond fide 
     indebtedness incurred by the debtor named therein in the amount of the 
     Account for either merchandise sold or delivered (or being held subject to 
     Borrower's delivery instructions) to, or services rendered, performed and 
     accepted by, the account debtor; (iv) That there are or will be no 
     defenses, counterclaims, or setoffs which may be asserted against the 
     Accounts; and (v) any and all financial information, including information 
     relating to the Collateral, submitted by Borrower to Bank, whether 
     previously or in the future, is or will be true and correct.

9.   Borrower will: (i) Permit representatives of Bank to inspect Borrower's
     books and records relating to the Collateral and make extracts therefrom at
     any reasonable time and to arrange for verification of the Accounts, under
     reasonable procedures, acceptable to Bank, directly with the account
     debtors or otherwise at Borrower's expense; (ii) Promptly notify Bank of
     any attachment or other legal process levied against any of the Collateral
     and any information received by Borrower relative to the Collateral,
     including the Accounts, the account debtors or other persons obligated in
     connection therewith, which may in any way affect the value of the
     Collateral or the rights and remedies of Bank in respect thereto; (iii)
     Reimburse Bank upon demand for any and all legal costs, including
     reasonable attorneys' fees, and other expense incurred in collecting any
     sums payable by Borrower under Borrower's Loan Account or any other
     obligation secured hereby, enforcing any term or provision of this Security
     Agreement or otherwise or in the checking, handling and collection of the
     Collateral and the preparation and enforcement of any agreement relating
     thereto; (iv) Notify Bank of each location and of each office of Borrower
     at which records of Borrower relating to the Accounts are kept; (v) In the
     event the unpaid balance of Borrower's Loan Account shall exceed the
     maximum amount of outstanding loans to which Borrower is entitled under
     Section 1 hereof, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, from its own
     funds or from the proceeds of Collateral, for credit to Borrower's Loan
     Account the amount of such excess.

10.  Bank may at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of 
     Default without prior notice to Borrower, collect the Accounts and may 
     give notice of assignment to any and all account debtors, and Borrower 
     does hereby make, constitute and appoint Bank its irrevocable, true and 
     lawful attorney with power to receive, open and dispose of all mail 
     addressed to Borrower, to endorse the name of Borrower upon any checks or 
     other evidences of payment that may come into the possession of Bank upon 
     the Accounts; to endorse the name of the undersigned upon any document or 
     instrument relating to the Collateral; in its name or otherwise, to 
     demand, sue for, collect and give acquittance for any and all moneys due 
     or to become due upon the Accounts; to compromise, prosecute or defend any 
     action, claim or proceeding with respect thereto; and to do any and all 
     things necessary and proper to carry out the purpose herein contemplated.

11.  Until Borrower's Loan Account and all other obligations secured hereby 
     shall have been repaid in full, Borrower shall not sell, dispose of or 
     grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than to Bank, or 
     execute any financing statements covering the Collateral in favor of any
     secured  party or person other than Bank.

12.  Should: (i) Default be made in the payment of any obligation, or breach be 
     made in any warranty, statement, promise, term or condition, contained 
     herein or hereby secured; (ii) Any statement or representation made for 
     the purpose of obtaining credit hereunder prove false; (iii) Bank deem the 
     Collateral inadequate or unsafe or in danger of misuse; (iv) Borrower 
     become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
     (v) Any proceeding be commended by or against Borrower under any 
     bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt or 
     moratorium law or statute; then in any such event, Bank may, at its option 
     and without demand first made and without notice to Borrower, do any one or
     more of the following: (a) Terminate its obligation to make loans to 
     Borrower as provided in Section 1 hereof; (b) Declare all sums secured 
     hereby immediately due and payable; (c) Immediately take possession of the 
     Collateral wherever it may be found, using all necessary force so to do, 
     or require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to 
     Bank at a place designated by Bank which is reasonably convenient to 
     Borrower and Bank, and Borrower waives all claims for damages due to or 
     arising from or connected with any such taking except for gross negligence 
     or willful misconduct (d) Proceed in the foreclosure of Bank's security 
     interest and sale of the Collateral in any manner permitted by law, or 
     provided for herein; (e) Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral
     at public or private sale, with or without having the Collateral at the 
     place of sale, and upon terms and in such manner as Bank may determine, 
     and Bank may purchase same at any such sale; (f) Retain the Collateral in 
     full satisfaction of the obligations secured thereby; (g) Exercise any 
     remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code. Prior to 
     any such disposition, Bank may at its option, cause any of the Collateral 
     to be repaired or reconditioned in such manner and to such extent as Bank 
     may deem advisable, and any sums expended therefor by Bank shall be repaid 
     by Borrower and secured hereby. Bank shall have the right to enforce one 
     or more remedies hereunder successively or concurrently, and any such 
     action shall not estop or prevent Bank from pursuing any further remedy 
     which it may have hereunder or by law. If a sufficient sum is not realized 
     from any such disposition of Collateral to pay all obligations secured by 
     this Security Agreement, Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay Bank 
     any deficiency.


                                  Page 2 of 3

<PAGE>   3

13.  If any writ of attachment, garnishment, execution or other legal process 
     be issued against any property of Borrower in excess of $50,000, or if any 
     recording or filing of a lien for taxes against Borrower, other than real 
     property, is made by the Federal or State government or any department 
     thereof, the obligation of Bank to make loans to Borrower as provided in 
     Section 1 hereof shall immediately terminate and the unpaid balance of the 
     Loan Account, all other obligations secured hereby and all other sums due 
     hereunder shall immediately become due and payable without demand, 
     presentment or notice.

14.  Borrower authorizes Bank to destroy all invoices, delivery receipts, 
     reports and other types of documents and records submitted to Bank in 
     connection with the transactions contemplated herein at any time 
     subsequent to four months from the time such items are delivered to Bank.

15.  Nothing herein shall in any way limit the effect of the conditions set 
     forth in any other security or other agreement executed by Borrower, but 
     each and every condition hereof shall be in addition thereto.

16.  Additional Provisions:  Subject to the attached Addendum to Security and 
     Loan Agreement dated September 3, 1997.



Executed this 3rd day of September, 1997

                                             PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                   (Name of Borrower)

IMPERIAL BANK                                By:             [SIG]
                                                --------------------------------
                                                (Authorized Signature and Title)

By:           [SIG]                          By:             [SIG]
   ----------------------------------           --------------------------------
             (Title)                            (Authorized Signature and Title)




                                  Page 3 of 3


<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21

ADDENDUM TO SECURITY AND LOAN AGREEMENT
("SECURITY AND LOAN AGREEMENT") BETWEEN
PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION AND IMPERIAL BANK
DATED: SEPTEMBER 3, 1997

This Addendum is made and entered into September 3, 1997, between Portable 
Software Corporation ("Borrower") and Imperial Bank ("Bank"). This Addendum 
amends and supplements the Security and Loan Agreement. In the event of any 
inconsistency between the terms herein and the terms of the Security and Loan 
Agreement, the terms herein shall in all cases govern and control. All 
capitalized terms herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the 
meaning set forth in the Security and Loan Agreement.

1.   Any commitment of Bank, pursuant to the terms of the Security and Loan 
Agreement, to make advances against Eligible Accounts shall expire on September 
2, 1998, subject to Bank's right to renew said commitment in its sole 
discretion. Any such renewal of the commitment shall not be binding upon Bank 
unless it is in writing and signed by an officer of the Bank.

2.   Within the commitment pursuant to the terms of the Security and Loan 
Agreement, there shall be a sub-limit of $500,000.00 for the issuance by Bank 
of Standby and Commercial Letters of Credit for the benefit of Borrower. 
Borrower agrees that should, for any reason, the Line of Credit not be renewed 
by Bank, any Letter of Credit outstanding with a maturity date beyond September 
2, 1998, will be secured by a Certificate of Deposit with Bank in an amount 
equal to the face value of the Letter of Credit.

3.   In addition to the commitments set forth in the Security and Loan 
Agreement, Bank commits to advance up to $1,000,000.00 as a three (3) year 
non-revolving term loan (the "Senior Term Loan"). Borrower may make draws under 
the Senior Term Loan until February 15, 1999, at which time the outstanding 
balance will be converted to a two (2) year fully amortizing term loan. 
Interest on the Senior Term Loan shall be payable monthly and calculated on a 
360 day-year basis at one percent (1%) below the Bank's announced Prime Rate 
(floating), as it may vary from time to time. Principal on the Senior Term Loan 
will be payable in twenty-four (24) equal monthly payments beginning on March 
15, 1999, with final payment due on February 15, 2001.

4.   As a condition precedent to Bank's obligation to make any advances to 
Borrower, Borrower shall, among other things, provide to Bank a subordination 
agreement covering all existing and any subsequent loan to Borrower by Comdisco 
Ventures, Inc. in the minimum amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000.00), in 
form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Payments of interest will be permitted 
so long as Borrower is in compliance with this Agreement.



                                       1

<PAGE>   2
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997



5.   As a condition precedent to Bank's obligation to make any advances to 
Borrower, Borrower shall, among other things, (i) provide to Bank a perfected 
security interest in all it owned patents and trademarks in form and substance 
satisfactory to Bank and (ii) cause any material copyright registerable works 
including software to be promptly registered in the U.S. Copyright Office and 
execute and deliver a mortgage of copyrights and amendments appropriate and 
acceptable to Bank to perfect Bank's security interest in all proceeds of such 
works.

6.   Bank agrees to amend the interest rate on the Loan Account as follows:

Interest on the Loan Account shall be payable monthly and calculated on a 360 
day-year basis at one percent (1%) above the Bank's announced Prime Rate 
(floating), as it may vary from time to time upon Bank's receipt of 
satisfactory written evidence of Borrower's achievement and maintenance of 
operating and after-tax profitability for two consecutive quarters.

7.   Eligible Accounts shall not include any of the following:

     a.   Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, 
director, shareholder, employee, subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower.

     b.   Accounts due from a customer if more than twenty-five percent (25%) 
or more of the aggregate amount of accounts of such customer have at that time 
remained unpaid for more than ninety (90) days from the invoice.

     c.   Accounts with respect to international transactions unless insured or 
covered by a letter of credit in a manner and form acceptable to the Bank or 
unless approved by Bank in writing or included in Table I below. Advances 
against such accounts to be subject to all other restrictions of Eligible 
Accounts. Approved accounts receivable listed in Table I will not exceed 
$300,000 at any one time.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table I
- -------
<S>                                     <C>
Morgan Stanley (UK)                     Pfizer (Belgium)
Dresdner Kleinwort Benson (UK)          Sotheby's (UK)
Unysis (UK)                             Case (France)
Citicorp (UK)                           Paraexel (UK)
Tektronix (UK)                          Merck, Sharpe and Dome (UK)
</TABLE>



                                       2
<PAGE>   3
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997



     d.   Salesman's accounts for promotional purposes.

     e.   The amount by which any one account exceeds twenty percent (20%) of 
the total accounts receivable balance.

     f.   Accounts where the account debtor is a seller to borrower, to the 
extent that a potential offset exists.

8.   Borrower represents and warrants that:

     a.   There is no litigation or other proceeding pending or threatened 
against or affecting Borrower, and Borrower is not in default with respect to 
any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any court or other 
governmental or regulatory authority.

     b.   The balance sheet of Borrower dated as of June 30, 1997, and the 
related profit and loss statement for the nine months then ended, a copy of 
which has heretofore been delivered to Bank by Borrower, and all other 
statements and data submitted in writing by Borrower to Bank in connection with 
its request for credit are true and correct, and said balance sheet and profit 
and loss statement truly present the financial condition of Borrower as of 
the date thereof and the results of the operations of Borrower for the period 
covered thereby, and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles on a basis consistently maintained. Since such date, 
there have been no material adverse changes in the financial condition or 
business of Borrower. Borrower has no knowledge of any liabilities, contingent 
or otherwise, at such date not reflected in said balance sheet, and Borrower 
has not entered into any special commitments or substantial contracts which are 
not reflected in said balance sheet, other than in the ordinary and normal 
course of its business, which may have a materially adverse effect upon its 
financial condition, operations or business as now conducted.

     c.   Borrower has no liability for any delinquent state, local or federal 
taxes, and, if Borrower has contracted with any government agency, Borrower has 
no liability for renegotiation of profits.

     d.   Borrower, as of the date hereof, possesses all necessary trademarks, 
trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, and licenses to conduct its 
business as now operated, without any known conflict with valid trademarks, 
trade names, copyrights, patents and license rights of others.



                                       3
<PAGE>   4
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997



9.   Borrower agrees that so long as it is indebted to Bank, it will not, 
without prior written consent of Bank, which consent will not be unreasonably 
withheld:

     a.   Make any substantial change in the character of its business; or make 
any change in its executive management.

     b.   Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any indebtedness for 
borrowed monies other than loans from Bank except obligations now existing as 
shown in financial statement dated June 30, 1997, and except those to third 
party equipment lessors and the debt due to Comdisco Ventures, Inc. ("Permitted 
Indebtedness"). The debt due to Comdisco Ventures, Inc. to be evidenced by a 
sale-leaseback agreement, subordination agreement, or equipment leasing 
facility and may not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate, without prior 
written consent of Bank (such consent will not be unreasonably be withheld) 
excluding those being refinanced by Bank; or sell or transfer, either with or 
without recourse, any accounts or notes receivable or any monies due or to 
become due.

     c.   Create, incur, or assume any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, lien or 
charge of any kind (including the charge upon property at any time purchased or
acquired under conditional sale or other title retention agreement) upon any 
asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, other than liens for taxes not 
delinquent, liens directly related to Permitted Indebtedness, and liens in 
Bank's favor.

     d.   Make any loans or advances to any person or other entity other than 
in the ordinary and normal course of its business as now conducted or make any 
investment in the securities of any person or other entity other than the 
United States Government; or guarantee or otherwise become liable upon the 
obligation of any person or other entity, except by endorsement of negotiable 
instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary and normal course of its 
business.

     e.   Purchase or otherwise acquire the assets or business of any person
or other entity; or liquidate, dissolve, merge or consolidate, or commence any 
proceedings therefore; or except in the ordinary and normal course of its 
business, sell (including without limitation the selling of any property or 
other asset accompanied by the leasing back of the same) any assets including 
any fixed assets, any property, or other assets necessary for the continuance 
of its business as now conducted.



                                       4
<PAGE>   5
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997


     f.   Declare or pay any dividend, other than in capital stock, or make any 
other distribution on any of its capital stock now outstanding or hereafter 
issued or purchase, redeem or retire any of such stock, other than redeeming 
employees, officers, or directors stock, when they leave Borrower, provided 
that such payments do not exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year.

10.  All financial covenants and financial information referenced herein shall 
be interpreted and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles applied on a basis consistent with previous years. Compliance with 
financial covenants shall be calculated and monitored on a monthly basis.

11.  Borrower affirmatively covenants that so long as any loans, obligations or 
liabilities remain outstanding or unpaid to Bank, it will:

     a.   At all times maintain a minimum tangible net worth (meaning the 
excess of all assets, excluding any value for goodwill, trademarks, patents, 
copyrights, organization expense and other similar intangible items, over its 
liabilities, less subordinated debt) of not less than $2,000,000.00 presently 
and hereafter.

     b.   At all times maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to tangible net 
worth not to exceed 2.50 to 1.00. Total debt to be defined as all the 
Borrower's liabilities less deferred revenues, warranty allowance, and 
indebtedness full subordinated to the debt due Bank.

     c.   At all times maintain a quick ratio (defined as the sum of cash plus 
accounts receivable divided by current liabilities less debt fully 
subordinated to the debt due to Bank) of at least 1.25:1.00 presently and 
hereafter.

     d.   Maximum quarterly losses (losses; are not to exceed) $1,450,000 for 
the quarter ending September 30, 1997; $1,450,000 for the quarter ending 
December 31, 1997; $1,300,000 for the quarter ending March 31, 1998, and 
$800,000 for the quarter ending June 30, 1998.

     e.   As soon as it is available, but not later than 10 days after and as 
of the end of each month, deliver to Bank an accounts receivable aging, 
accounts payable aging, and borrowing base certificate in form of Exhibit A 
(attached), and certified by an officer of Borrower.


                                       5
<PAGE>   6
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997


     f.   As soon as it is available, but not later than 25 days after and as 
of the end of each month, deliver to Bank a financial statement consisting of a 
balance sheet and profit and loss statement in form satisfactory to Bank.

     g.   As soon as it is available, but not later than 25 days after and as 
of the end of each fiscal quarter, deliver to Bank a Compliance Certificate in 
the form of Exhibit B (attached) certified by an officer of Borrower.

     h.   As soon as it is available, but not later than 120 days after the end 
of Borrower's fiscal year, deliver to Bank a report of audit of Borrower's 
financial statements together with changes in financial position certified 
without negative qualification by an independent certified public accountant 
selected by Borrower but acceptable to Bank.

     i.   On a quarterly basis, provide Bank with an alphabetized list of 
customers including addresses.

     j.   Maintain and preserve all rights, franchises and other authority 
adequate for the conduct of its business; maintain its properties, equipment 
and facilities in good order and repair; conduct its business in an orderly 
manner without voluntary interruption and, if a corporation or partnership, 
maintain and preserve its existence.

     k.   Maintain public liability, property damage and workers compensation 
insurance and insurance on all its insurable property against fire and other 
hazards with responsible insurance carriers to the extent usually maintained by 
similar businesses. Borrower shall provide evidence of property insurance in 
amounts and types acceptable to Bank, and certificates naming Bank Loss Payee.

     l.   Pay and discharge, before the same become delinquent and before 
penalties accrue thereon, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon 
or against it or any of its properties, and any of its other liabilities at any 
time existing, except to the extent and so long as:

     (i)  The same are being contested in good faith and by appropriate 
          proceedings in such manner as not to cause any materially adverse 
          affect upon its financial condition or the loss of any right of 
          redemption from any sale thereunder; and




                                       6
<PAGE>   7
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997


     (ii) It shall have set aside on its books reserves (segregated to the 
          extent required by generally accepted accounting practice) deemed by 
          it adequate with respect thereto.

     m.   Maintain a standard and modem system of accounting in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles on a basis consistently maintained; 
permit Bank's representatives to have access to, and to examine its properties, 
books and records at all reasonable times.

12.  In addition to any other amounts due, or to become due, Borrower agrees to 
pay Bank:

     (i)  A loan fee in the amount of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000.00) upon
          signing of this Agreement.

     (ii) The reimbursement of all reasonable out of pocket and reasonable legal
          expenses incurred by Bank for filing, search and similar fees in
          connection with the Loan or the Loan Documents.

13.  Bank to receive a warrant to purchase 35,000 shares of Borrower's Series D 
Preferred Stock at an initial exercise price of $1.46 per share. The warrant to 
be on the Bank's form, with a five year maturity inclusive of certain 
provisions to include, but not limited by, a net exercise provision, 
anti-dilution protection, piggy-back registration rights and a $30,000 put 
option (the right to exercise the put option. "Put Right" shall expire two 
years from the issue date of the warrant.)

14.  Borrower will maintain its primary operating and deposit accounts with 
Bank. Local depository account(s) may be maintained for Borrower's convenience.

15.  Default Interest. The default rate applicable to the Loan Account and the 
Senior Term Debt upon notice shall be five (5) percent per year in excess of 
the rate otherwise applicable.




                                       7



<PAGE>   8
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997

16.  Late Charges. If any installment payment, interest payment, principal 
payment or principal balance payment due hereunder is delinquent ten (10) or 
more days, Borrower agrees to pay Bank a late charge in the amount of 5% of the 
payment so due and unpaid, in addition to the payment; but nothing in this 
paragraph is to be construed as any obligation on the part of the Bank to 
accept payment of any payment past due or less than the total unpaid principal 
balance after maturity.

17.  Reference Provisions

     a.   Other than (i) non-judicial foreclosure and all matters in connection 
therewith regarding security interests in real or personal property; or (ii) 
the appointment of a receiver, or the exercise of other provisional remedies 
(any and all of which may be initiated pursuant to applicable law), each 
controversy, dispute or claim between the parties arising out of or relating to 
this Note ("Agreement"), which controversy, dispute or claim is not settled in 
writing within thirty (30) days after the "Claim Date" (defined as the date on 
which a party subject to the Agreement gives written notice to all other 
parties that a controversy, dispute or claim exists), will be settled by a 
reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Section 
638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor 
section ("CCP"), which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the settlement 
of any controversy, dispute or claim concerning this Agreement, including 
whether such controversy, dispute or claim is subject to the reference 
proceeding and except as set forth above, the parties waive their rights to 
initiate any legal proceedings against each other in any court or jurisdiction 
other than the Superior Court in the County where the real property securing 
this Agreement, if any, is located or Los Angeles County if none (the "Court"). 
The referee shall be a retired Judge of the Court selected by mutual agreement 
of the parties, and if they cannot so agree within forty-five (45) days after 
the Claim Date, the referee shall be promptly selected by the Presiding Judge 
of the Court (or his representative). The referee shall be appointed to sit as 
a temporary judge, with all of the powers of a temporary judge, as authorized 
by law, and upon selection should take and subscribe to the oath of office as 
provided for in Rule 244 of the California Rules of Court (or any subsequently 
enacted Rule). Each party shall have one peremptory challenge pursuant to CCP 
Section 170.6. The referee shall (a) be requested to set the matter for hearing 
within sixty (60) days after the Claim Date and (b) try any and all issues of 
law or fact and report a statement of decision upon them, if possible, within 
ninety (90) days of the Claim


                                       8
<PAGE>   9
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997

Date. Any decision rendered by the referee will be final, binding and 
conclusive and judgment shall be entered pursuant to CCP Section 644 in any 
court in the State of California having jurisdiction. Any party may apply for a 
reference proceeding at any time after thirty (30) days following notice to any 
other party of the nature of the controversy, dispute or claim, by filing a 
petition for a hearing and/or trial. All discovery permitted by this Agreement 
shall be completed no later than fifteen (15) days before the first hearing 
date established by the referee. The referee may extend such period in the 
event of a party's refusal to provide requested discovery for any reason 
whatsoever, including, without limitation, legal objections raised to such 
discovery or unavailability of a witness due to absence or illness. No party 
shall be entitled to "priority" in conducting discovery. Depositions may be 
taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and request for 
production or inspection of documents shall be responded to within ten (10) 
days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved 
by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final 
and binding upon the parties. Pending appointment of the referee as provided 
herein, the Superior Court is empowered to issue temporary and/or provisional 
remedies, as appropriate.

     b.   Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall 
determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including 
the time and place of all hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and 
all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference 
proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the reference, except 
for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any 
party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted 
before the referee. The party making such a request shall have the obligation 
to arrange for and pay for the court reporter. The costs of the court reporter 
at the trial shall be borne equally by the parties.

     c.   The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance 
with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The 
rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California 
will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered 
to enter equitable as well as legal relief, to provide all temporary and/or 
provisional remedies and to enter equitable orders that will be binding upon 
the parties. The referee shall issue a single judgment at the close of the 
reference proceeding which shall dispose of all of the claims of the parties 
that are the subject of the reference. The parties hereto expressly reserve the 
right to contest or appeal from the final judgment or any appealable order or 
appealable judgment entered by the referee. The parties hereto


                                       9
<PAGE>   10
Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement
Portable Software Corporation
dated September 3, 1997

expressly reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written 
statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different 
judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding 
under this provision.

     d.   In the event that the enabling legislation which provides for 
appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any 
dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by the reference 
procedure herein described will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The 
arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge of the Court, in accordance 
with the California Arbitration Act, Section 1280 through Section 1294.2 of the 
CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery as 
set forth hereinabove shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding."

18.  Miscellaneous Provisions. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver. No failure or 
delay on the part of Bank or any holder of Notes issued hereunder, in the 
exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver 
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof. All rights and 
remedies existing under this agreement or any not issued in connection with a 
loan that Bank may make hereunder, are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any 
rights or remedies otherwise available.


PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION                IMPERIAL BANK
"BORROWER"                                   "BANK"

BY /s/ [SIG]                                 BY
  -----------------------------------          ------------------------------
TITLE CFO/VP of Professional Services        TITLE
     --------------------------------             ---------------------------


                                       10

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.22

                       Second Amendment to Loan Documents

This Second Amendment to the Loan Documents listed below (the "Amendment") is 
entered into as of April 28, 1998, between Imperial Bank ("Bank") and Portable 
Software Corporation ("Borrower").

                                    RECITALS

     A.   Borrower executed that certain Note in the principal amount of 
$1,000,000 dated September 3, 1997, in favor of Bank (the "Note").

     B.   Borrower executed that certain Security and Loan Agreement ("Security 
and Loan Agreement") and Addendum to Security and Loan Agreement ("Addendum") 
both dated September 3, 1997, in favor of Bank as amended by that Letter 
Agreement dated January 15, 1998 (the Security and Loan Agreement and the 
Addendum herein referred to as "Agreement" and together with the Note the "Loan 
Documents").

     C.   Bank and Borrower desire to amend the Note and the Agreement.

                                   AGREEMENT

     1.   The amount of the Note is hereby increased to $3,000,000.

     2.   The amount of the Senior Term Loan referenced in Paragraph 3 of the 
Agreement is increased to $3,000,000.

     3.   A one-time advance under the Note for up to an additional $2,000,000 
may be requested by Borrower through May 28, 1998. After May 28, 1998, no 
further advances under the Note shall be allowed.

     4.   The amount in Paragraph 4 of the Agreement shall be increased to five 
million dollars ($5,000,000,00).

     5.   The amount of "Permitted Indebtedness" due Comdisco Ventures, Inc. as 
defined in Paragraph 9.b. of the Agreement, shall be increased to $8.5 million.

     6.   The definition of Liquidity Ratio shall be: the sum of cash plus 80%
of Eligible Accounts Receivable (less any outstanding balance under the Line of 
Credit) divided by the total debt due Bank.

     7.   The Minimum Sales covenant shall also include $5,750,000 for the 
fiscal quarter ending December 31, 1998.
<PAGE>   2
     8.   In consideration for the amendments made herewith, Borrower agrees to 
sign an additional five-year warrant (the "Warrant") for 27,400 shares of 
Borrower's Series D Preferred Stock at an initial exercise price of $3.73 per 
share. The Warrant to also include a $75,000 put option (such option to expire 
two years after the date of the Warrant).

     9.   Except as provided above, the Loan Documents remain unchanged.

     10.  This Amendment is effective as of April 28, 1998, and the parties 
hereby confirm that the Loan Documents as amended are, or shall be, in full 
force and effect as of said date.

PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION "Borrower"

By:  [SIG]
     -------------------------------
Its: CFO/VP of Professional Services
     -------------------------------

IMPERIAL BANK "Bank"

By:  [SIG]
     ------------------------------
Its: AVP
     ----------------------------- 
<PAGE>   3

                           [IMPERIAL BANK LETTERHEAD]

November 4, 1998

Mr. Sterling Wilson
Vice President of Professional Services &
Chief Financial Officer
Concur Technologies, Inc. (fka Portable Software Corporation)
6222 185th Avenue NE
Redmond, WA 98052

Re: Loan #00700002340/4 $2,000,000 Line of Credit

Dear Sterling:

Imperial Bank has approved an extension of your credit facility shown above as 
evidenced by that certain Security and Loan Agreement dated September 3, 1997, 
from its current maturity of November 2, 1998 to December 2, 1998.

Except as modified and extended hereby, the existing documentation as amended 
concerning your obligations remains in full force and effect.

Sincerely,

/s/ JAMES M. PETROFF

James M. Petroff
Assistant Vice President
Emerging Growth Industries

Accepted and Agreed:

CONCUR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:  [SIG]
   ---------------------------

Title: CFO/VP of Operations
       -----------------------

Date:  11/4/98
     -------------------------


<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.23

                                 BONUS AGREEMENT


         This BONUS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
effective as of June 30, 1998 (the "Effective Date") by and between Portable
Software Corporation, a Washington corporation ("Portable"), and Melissa Widner
and Andrew Dent (each an "Employee").


                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. Employees will be employed by Portable under the terms and
conditions set forth in those certain Employment and Non-Competition Agreements
by and between Portable and each Employee dated of even date herewith (the
"Employment Agreements"), pursuant to which Employees will be subject to certain
non-competition provisions described in Section 4 therein.

         B. In connection with their employment by Portable, Employees will each
sign Portable's Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 6 of
the Employment Agreements) (the "Confidential Information Agreements").

         C. In consideration of Employees' continued full compliance with their
respective obligations set forth in Section 4 of the Employment Agreements and
set forth in their respective Confidential Information Agreements, the Company
desires to pay to Employees a bonus and provide certain benefits upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing facts and the mutual
agreements of the parties contained herein, Portable and Employees hereby agree
as follows:

         1. Employment. Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement,
Employees are executing and delivering the Employment Agreements. Nothing in
this Agreement shall confer on Employees any right to continue in the employ of
Portable or any of its subsidiaries, or limit in any way the right of Portable
or any of its subsidiaries to terminate Employees' employment at any time, with
or without cause.

         2. Bonus. Subject to both Employees' continued full compliance with
their respective obligations set forth in Section 4 of their respective
Employment Agreements and set forth in their respective Confidential Information
Agreements (the "Obligations"), Portable agrees to pay each Employee a sum
sufficient to provide such Employee with $83,333.33 plus $_____________ (which
amount shall be equal to the product of $83,333.33 by the minimum rate
established pursuant to Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as
amended, for a medium term loan as of July 31, 1998) on an after-tax basis on
the first, second and third anniversaries of the Effective Date (the "Bonus").
If either Employee fails to fully comply with the Obligations, Portable will
have no obligation to pay the Bonus to that Employee or the other Employee.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, it is expressly
understood that in the event Portable fails to pay any installment of the Bonus
when due and such nonpayment is not cured by Portable within five (5) business
days following Portable's receipt of written notice from Employee, Employee
shall have the right to apply all or any part of such 


<PAGE>   2


delinquent Bonus to satisfy any outstanding indebtedness or other financial
obligation of Employee to Portable. Employees shall not be permitted to sell,
assign or otherwise transfer their right to receive the Bonus or any interest
therein.

         3.       Miscellaneous.

                  3.1 Governing Law. The internal laws of the State of
Washington (irrespective of its choice of law principles) will govern the
validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the
interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereto.

                  3.2 Assignment. This Agreement and all rights hereunder are
personal to Employee and may not be transferred or assigned by Employee at any
time. Portable may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder in
connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially
all the business and assets of Portable or any of their respective subsidiaries
or affiliates, whether by sale of stock, sale of assets, merger, consolidation
or otherwise; provided that any such assignee assumes Portable's obligations
hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
the persons or entities who are permitted, by the terms of this Agreement, to be
successors, assigns and personal representatives of the respective parties
hereto.

                  3.3 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the
application thereof, will for any reason and to any extent be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision
to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect
the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void
or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable
provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and
other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision.

                  3.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which will be an original as regards any party whose
signature appears thereon and all of which together will constitute one and the
same instrument. This Agreement will become binding when one or more
counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, will bear the signatures of
both parties reflected hereon as signatories.

                  3.5 Other Remedies. Portable and Employee acknowledge that the
services to be provided by Employee are of a special, unique, unusual,
extraordinary and intellectual character, which gives them peculiar value, the
loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an
action at law. Accordingly, Employee hereby consents and agrees that for any
material breach or violation by Employee of any of the provisions of this
Agreement, a restraining order and/or injunction may be issued against Employee,
in addition to any other rights and remedies Portable may have, at law or
equity, including without limitation the recovery of money damages. Except as
otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon
a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy
conferred hereby or by law on such party, and the exercise of any one remedy
will not preclude the exercise of any other.

                                       2

<PAGE>   3



                  3.6 Amendment and Waivers. Any term or provision of this
Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may
be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively
or prospectively) only by a writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. The
waiver by a party of any breach hereof or default in the performance hereof will
not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other default or any succeeding
breach or default.

                  3.7 Attorneys Fees. Should suit be brought to enforce or
interpret any part of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to
recover, as an element of the costs of suit and not as damages, reasonable
attorneys' fees to be fixed by the court (including without limitation, costs,
expenses and fees on any appeal). The prevailing party will be entitled to
recover its costs of suit, regardless of whether such suit proceeds to final
judgment.

                  3.8 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or
permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing. Notices will be
deemed given (i) when personally received, (ii) on the first business day after
having been sent by commercial overnight courier with written verification of
receipt, or (iii) on the third business day after having been sent by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following
addresses or at any new address, notice of which will have been given in
accordance with this Section 3.8:

                (i)  If to Portable:

                           Portable Software Corporation
                           6222-185th Street, N.E.
                           Redmond, WA  98122
                           Attention:  Fred Ingham

                           with a copy to:

                           Fenwick & West LLP
                           Two Palo Alto Square
                           Palo Alto, CA  94306
                           Attention:  Matthew P. Quilter, Esq.

                (ii) If to Employee:

                           7 Software, Inc.
                           25 Loyola Avenue
                           Menlo Park, CA  94025

                           with a copy to:

                           Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich
                           400 Hamilton Avenue
                           Palo Alto, CA  94301
                           Attention:  Peter M. Astiz, Esq.

                                       3

<PAGE>   4


or to such other address as a party may have furnished to the other parties in
writing pursuant to this Section 3.8.

                  3.8 Construction of Agreement. This Agreement has been
negotiated by the respective parties hereto and their attorneys and the language
hereof will not be construed for or against either party. A reference to a
Section or an exhibit will mean a Section in, or exhibit to, this Agreement
unless otherwise explicitly set forth. The titles and headings herein are for
reference purposes only and will not in any manner limit the construction of
this Agreement which will be considered as a whole.

                  3.9 Further Assurances. Each party agrees to cooperate fully
with the other party and to execute such further instruments, documents and
agreements and to give such further written assurances as may be reasonably
requested by the other party to evidence and reflect the transactions described
herein and contemplated hereby and to carry into effect the intents and purposes
of this Agreement.

                  3.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (and the exhibit hereto)
constitutes the entire and only agreement and understanding between the parties
relating to employment of Employee with Portable and this Agreement supersedes
and cancels any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings with
respect to the specific subject matter hereof; except that the Employment
Agreements and each Employee's Confidential Information Agreement shall remain
as an independent contract and shall remain in full force and effect according
to their terms.

                [Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


                                       4
<PAGE>   5




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

PORTABLE SOFTWARE CORPORATION               EMPLOYEES



By:
   -------------------------------          --------------------------------
     Sterling Wilson                        Melissa Widner
     Chief Financial Officer



                                            Andrew Dent






                       [Signature Page to Bonus Agreement]


<PAGE>   1

                                                                   Exhibit 21.01



                List of Subsidiaries of Concur Technologies, Inc.


1. Concur Technologies Pty. Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of 
Australia.

2. Concur Technologies (UK) Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the
United Kingdom.

3. 7Software, Inc., a California corporation.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.02




               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated
October 27, 1998 (except Note 19, as to which the date is November __, 1998)
relative to the consolidated financial statements of Concur Technologies, Inc.
(the Company) and to the use of our report dated August 14, 1998 relative to the
financial statements of 7Software in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No.
333-62299) and the related Prospectus of the Company.


                                       Ernst & Young LLP

Seattle, Washington
November __, 1998




The foregoing Consent is in the form that will be signed upon shareholder 
approval of the reverse stock split described in Note 19 to the consolidated 
financial statements of the Company.


                                       Ernst & Young LLP
Seattle, Washington
November 18, 1998

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.03

                      CONSENT OF AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY

We consent to the reference to our company under the captions "Summary,"
"Business--Industry Background" and "Experts" and to the use of our 1997
American Express T&E Management Process Study in the Registration Statement
(Form S-1 no. 333-62299) and the related Prospectus of Concur Technologies, Inc.


                                                /s/   
                                                --------------------------
                                                AMERICAN EXPRESS COMPANY
New York, New York
November __, 1998

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.04


                           CONSENT OF EDWARD GILLIGAN

I hereby consent to my identification as a director nominee of Concur 
Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") in the Company's Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-62299) and the related Prospectus included therein.



                                             /s/ EDWARD GILLIGAN
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Edward Gilligan


New York, New York
November 18, 1998

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.05


                             CONSENT OF RUSS FRADIN

I hereby consent to my identification as a director nominee of Concur 
Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") in the Company's Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-62299) and the related Prospectus included therein.



                                             /s/ RUSS FRADIN
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Russ Fradin


Date: November 18, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission